Vijaya Sree

go-math-grade-4-answer-key-chapter-13-algebra-perimeter-and-area-homework-practice-fl

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13: Algebra: Perimeter and Area

Get Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13: Algebra: Perimeter and Area here. The students of 4th grade can score good marks with the help of Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area. You can learn how to find the area and perimeter of the rectangle and square with the help of HMH Go Math 4th Grade Chapter 13 Perimeter and Area Answer key.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13: Algebra: Perimeter and Area

Download Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13: Algebra: Perimeter and Area pdf for free. Get the list of the topics covered in Algebra: Perimeter and Area from the below section. Hit the below link and get step by step explanation for each and every question here.

Lesson: 1 – Perimeter

Lesson: 2 – Area

Lesson: 3 – Area of Combined Rectangles

Lesson: 4 – Find Unknown Measures

Lesson: 5 – Problem Solving Find the Area

Lesson: 6 

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 247

Perimeter

Find the perimeter of the rectangle or square.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 1
9 + 3 + 9 + 3 = 24
24 inches

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 2
_____ meters

Answer: 32

Explanation:
Given,
sides = 8 m
we know that the perimeter of a square is 4×s
P = 4 × s
P = 4 × 8m
P = 32m
Therefore the perimeter of the above square is 32m

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 3
_____ feet

Answer: 44

Explanation:
Given,
Length (L) = 10 ft
Width (W) = 12 ft
we know that the perimeter of a Rectangle is L + L+ W + W
P = L + L+ W + W
P = 10 ft + 10 ft + 12 ft + 12 ft
P = 44 ft
Therefore the perimeter of the above Rectangle is 44 ft

Remember: The perimeter is the total distance around the outside, which can be found by adding together the length of each side. In the case of a rectangle, opposite sides are equal in length, so the perimeter is twice its width plus twice its height.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 4
____ centimeters

Answer: 108

Explanation:
Given,
Length (L) = 30 cm
Width (W) = 24 cm
we know that the perimeter of a Rectangle is L + L+ W + W
P = L + L+ W + W
P = 30 cm + 30 cm + 24 cm + 24 cm
P = 108 cm
Therefore the perimeter of the above Rectangle is 108 cm

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 5
____ inches

Answer: 216

Explanation:
Given,
Length (L) = 25 in.
Width (W) = 83 in.
we know that the perimeter of a Rectangle is L + L+ W + W
P = L + L+ W + W
P = 25 in. + 25 in. + 83 in. + 83 in.
P = 216 in.
Therefore the perimeter of the above Rectangle is 216 in.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 6
_____ meters

Answer: 240

Explanation:
Given,
sides = 60 m
we know that the perimeter of a square is 4×s
P = 4×s
P = 4×60 m
P = 240 m
Therefore the perimeter of the above square is 240 m

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Troy is making a flag shaped like a square. Each side measures 12 inches. He wants to add ribbon along the edges. He has 36 inches of ribbon. Does he have enough ribbon? Explain.
_____

Answer: no. He needs 48 inches of ribbon.

Explanation:
Since each side is 12 inches, then multiply 12 by 4 since it’s a square and has 4 sides which make 48.
48 is bigger than 36.
Therefore, Troy does not have enough ribbon.

Question 8.
The width of the Ochoa Community Pool is 20 feet. The length is twice as long as its width. What is the perimeter of the pool?
_____ feet

Answer: 120

Explanation:

Width of the Ochoa community pool = 20 feet
Length is twice as long as its width = 2(20) = 40 feet
Use this formula to get perimeter = 2(w) + 2(L)
then the perimeter equals to = 2(20)+ 2(40)
P = 40 feet + 80 feet  = 120 feet
Therefore The perimeter of the pool is 120 feet.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 248

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the perimeter of a square window with sides 36 inches long?
Options:
a. 40 inches
b. 72 inches
c. 144 inches
d. 1,296 inches

Answer: 144 inches

Explanation:
Perimeter of a square = L + L + L + L = 4L
From the question given L=36 inches
substitute the value of L into the formula
Perimeter of a square (P)= L + L + L + L
P = 36 in. + 36 in.. +36 in.+ 36 in.
P =144 inches
Therefore the perimeter of a square window with sides 36 inches long is 144 inches.

Question 2.
What is the perimeter of the rectangle below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 7
Options:
a. 11 meters
b. 14 meters
c. 18 meters
d. 400 meters

Answer: 18 meters

Explanation:
Given,
Length (L) = 5 m
Width (W) = 4 m
we know that the perimeter of a Rectangle is L + L+ W + W
P = L + L+ W + W
P = 5 m + 5 m + 4 m + 4 m
P = 18 m
Therefore the perimeter of the above Rectangle is 18 m
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which is the most reasonable estimate for the measure of the angle Natalie drew?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 8
Options:
a. 30°
b. 90°
c. 180°
d. 210°

Answer: 90°

Explanation:
Right angle: An angle of 90°, as in a corner of a square or at the intersection of two perpendicular straight lines.
As we can see in the figure, that an angle is made at the intersection of the two perpendicular straight lines, thus the figure will be definitely a right-angled figure.
Therefore, the measure of the angle Natalie draw is 90°.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 4.
Ethan has 3 pounds of mixed nuts. How many ounces of mixed nuts does Ethan have?
Options:
a. 30 ounces
b. 36 ounces
c. 48 ounces
d. 54 ounces

Answer: 48 ounces

Explanation:
Since we have given that
Number of pounds of mixed nuts = 3
As we know that
1 pound = 16 ounces
So, we need to find the number of ounces of mixed nuts Ethan has.
So, the number of ounces of mixed nuts Ethan have is given by
= 3 × 16
= 48 ounces
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 5.
How many lines of symmetry does the shape below appear to have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 9
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. more than 2

Answer: 1

Explanation:
It has only one line of symmetry on the horizontal axis because it is an arrow.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Which of the following comparisons is correct?
Options:
a. 0.70 > 7.0
b. 0.7 = 0.70
c. 0.7 < 0.70
d. 0.70 = 0.07

Answer: 0.7 = 0.70
The decimal 0.7 and 0.70 are the same so the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 249

Area

Find the area of the rectangle or square.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 10

Answer: 108 Square feet

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 9 ft.
Breath (b) = 12 ft.
Area of the rectangle  A = b×h
A = 12 ft × 9 ft
A = 108 Square feet.
Therefore the Area of the rectangle is 108 Square feet.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 11
_____ square yards

Answer: 64

Explanation:
Given,
Sides (s) = 8 yd
Area of the square. A = s×s
A = 8 yd × 8 yd
A = 64 Square yards
Therefore the Area of the square is 64 Square yards.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 12
______ square meters

Answer: 45

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 3 m
Breath (b) = 15 m
Area of the rectangle or square. A = b×h
A = 3 m× 15 m
A = 45 Square meters
Therefore the Area of the rectangle is 45 Square meters

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 13
______ square inches

Answer: 78

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 6 in.
Breath (b) = 13 in.
Area of the rectangle =  A = b×h
A = 6 in. × 13 in.
A = 78 square inches
Therefore the Area of the rectangle is 78 square inches.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 14
______ square centimeters

Answer: 150 square cm

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 5 cm
Breath (b) = 30 cm
Area of the rectangle or square. A = b×h
A =  5 cm × 30 cm
A = 150 square centimeters
Therefore the Area of the rectangle is 150 square centimeters.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 15
______ square feet

Answer: 56 square ft

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 4 ft
Breath (b) = 14 ft
Area of the rectangle or square. A = b×h
A = 4 ft × 14 ft
A = 56 square feet
Therefore the Area of the rectangle is 56 square feet.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Meghan is putting wallpaper on a wall that measures 8 feet by 12 feet. How much wallpaper does Meghan need to cover the wall?
_____ square feet wallpaper

Answer: 96 square feet wallpaper

Explanation:
Given,
Length = 8 feet.
Width = 12 feet.
the area (area=length × width)
area=8 × 12
area=96 square feets.
Therefore the area is always expressed in units squared it would be 96 square feet of wallpaper.

Question 8.
Bryson is laying down sod in his yard to grow a new lawn. Each piece of sod is a 1-foot by 1-foot square. How many pieces of sod will Bryson need to cover his yard if his yard measures 30 feet by 14 feet?
_____ pieces

Answer: 420 pieces

Explanation:
Given,
length (l) = 30 ft
Breath (b) = 14 ft
Area of the rectangle or square. A = l×b
A = 30 ft × 14 ft
A = 420
Therefore 420 pieces of sod will Bryson need to cover his yard if his yard measures 30 feet by 14 feet.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 250

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ellie and Heather drew floor models of their living rooms. Ellie’s model represented 20 feet by 15 feet. Heather’s model represented 18 feet by 18 feet. Whose floor model represents the greater area? How much greater?
Options:
a. Ellie; 138 square feet
b. Heather; 24 square feet
c. Ellie; 300 square feet
d. Heather; 324 square feet

Answer: Heather; 24 square feet

Explanation:

Given,
Ellie’s model represented 20 feet by 15 feet.
Heather’s model represented 18 feet by 18 feet.
Length of Ellie’s model = 20 feet
Width of Ellie’s model = 15 feet
Area = Length × Breadth
A = 20 × 15
A = 300 ft²
Length of Heather’s model = 18 feet
Width of Heather’s model = 18 feet
Area = Length × Breadth
A= 18 × 18
A= 324 ft²
Therefore Heather’s model has a greater area by (324-300)= 24 sq.ft.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
Tyra is laying down square carpet pieces in her photography studio. Each square carpet piece is 1 yard by 1 yard. If Tyra’s photography studio is 7 yards long and 4 yards wide, how many pieces of square carpet will Tyra need?
Options:
a. 10
b. 11
c. 22
d. 28

Answer: 28

Explanation:
Given,
Tyra’s photography studio  length is 7 yards
Tyra’s photography studio width is  4 yards
Area = Length × Breadth
Area = 7 yards × 4 yards
Area = 28 square yards
Therefore as Each square carpet piece is 1 yard by 1 yard. No.of pieces of square carpet Tyra needed is 28.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Typically, blood fully circulates through the human body 8 times each minute. How many times does blood circulate through the body in 1 hour?
Options:
a. 48
b. 240
c. 480
d. 4,800

Answer: 480

Explanation:
Given,
blood fully circulates through the human body 8 times each minute
one hour = 60 minutes
blood circulates through the body in 1 hour = 8 times × 60 minutes.
= 480 Times.
Therefore blood circulates through the body in 1 hour is 480 times.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Each of the 28 students in Romi’s class raised at least $25 during the jump-a-thon. What is the least amount of money the class raised?
Options:
a. $5,200
b. $700
c. $660
d. $196

Answer: $700

explanation:
If each of the 28 students made at least $25,
you would multiply 28 and 25 together to obtain the least amount of money the class raised.
That gets,
28×25 = 700.
Therefore The class made at least $700.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
What is the perimeter of the shape below if 1 square is equal to 1 square foot?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 16
Options:
a. 12 feet
b. 14 feet
c. 24 feet
d. 28 feet

Answer: 28 feet

Explanation:
From the above figure we can observe that there area 2 rows and 12 columns.
L = 12 feet
W = 2 feet
We know that perimeter of the rectangle is 2l + 2w
P = 2l + 2w
P = 2(12) + 2(2)
P = 24 feet + 4 feet
P = 28 feet
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
Ryan is making small meat loaves. Each small meat loaf uses \(\frac{3}{4 }\) pound of meat. How much meat does Ryan need to make 8 small meat loaves?
Options:
a. 4 pounds
b. 6 pounds
c. 8 pounds
d. 10 \(\frac{2}{3}\) pounds

Answer: 6 pounds

Explanation:
Given,
3/4 pound=1 small meatloaf
So Multiply 3/4 pound by 8
because he wants to make 8 small meatloaves.
= 3/4 × 8
= 24/4 (24 divided by 4)
= 6 pounds
Therefore Ryan need 6 pounds to make 8 small meat loaves.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 251

Area of Combined Rectangles

Find the area of the combined rectangles.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 17

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 18
_____ square feet

Answer: 143

Explanation:
Divide the figure into two parts
Figure 1:
L = 9 ft
W = 5 ft
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 9 ft × 5 ft = 45 sq. ft
Figure 2:
L = 14 ft
W = 7 ft
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 14 ft × 7 ft = 98 sq. ft
Area of the combined rectangles = 98 sq. ft + 45 sq. ft = 143 sq. ft.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 19
_____ square inches

Answer: 63

Explanation:
Divide the figure into two parts
Figure 1:
L = 9 in.
W = 5 in.
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 9 in. × 5 in. = 45 sq. in.
Figure 2:
L = 3 in.
W = 6 in.
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 3 in. × 6 in. = 18 sq. in.
Area of the combined rectangles = 45 sq. in + 18 sq. in = 63 square inches.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 20
_____ square feet

Answer: 50 square feet

Explanation:
Divide the figure into two parts
Figure 1:
L = 4 ft
W = 2 ft
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 4 ft × 2 ft = 8 sq. ft
Figure 2:
L = 6 ft
W = 7 ft
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 6 ft × 7 ft = 42 sq. ft
Area of the combined rectangles = 8 sq. ft + 42 sq. ft = 50 sq. ft.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 21
_____ square centimeters

Answer: 180 square centimeters

Explanation:
Divide the figure into two parts
Figure 1:
L = 12 cm
W = 7 cm
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 12 cm × 7 cm = 84 sq. cm.
Figure 2:
L = 16 cm
W = 6 cm
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 16 cm × 6 cm = 96 sq. cm
Area of the combined rectangles = 84 sq. cm + 96 sq. cm = 180 square centimeters

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 22
______ square yards

Answer: 68

Explanation:
Divide the figure into two parts
Figure 1:
L = 20 yd
W = 1 yd
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 20 yd × 1 yd = 20 sq. yd.
Figure 2:
L = 6 yard
W = 8 yard
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 6 yard × 8 yard = 48 sq. yard
Area of the combined rectangles = 20 sq. yd + 48 sq. yd = 68 square yards

Problem Solving

Use the diagram for 7–8.

Nadia makes the diagram below to represent the counter space she wants to build in her craft room.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 23

Question 7.
What is the area of the space that Nadia has shown for scrapbooking?
_____ square feet

Answer: 52

Explanation:
The length of the Scrapbooking is 13 ft
Width of the Scrapbooking is 4 ft
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 13 ft × 4 ft = 52 square feet
Thus the area of the space that Nadia has shown for scrapbooking is 52 square feet.

Question 8.
What is the area of the space she has shown for painting?
_____ square feet

Answer: 25

Explanation:
The area of the space shown for painting is square.
side = 5 ft
The area of the square is 5 ft × 5 ft = 25 sq. ft
Thus the area of the space she has shown for painting is 25 square feet.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 252

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the area of the combined rectangles below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 24
Options:
a. 136 square yards
b. 100 square yards
c. 76 square yards
d. 64 square yards

Answer: 76 square yards

Explanation:
Divide the figure into two parts
Figure 1:
L = 8 yd
W = 5 yd
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 8 yd × 5 yd = 40 sq. yd.
Figure 2:
L = 12 yard
W = 3 yard
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 12 yard × 3 yard = 36 sq. yard
Area of the combined rectangles = 40 sq. yd + 36 sq. yd = 76 square yards
Therefore the correct option is c.

Question 2.
Marquis is redecorating his bedroom. What could Marquis use the area formula to find?
Options:
a. how much space should be in a storage box
b. what length of wood is needed for a shelf
c. the amount of paint needed to cover a wall
d. how much water will fill up his new aquarium

Answer: the amount of paint needed to cover a wall
The correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Giraffes are the tallest land animals. A male giraffe can grow as tall as 6 yards. How tall would the giraffe be in feet?
Options:
a. 2 feet
b. 6 feet
c. 12 feet
d. 18 feet

Answer: 18 feet

Explanation:
Given,
Giraffes are the tallest land animals. A male giraffe can grow as tall as 6 yards.
we have to find How tall would the giraffe be in feet
Converting from Yards to feet.
one Yard = 3 Feet.
So 6 yards = 6 × 3 feet
= 18 feet
Therefore the correct option is d.

Question 4.
Drew purchased 3 books for $24. The cost of each book was a multiple of 4. Which of the following could be the prices of the 3 books?
Options:
a. $4, $10, $10
b. $4, $8, $12
c. $5, $8, $11
d. $3, $7, $14

Answer: $4, $8, $12

Explanation:
Given,
Drew purchased 3 books for $24. The cost of each book was a multiple of 4.
To find the prices of the 3 books
The cost of one book is $4
the cost of two books is $4 × 2 = $8
The cost of three books is $4 × 3 = $12
Therefore the correct option is b.

Question 5.
Esmeralda has a magnet in the shape of a square. Each side of the magnet is 3 inches long. What is the perimeter of her magnet?
Options:
a. 3 inches
b. 7 inches
c. 9 inches
d. 12 inches

Answer: 12 inches

Explanation:
Given,
Esmeralda has a magnet in the shape of a square.
Each side of the magnet is 3 inches long.
To find the perimeter of her magnet
P = 4 × s
P = 4 × 3 in.
P = 12 in.
Therefore the correct option is d.

Question 6.
What is the area of the rectangle below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 25
Options:
a. 63 square feet
b. 32 square feet
c. 18 square feet
d. 16 square feet

Answer: 63 square feet

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 7 ft.
Breath (b) = 9 ft.
Area of the rectangle  A = b×h
A = 7 ft × 9 ft
A = 63 Square feet.
The Area of the rectangle is 63 Square feet.
Therefore the correct option is a.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 253

Find Unknown Measures

Find the unknown measure of the rectangle.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 26
Perimeter = 54 feet
width = 7 feet
Think: P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
54 = (2 × 20) + (2 × w)
54 = 40 + (2 × w)
Since 54 = 40 + 14, 2 × w = 14, and w = 7.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 27
Perimeter = 42 meters
length = _____ meters

Answer: 12 meters

Explanation:
Given
Perimeter = 42 meters
width = 9 m
To find Length (l) of the rectangle
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
42 = (2 × l ) + (2 × 9)
42 = 2l + 18
2l = 42 – 18
2l = 24
l = 24/2
l = 12 m
Thus the length of the above rectangle is 12 m

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 28
Area = 28 square centimeters
height = _____ centimeters

Answer: 7 centimeters

Explanation:
Given
Area = 28 square centimeters
length  = 4 cm
To find Height (w) of the rectangle
A = l × w
28 = 4 cm × w
w = 28/4
w = 7 cm
Thus the height of the above rectangle is 7 cm

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 29
Area = 200 square inches
base = _____ inches

Answer: 8 inches

Explanation:
Given
Area = 200 square inches
width  = 25 in.
To find Base (b) of the rectangle
A = w × b
200 = 25 in. × b
b = 200/25
b = 8 inches
Thus the base of the above rectangle is 8 inches

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Susie is an organic vegetable grower. The perimeter of her rectangular vegetable garden is 72 yards. The width of the vegetable garden is 9 yards. How long is the vegetable garden?
length = _____ yards

Answer: 27 yards

Explanation:
Given,
The perimeter (P) of her rectangular vegetable garden is 72 yards.
The width (w) of the vegetable garden is 9 yards.
to find length (l)
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
72 yards  = (2 × l ) + (2 × 9 yards)
72 = 2l + 18
2l = 72 – 18
2l = 54
l = 54/2
l = 27 yards
Therefore length = 27 yards

Question 6.
An artist is creating a rectangular mural for the Northfield Community Center. The mural is 7 feet tall and has an area of 84 square feet. What is the length of
the mural?
length = _____ feet

Answer: 12 feet

Explanation:
Given,
The mural is 7 feet (w) tall and has an area of 84 square feet(A).
To find the length (l)
A = l × w
84 = l × 7
l = 84 /7
l= 12 feets
Therefore the length is 12 feets

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 254

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The area of a rectangular photograph is 35 square inches. If the width of the photo is 5 inches, how tall is the photo?
Options:
a. 5 inches
b. 7 inches
c. 25 inches
d. 30 inches

Answer: 7 inches

Explanation:
Given,
The area of a rectangular photograph is 35 square inches (A)
The width of the photo is 5 inches (w)
To find how tall is the photo (l)
A= l × b
35 square in. = l × 5 in.
l = 35/5
l = 7 inches
Therefore the photo height is 7 inches.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
Natalie used 112 inches of blue yarn as a border around her rectangular bulletin board. If the bulletin board is 36 inches wide, how long is it?
Options:
a. 20 inches
b. 38 inches
c. 40 inches
d. 76 inches

Answer: 20 inches

Explanation:
Given width is 36 in and the total inches used was 112.
To find length
Perimeter of Rectangle = 2(L + W)
Your equation is, 2(L + 36) = 112
Solving for L:
2(L + 36) = 112
L + 36 = 112 / 2
L + 36 = 56
L = 56 – 36
L = 20
Therefore the correct option is a.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A professional basketball court is in the shape of a rectangle. It is 50 feet wide and 94 feet long. A player ran one time around the edge of the court. How far did the player run?
Options:
a. 144 feet
b. 194 feet
c. 238 feet
d. 288 feet

Answer: 288 feet

Explanation:
Given, the basketball court is 50 feet wide and 94 feet long
The perimeter of the rectangle(P) is given by:
P = 2(length + width)
50 + 94 = 144
144 x 2 = 288
The player ran 288 feet
Therefore the correct option is d.

Question 4.
On a compass, due east is a \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise from due north. How many degrees are in a \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn?
Options:
a. 45°
b. 60°
c. 90°
d. 180°

Answer: 90°

Explanation:
We have been given that on a compass, due east is a 1/4 turn clockwise from due north.
Since we know that a compass is in form of a circle and the measure of degrees in a circle is 360 degrees.
To find the number of degrees in a one-fourth turn, we will divide 360° by 4.
Number of degrees in a 1/4 turn of compass = 360°/4
Number of degrees in a 1/4 turn of compass = 90°
Therefore, there are 90 degrees in a 1/4 turn of the compass.
The correct option is c.

Question 5.
Hakeem’s frog made three quick jumps. The first was 1 meter. The second jump was 85 centimeters. The third jump was 400 millimeters. What was the total length of the frog’s three jumps?
Options:
a. 189 centimeters
b. 225 centimeters
c. 486 centimeters
d. 585 millimeters

Answer: 225 centimeters

Explanation:
Given:
distance of first jump = d1= 1 meter
distance of second jump = d2 = 85 centimeters
distance of third jump = d3 = 400 millimeters
This problem is about the conversion unit of length.
We have to recall that :
1 m = 100 cm
1 m = 1000 mm
Total distance = d = d1 + d2 + d3
d = 1 m + 85 m + 400 mm
d = 1 m + 85/100 m + 400/1000 m
d = 2.25  × 100 cm
d = 225 centimeters
Therefore the correct option is b.

Question 6.
Karen colors in squares on a grid. She colored \(\frac{1}{8}\) of the squares blue and \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the squares red. What fraction of the squares are not colored in?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
since karen colored in 1/8 and 5/8 you add the numerators to get 6/8 you subtract the 8/8 the whole grid from 6/8 to get 2/8
⇒ 1/8 + 5/8 = 6/8
⇒ 8/8 – 6/8 = 2/8
= 1/4
There fore the correct option is b.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 255

Problem Solving Find the Area

Solve each problem.

Question 1.
A room has a wooden floor. There is a rug in the center of the floor. The diagram shows the room and the rug. How many square feet of the wood floor still shows?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 30
82 square feet
Area of the floor: 13 × 10 = 130 square feet
Area of the rug: 8 × 6 = 48 square feet
Subtract to find the area of the floor still showing: 130 – 48 = 82 square feet

Question 2.
A rectangular wall has a square window, as shown in the diagram.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 31
What is the area of the wall NOT including the window?
The area of the wall NOT including the window = _____ square feet

Answer: 96 square feet

Explanation:
The area of the square window is 4 ft × 4 ft = 16 square feet.
Area of the rectangle = 14 ft × 8 ft = 112 square feet
Now we have to find the area of the wall NOT including the window
112 square feet – 16 square feet = 96 square feet
Thus the area of the wall NOT including the window is 96 square feet.

Question 3.
Bob wants to put down new sod in his backyard, except for the part set aside for his flower garden. The diagram shows Bob’s backyard and the flower garden.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 32
How much sod will Bob need?
The area covered with new sod = _____ square yards

Answer: 235 square yards

Explanation:
The area of the non-shaded rectangle is 5 yd × 9 yd = 45 square yards.
The area of the rectangle is 20 yd × 14 yd = 280 square yard
The area covered with new sod is 280 square yard – 45 square yard = 235 square yards.

Question 4.
A rectangular painting is 24 inches wide and 20 inches tall without the frame. With the frame, it is 28 inches wide and 24 inches tall. What is the area of the frame not covered by the painting?
The area of the frame = _____ square inches

Answer: 192 square inches

Explanation:
area of painting without frame
A1 = l × b
= 24 x 20
= 480 square inches
area of painting with frame
A2 = l × b
=28×24
=672 square inches
area of the frame not covered by paint
=area with frame(A1) – area without frame(A2)
=672 – 480
=192
Therefore the area of the frame is 192 square inches

Question 5.
One wall in Jeanne’s bedroom is 13 feet long and 8 feet tall. There is a door 3 feet wide and 6 feet tall. She has a poster on the wall that is 2 feet wide and 3 feet tall. How much of the wall is visible?
The area of the wall visible = _____ square feet

Answer: 80

Explanation:
One wall in Jeanne’s bedroom is 13 feet long and 8 feet tall.
There is a door 3 feet wide and 6 feet tall.
She has a poster on the wall that is 2 feet wide and 3 feet tall.
13 × 8 is 104. 104 – (3×6) and -(2 × 3) is 80
Thus the area of the wall visible is 80 square feet.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 256

Lesson Check

Question 1.
One wall in Zoe’s bedroom is 5 feet wide and 8 feet tall. Zoe puts up a poster of her favorite athlete. The poster is 2 feet wide and 3 feet tall. How much of the wall is not covered by the poster?
Options:
a. 16 square feet
b. 34 square feet
c. 35 square feet
d. 46 square feet

Answer: 34 square feet

Explanation:
One wall in Zoe’s bedroom is 5 feet wide and 8 feet tall.
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 5 feet × 8 feet
A = 40 square feet
Zoe puts up a poster of her favorite athlete. The poster is 2 feet wide and 3 feet tall.
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 2 feet × 3 feet
S = 6 square feet
To find:
How much of the wall is not covered by the poster, we need to subtract 6 square feet from 40 square feet
40 square feet – 6 square feet = 34 square feet
Thus the are of the wall is not covered by the poster is 34 square feet.
The correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
A garage door is 15 feet wide and 6 feet high. It is painted white, except for a rectangular panel 1 foot high and 9 feet wide that is brown. How much of the garage door is white?
Options:
a. 22 square feet
b. 70 square feet
c. 80 square feet
d. 81 square feet

Answer: 81 square feet

Explanation:
Given that the garage door is 15 feet wide and 6 feet high.
W = 15 feet
H = 6 feet
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 6 feet × 15 feet
A = 90 square feet
It is painted white, except for a rectangular panel 1 foot high and 9 feet wide that is brown.
H = 1 foot
W = 9 feet
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 1 feet × 9 feet
A = 9 feet
To find:
How much of the garage door is white, we need to subtract 9 feet from 90 feet.
90 feet – 9 feet = 81 feet.
Thus the area of the garage door is white is 81 square feet.
The correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Kate baked a rectangular cake for a party. She used 42 inches of frosting around the edges of the cake. If the cake was 9 inches wide, how long was the cake?
Options:
a. 5 inches
b. 12 inches
c. 24 inches
d. 33 inches

Answer: 12 inches

Explanation:
Given,
Kate baked a rectangular cake for a party. She used 42 inches of frosting around the edges of the cake.
The width of the cake is 9 inches.
9 + 9 = 18
42 – 18 = 24
24 / 2 = 12
the length is 12 inches
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 4.
Larry, Mary, and Terry each had a full glass of juice. Larry drank \(\frac{3}{4}\) of his. Mary drank \(\frac{3}{8}\) of hers. Terry drank \(\frac{7}{10}\) of his. Who drank less than \(\frac{1}{2}\) of their juice?
Options:
a. Larry
b. Mary
c. Mary and Terry
d. Larry and Terry

Answer: Mary
Mary drank the least because when half of 8 is \(\frac{4}{8}\).
The correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Which of the following statements is NOT true about the numbers 7 and 9?
Options:
a. 7 is a prime number.
b. 9 is a composite number.
c. 7 and 9 have no common factors other than 1.
d. 27 is a common multiple of 7 and 9.

Answer: 27 is a common multiple of 7 and 9.

Explanation:
Statement 27 is a common multiple of 7 and 9 is false because 27 is not the multiple of 7.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
Tom and some friends went to a movie. The show started at 2:30 P.M. and ended at 4:15 P.M. How long did the movie last?
Options:
a. 1 hour 35 minutes
b. 1 hour 45 minutes
c. 1 hour 55 minutes
d. 2 hours 15 minutes

Answer: 1 hour 45 minutes

Explanation:
Given,
Tom and some friends went to a movie. The show started at 2:30 P.M. and ended at 4:15 P.M.
Subtract ending time and starting time.
4 hr 15 min
-2 hr 30 min
1 hr 45 min
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 257

Lesson 13.1

Find the perimeter of the rectangle or square.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 33
P =____ ft

Answer: 50

Explanation:
Given,
Length (L) = 16 ft
Width (W) = 9 ft
we know that the perimeter of a Rectangle is L + L+ W + W
P = L + L+ W + W
P = 16 ft + 16 ft + 9 ft + 9 ft
P = 50 ft
Therefore the perimeter of the above Rectangle is 50 ft

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 34
P =____ in.

Answer: 52

Explanation:
Given,
sides = 13 in.
we know that the perimeter of a square is 4×s
P = 4 × 13 in.
P = 4 × 13 in.
P = 52 in.
Therefore the perimeter of the above square is 52 in.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 35
P =____ cm

Answer: 130

Explanation:
Given,
Length (L) = 40 cm
Width (W) = 25 cm
we know that the perimeter of a Rectangle is L + L+ W + W
P = L + L+ W + W
P = 40 cm + 40 cm + 25 cm + 25 cm
P = 130 cm
Therefore the perimeter of the above Rectangle is 130 cm.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 36
P =____ m

Answer: 68

Explanation:
Given,
Length (L) = 16 m
Width (W) = 18 m
we know that the perimeter of a Rectangle is L + L+ W + W
P = L + L+ W + W
P = 16 m+ 16 m+ 18 m+ 18 m
P = 68 m
Therefore the perimeter of the above Rectangle is 68 m.

Lesson 13.2

Find the area of the rectangle or square.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 37
A = ____ square inches

Answer: 180

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 15 in.
Breath (b) = 12 in.
Area of the rectangle =  A = b×h
A = 12 in. × 15 in.
A = 180 square inches
Therefore the Area of the rectangle is 180 square inches.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 38
A = ____ square yards

Answer: 300

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 15 yd
Breath (b) = 20 yd
Area of the rectangle =  A = b×h
A = 15 yd. × 20 yd
A = 300 square yard
Therefore the Area of the rectangle is 300 square yards.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 39
A = ____ square km

Answer: 25

Explanation:
Given,
Sides (s) = 5 km
Area of the square. A = s×s
A = 5 km × 5 km
A = 25 Square km
Therefore the Area of the square is 25 square km.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 40
A = ____ square ft

Answer: 98

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 14 ft
Breath (b) = 7 ft
Area of the rectangle =  A = b×h
A = 14 ft. × 7 ft
A = 98 square ft
Therefore the Area of the rectangle is 98 square ft.

Page No: 258

Lesson 13.3

Find the area of the combined rectangles.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 41
A = ____ square cm

Answer: 116 square cm

Explanation:
Divide the figure into two parts
Figure 1:
L = 6 cm
Area of the square = s × s
A = 6 cm × 6 cm = 36 sq. cm.
Figure 2:
L = 10 cm
W = 8 cm
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 10 cm × 8 cm = 80 sq. cm
Area of the combined rectangles = 36 sq. cm + 80 sq. cm = 116 square centimeters

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 42
A = ____ square in.

Answer: 112 square in.

Explanation:
Divide the figure into two parts
Figure 1:
L = 8 in.
W = 4 in.
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 8 in. × 4 in. = 32 sq. in.
Figure 2:
L = 4 in.
W = 12 in.
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 4 in. × 12 in. = 48 sq. in.
Figure 3:
L = 8 in.
W = 4 in.
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 8 in. × 4 in. = 32 sq. in.
Area of the combined rectangles = 32 sq. in + 48 sq. in + 32 sq. in. = 112 square inches.

Lesson 13.4

Find the unknown measure of the rectangle.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 43
base = ____ feet

Answer: 25 feet

Explanation:
A = 375 sq. ft
h = 15 ft
Area of the rectangle =  A = b×h
375 sq. ft = b × 15 ft
b = 375/15 = 25 ft
Thus the base of the figure is 25 ft.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 44
height = ____ mi

Answer: 8 mi

Explanation:
A = 56 sq. mi
b = 7 mi
Area of the rectangle =  A = b×h
56 sq. mi = 7 mi × h
h = 56/7= 8 mi
Thus the height of the figure is 8 mi.

Lesson 13.5

Solve.

Question 5.
Jeanette is painting a rectangular wall that is 10 feet long and 8 feet tall. There is a window that is 5 feet wide and 3 feet tall on the wall. What is the area of the wall that Jeannette will paint?
____ square feet

Answer: 65 square feet

Explanation:
Given,
Jeanette is painting a rectangular wall that is 10 feet long and 8 feet tall.
There is a window that is 5 feet wide and 3 feet tall on the wall.
8 times 10 is eighty, then you need to subtract 3 times 5 (which is 15), and that makes it 65 feet squared.
80 sq. ft – 15 sq. ft = 65 square feet

Question 6.
Rob has a combined flower and vegetable garden that is 9 meters long and 11 meters wide. The flower garden is in the center and is a square with sides of 3 meters. How many square meters of the garden is used for vegetables?
____ square meters

Answer: 90 square meters

Explanation:
First, you would need to find the area of both the FULL veggie garden and flower garden.
Veggie Garden = 9×11 = 99
Flower Garden = 3×3 = 9
Then you would subtract the area of the veggie garden by the area of the flower garden.
99 – 9 = 90 meters squared

Conclusion:

In this chapter, you can learn the concepts of Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area here. Get the simple tricks to solve the problems with the help of our Go Math Answer Key. In addition to the Homework Practice FL you can get the explanation for Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13: Algebra: Perimeter and Area from here.

go-math-grade-4-answer-key-chapter-1-place-value

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

Download Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million pdf. We have provided the solutions for each and every question for Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million in an easy manner. Elaborate your children thinking by solving every practice question on Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million

HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key introducing a new way of problem-solving and providing a new path for the students to solve problems. The topics of Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million include Model Place Value Relationships, Compare and Order Numbers, Round Numbers, Add and subtract Whole Numbers, etc.

Lesson: 1 – Model Place Value Relationships

Lesson: 2 – Read and Write Numbers

Lesson: 3 – Compare and Order Numbers

Lesson: 4 – Round Numbers 

Lesson: 5 – Rename Numbers

Lesson: 6 – Add Whole Numbers

Lesson: 7 – Subtract Whole Numbers

Lesson: 8 – Problem Solving Comparison Problems with Addition and Subtraction

Lesson: 9 

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 3

Model Place Value Relationships

Find the value of the underlined digit.

Question 1.
6,035
30

Question 2.
43,782
________

Answer: 700

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 7 in 43,782 is 700.

Question 3.
506,087
________

Answer: 7

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 7 in 506,087 is 7.

Question 4.
49,254
________

Answer: 9000

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 9 in 49,254 is 9000.

Question 5.
136,422
________

Answer: 30,000

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 3 in 136,422 is 30,000.

Question 6.
673,512
________

Answer: 500

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 5 in 673,512 is 500.

Question 7.
814,295
________

Answer: 800,000

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 8 in 814,295 is 800,000.

Question 8.
736,144
________

Answer: 6,000

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 6 in 736,144 is 6,000.

Compare the values of the underlined digits.

Question 9.
6,300 and 530
The value of 3 in _____ is _____ times the value of 3 in _____.

Answer: The value of 3 in 6,300 is 10 times the value of 3 in 530.

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 3 in 6,300 is 300. And the place value of the digit 3 in 530 is 30. As each hundred is 10 times as many as 10, so 3 hundreds are ten times as many as 3 tens. So, the value of 3 in 6,300 is 10 times the value of 3 in 530.

Question 10.
2,783 and 7,283
The value of 2 in _____ is _____ times the value of 2 in _____.

Answer: The value of 2 in 2783 is 10 times the value of 2 in 7283.

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 2 in 2,783 is 2000. And the place value of the digit 2 in 7,283 is 200. As each hundred is 10 times as many as 10, so 2 thousands are ten times as many as 2 hundred. So, the value of 2 in 2783 is 10 times the value of 2 in 7283.

Question 11.
34,258 and 47,163
The value of 4 in _____ is _____ times the value of 4 in _____.

Answer: The value of 4 in 47,163 is 10 times the value of 4 in 34,258.

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 4 in 34,258 is 4,000. And the place value of the digit 4 in 47,163 is 40,000. As each hundred is 10 times as many as 10, so 4 thousands are ten times as many as 4 thousand tens. So, the value of 4 in 47,163 is 10 times the value of 4 in 34,258.

Question 12.
503,497 and 26,475
The value of 7 in _____ is _____ times the value of 7 in _____.

Answer: The value of 7 in 26,475 is 10 times the value of 7 in 5,03,497.

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 7 in 503,497 is 7. And the place value of the digit 7 in 26,475 is 70. As each hundred is 10 times as many as 10, so 7 are ten times as many as 7 tens. So, the value of 7 in 26,475 is 10 times the value of 7 in 5,03,497.

Problem Solving

Use the table for 13–14.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Common Core - Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 1

Question 13.
What is the value of the digit 9 in the attendance at the Redskins vs. Titans game?
The value of 9 is _____

Answer: 9,000

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 9 in 69,143 is 9,000.

Question 14.
The attendance at which game has a 7 in the ten thousands place?
__________

Answer: Ravens vs. Panthers

Explanation:
Each digit of the number holds its own value. The adjacent digits of the number differ from each other by 10 times. Starting from the leftmost digit going to the right, the order of place values starts from ones, tens, hundreds, thousands, and ten thousand. Therefore, the number should contain a digit 7 on the 5th digit from left to right.
Thus the attendance at Ravens vs. Panthers game has a 7 in the ten thousands place.

Question 15.
How does a digit in the ten thousands place compare to a digit in the thousands place?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
A digit in the ten thousand place has a value of 10,000 times the value of the mere digit. While a digit in the thousands place has a value 1,000 times the value of the digit. So to compare you can do 10,000 / 1,000 = 10, which means that a digit in the ten thousand place values ten times what the same digit values are it is the thousand place.

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 4

Lesson Check

Question 1.
During one season, a total of 453,193 people attended a baseball team’s games. What is the value of the digit 5 in the number of people?
Options:
a. 500
b. 5,000
c. 50,000
d. 500,000

Answer: 50,000

Explanation:
Given,
During one season, a total of 453,193 people attended a baseball team’s games.
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 5 in 453,193 is 50,000.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Hal forgot the number of people at the basketball game. He does remember that the number had a 3 in the tens place. Which number could Hal be thinking of?
Options:
a. 7,321
b. 3,172
c. 2,713
d. 1,237

Answer: 1,237

Explanation:
Given,
Hal forgot the number of people at the basketball game.
He does remember that the number had a 3 in the tens place.
a. 7,321 – the value of 3 in 7321 is 300.
b. 3,172 – the value of 3 in 3172 is 3000.
c. 2,713 – the value of 3 in 2713 is 3.
d. 1,237 – the value of 3 in 1237 is 30.
Thus the number 3 in tens place is 1,237.
Therefore, the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Hot dog buns come in packages of 8. For the school picnic, Mr. Spencer bought 30 packages of hot dog buns. How many hot dog buns did he buy?
Options:
a. 24
b. 38
c. 110
d. 240

Answer: 240

Explanation:
Given,
Hot dog buns come in packages of 8.
For the school picnic, Mr. Spencer bought 30 packages of hot dog buns.
8 × 30 = 240 buns
He bought 240 hot dig buns.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
There are 8 students on the minibus. Five of the students are boys. What fraction of the students are boys?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{5}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{8}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
There are 8 students on the minibus. Five of the students are boys.
Divide the number of boys by the total number of students on the minibus.
\(\frac{5}{8}\)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
The clock below shows the time when Amber leaves home for school. At what time does Amber leave home?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Common Core - Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 2
Options:
a. 2:41
b. 8:02
c. 8:10
d. 8:20

Answer: 8:10

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that Amber leave home is 8:10.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Jeremy drew a polygon with four right angles and four sides with the same length.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Common Core - Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 3
What kind of polygon did Jeremy draw?
Options:
a. hexagon
b. square
c. trapezoid
d. triangle

Answer: square

Explanation:
A square has two pairs of parallel sides, four right angles, and all four sides are equal.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 5

Read and Write Numbers

Read and write the number in two other forms.

Question 1.
six hundred ninety-two thousand, four
standard form: 692,004;
expanded form: 600,000 + 90,000 + 2,000 + 4

Question 2.
314,207
Type below:
________

Answer:
Standard form: Three hundred fourteen thousand, two hundred seven.
Explanded form: 300,000 + 10,000 + 4,000 + 200 + 7

Question 3.
600,000 + 80,000 + 10
Type below:
________

Answer:
Standard form: 680,010
Expanded form: Six hundred eighty thousand ten.

Use the number 913,256.

Question 4.
Write the name of the period that has the digits 913.
________

Answer: thousands
Each group of three digits forms a period. The name of the period that has the digits 913 is thousands group.

Question 5.
Write the digit in the ten thousands place.
________

Answer: 1

Question 6.
Write the value of the digit 9.
________

Answer: 9 hundred thousands or 900,000.

Problem Solving

Use the table for 7 and 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Common Core - Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 4

Question 7.
Which state had a population of eight hundred four thousand, one hundred ninety-four?
________

Answer: South Dakota

Explanation:
The standard form of eight hundred four thousand, one hundred ninety-four is 804,194.
We can see the population 804,194 in the above table in South Dakota.

Question 8.
What is the value of the digit 8 in Alaska’s population?
________

Answer: 8 ten thousands, or 80,000.

Explanation:
The population in Alaska is 686,293.
The value of the digit 8 in Alaska’s population is 80,000.

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 6

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Based on a 2008 study, children 6–11 years old spend sixty-nine thousand, one hundred eight minutes a year watching television. What is this number written in
standard form?
Options:
a. 6,918
b. 69,108
c. 69,180
d. 690,108

Answer: 69,108

Explanation:
Given,
Based on a 2008 study, children 6–11 years old spend sixty-nine thousand, one hundred eight minutes a year watching television.
The standard form of sixty-nine thousand, one hundred eight is 69,108.

Question 2.
What is the value of the digit 4 in the number 84,230?
Options:
a. 4
b. 400
c. 4,000
d. 40,000

Answer: 4,000

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 4 in 84,230 is 4,000.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
An ant has 6 legs. How many legs do 8 ants have in all?
Options:
a. 14
b. 40
c. 45
d. 48

Answer: 48

Explanation:
Given,
An ant has 6 legs.
To find:
How many legs do 8 ants have in all
6 legs × 8 = 48 legs
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
Latricia’s vacation is in 4 weeks. There are 7 days in a week. How many days is it until Latricia’s vacation?
Options:
a. 9 days
b. 11 days
c. 20 days
d. 28 days

Answer: 28 days

Explanation:
Given,
Latricia’s vacation is in 4 weeks.
There are 7 days in a week.
4 × 7 days = 28 days
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
Marta collected 363 cans. Diego collected 295 cans. How many cans did Marta and Diego collect in all?
Options:
a. 668
b. 658
c. 568
d. 178

Answer: 658

Explanation:
Marta collected 363 cans. Diego collected 295 cans.
363 cans + 295 cans = 658 cans
Marta and Diego collect 658 cans in all.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
The city Tim lives in has 106,534 people. What is the value of the 6 in 106,534?
Options:
a. 6,000
b. 600
c. 60
d. 6

Answer: 6,000

Explanation:
The city Tim lives in has 106,534 people.
The value of the 6 in 106,534 is 6,000.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 7

Compare and Order Numbers

Compare. Write < .> or =.

Question 1.
3,273 < 3,279

Question 2.
$1,323 ______ $1,400

Answer: <
The number $1,323 < $1,400 as 323 is less than 400.

Question 3.
52,692 ______ 52,692

Answer: =
The number 52,692 is equal to 52,692.

Question 4.
$413,005 ______ $62,910

Answer: >
The number $413,005 is greater than $62,910.

Question 5.
382,144 ______ 382,144

Answer: =
The number 382,144 is equal to 382,144.

Question 6.
157,932 ______ 200,013

Answer: <
The number 157,932 is less than 200,013.

Question 7.
401,322 ______ 410,322

Answer: <
The number 401,322 is less than 410,322.

Question 8.
989,063 ______ 980,639

Answer: >
The number 989,063 is greater than 980,639.

Question 9.
258,766 ______ 258,596

Answer: >
The number 258,766 is greater than 258,596.

Order from least to greatest.

Question 10.
23,710; 23,751; 23,715
______ < ______ < ______

Answer: 23,710; 23,715; 23,751

Question 11.
52,701; 54,025; 5,206
______ < ______ < ______

Answer: 5,206; 52,701; 54,025
The numbers from least to greatest is 5,206; 52,701; 54,025

Question 12.
465,321; 456,321; 456,231
______ < ______ < ______

Answer: 456,321; 456,231; 456,231
456,321 is less than 456,231 is less than 456,231. The numbers from least to greatest is 456,321; 456,231; 456,231.

Question 13.
$330,820; $329,854; $303,962
______ < ______ < ______

Answer: $303,962; $329,854; $330,820
$303,962 is less than $329,854 is less than $330,820. The numbers from least to greatest is $303,962; $329,854; $330,820.

Problem Solving

Question 14.
An online newspaper had 350,080 visitors in October, 350,489 visitors in November, and 305,939 visitors in December. What is the order of the months from greatest to least number of visitors?
1. ________
2. ________
3. ________

Answer:
1. November
2. October
3. December

Explanation:
Given,
An online newspaper had 350,080 visitors in October, 350,489 visitors in November, and 305,939 visitors in December.
350,489 is greater than 350,080 is greater than 305,939.
Thus the order of the months from greatest to least number of visitors is November, October and December.

Question 15.
The total land area in square miles of each of three states is shown below.
Colorado: 103,718
New Mexico: 121,356
Arizona: 113,635
What is the order of the states from least to greatest total land area?
1. ________
2. ________
3. ________

Answer:
1. Colorado
2. Arizona
3. New Mexico

Explanation:
The total land area in square miles of each of three states is shown below.
Colorado: 103,718
New Mexico: 121,356
Arizona: 113,635
The greatest number is 121,356, 113,635, 103,718
The order of the states from least to greatest total land area is Colorado, Arizona and New Mexico.

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 8

Lesson Check

Question 1.
At the yearly fund-raising drive, the nonprofit company’s goal was to raise $55,500 each day. After three days, it had raised $55,053; $56,482; and $55,593. Which amount was less than the daily goal?
Options:
a. $55,500
b. $55,053
c. $55,593
d. $56,482

Answer: $55,053

Explanation:
At the yearly fund-raising drive, the nonprofit company’s goal was to raise $55,500 each day. After three days, it had raised $55,053; $56,482; and $55,593.
$55,053 < $55,593 < $56,482
The amount was less than the daily goal is $55,053.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Which of the following lists of numbers is in order from greatest to least?
Options:
a. 60,343; 60,433; 63,043
b. 83,673; 86,733; 86,373
c. 90,543; 90,048; 93,405
d. 20,433; 20,343; 20,043

Answer: 20,433; 20,343; 20,043

Explanation:
The lists of numbers is in order from greatest to least is 20,433; 20,343; 20,043
The correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jess is comparing fractions. Which fraction is greater than \(\frac{5}{6}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{7}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{4}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Jess is comparing fractions.
The fraction is greater than \(\frac{5}{6}\) is \(\frac{7}{8}\)
The correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
What is the perimeter of the rectangle below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Common Core - Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 5
Options:
a. 14 inches
b. 26 inches
c. 28 inches
d. 48 inches

Answer: 28 inches

Explanation:
Given,
l = 6 in
w = 8 in.
Perimeter of the rectangle = l + l + w + w
P = 6 in + 6 in + 8 in + 8 in
P = 28 inches
Thus the perimeter of the rectangle is 28 inches.
The correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
A website had 826,140 hits last month. What is the value of the 8 in 826,140?
Options:
a. 800
b. 8,000
c. 80,000
d. 800,000

Answer: 800,000

Explanation:
A website had 826,140 hits last month.
The value of the 8 in 826,140 is 800,000.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
Which is 680,705 written in expanded form?
Options:
a. 680 + 705
b. 68,000 + 700 + 5
c. 600,000 + 8,000 + 700 + 5
d. 600,000 + 80,000 + 700 + 5

Answer: 600,000 + 80,000 + 700 + 5

Explanation:
The expanded form of 680,705 is 600,000 + 80,000 + 700 + 5
The correct answer is option D.

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 9

Round Numbers 

Round to the place value of the underlined digit.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Common Core - Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 6
Look at the digit to the right. If the digit to the right is less than 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same.
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.

Question 2.
123,499
_____

Answer: 123,000

Explanation:
Look at the digit to the right. If the digit to the right is less than 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same.
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
The place value of 3 in 123,499 is 123,000.

Question 3.
552,945
_____

Answer: 600,000

Explanation:
Look at the digit to the right. If the digit to the right is less than 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same.
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
The place value of 5 in 552,945 is 600,000.

Question 4.
389,422
_____

Answer: 390,000

Explanation:
Look at the digit to the right. If the digit to the right is less than 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same.
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
The place value of 8 in 389,422 is 390,000.

Question 5.
209,767
_____

Answer: 200,000

Explanation:
Look at the digit to the right. If the digit to the right is less than 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same.
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
The place value of 2 in 209,767 is 200,000.

Question 6.
191,306
_____

Answer: 191,000

Explanation:
Look at the digit to the right. If the digit to the right is less than 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same.
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
The place value of 1 in 191,306 is 191,000.

Question 7.
66,098
_____

Answer: 70,000

Explanation:
Look at the digit to the right. If the digit to the right is less than 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same.
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
The place value of 6 in 66,098 is 70,000.

Question 8.
73,590
_____

Answer: 74,000

Explanation:
Look at the digit to the right. If the digit to the right is less than 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same.
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
The place value of 3 in 73,590 is 74,000.

Question 9.
149,903
_____

Answer: 100,000

Explanation:
Look at the digit to the right. If the digit to the right is less than 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same.
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
The place value of 1 in 149,903 is 100,000.

Question 10.
684,303
_____

Answer: 684,000

Explanation:
Look at the digit to the right. If the digit to the right is less than 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same.
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
The place value of 4 in 684,303 is 684,000.

Question 11.
499,553
_____

Answer: 500,000

Explanation:
Look at the digit to the right. If the digit to the right is less than 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same.
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
The place value of 9 in 499,553 is 500,000.

Problem Solving

Use the table for 12–13.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Common Core - Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 7

Question 12.
Find the height of Mt. Whitney in the table. Round the height to the nearest thousand feet.
_____ feet

Answer: 14,000 feet

Explanation:
The height to the nearest thousand feet for 14,494 is 14,000 feet.

Question 13.
What is the height of Mt. Bona rounded to the nearest ten thousand feet?
_____ feet

Answer: 20,000 feet

Explanation:
The height of Mt. Bona rounded to the nearest ten thousand feet for 16,500 is 20,000 feet.

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 10

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which number is 247,039 rounded to the nearest thousand?
Options:
a. 200,000
b. 250,000
c. 247,000
d. 7,000

Answer: 247,000

Explanation:
Round off the value means making a number simpler but keeping its value close to what it was. The result is less accurate but easy to use. So the number is 247,039 rounded to the nearest thousand is 247,000.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
To the nearest ten thousand, the population of Vermont was estimated to be about 620,000 in 2008. Which might have been the exact population of Vermont in 2008?
Options:
a. 626,013
b. 621,270
c. 614,995
d. 609,964

Answer: 621,270

Explanation:
To the nearest ten thousand, the population of Vermont was estimated to be about 620,000 in 2008.
The exact population of Vermont in 2008 might be 621,270.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which symbol makes the following number sentence true?
$546,322 Ο $540,997
Options:
a. <
b. >
c. =
d. +

Answer: >

Explanation:
$546,322 is greater than $540,997.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Pittsburgh International Airport had approximately 714,587 passengers in August 2009. Which number is greater than 714,587?
Options:
a. 714,578
b. 704,988
c. 714,601
d. 714,099

Answer: 714,601

Explanation:
Given,
Pittsburgh International Airport had approximately 714,587 passengers in August 2009.
The number greater than 714,587 is 714,601.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
June made a design with 6 equal tiles. One tile is yellow, 2 tiles are blue, and 3 tiles are purple. What fraction of the tiles are yellow or purple?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:
Given,
June made a design with 6 equal tiles. One tile is yellow, 2 tiles are blue, and 3 tiles are purple.
We have to put the total number of tiles in the denominator.
The number of yellow or purple tiles is 3 + 1 = 4 put it in the numerator.
The fraction of the tiles are yellow or purple is \(\frac{4}{6}\).
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
The fourth grade collected 40,583 cans and plastic bottles. Which of the following shows that number in word form?
Options:
a. forty thousand, five hundred eighty
b. forty thousand, five hundred eighty-three
c. four thousand, five hundred eighty-three
d. four hundred thousand, five hundred eighty

Answer: forty thousand, five hundred eighty-three

Explanation:
Given,
The fourth grade collected 40,583 cans and plastic bottles.
The expanded form of 40,583 is forty thousand, five hundred eighty-three.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 11

Rename Numbers

Rename the number. Use the place-value chart to help.

Question 1.
760 hundreds = 76,000
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Common Core - Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 8

Question 2.
805 tens = ________

THOUSANDS ONES
Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones
_________ _________ _________ _________

Answer:

THOUSANDS ONES
Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones
8 0 5 0

Question 3.
24 ten thousands = ________

THOUSANDS ONES
Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones
_________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________

Answer:

THOUSANDS ONES
Hundreds Tens Ones Hundreds Tens Ones
2 4 0 0 0 0

Rename the number.

Question 4.
720 = ____ tens

Answer: 72

Explanation:
720 can be calculated as 72 × 10 = 72 tens.

Question 5.
4 thousands 7 hundreds = 47 ________

Answer: hundreds

Explanation:
4 thousands 7 hundreds
4700 = 47 × 100 = 47 hundreds

Question 6.
25,600 = ____ hundreds

Answer: 256

Explanation:
25,600 = 256 × 100 = 256 hundreds

Question 7.
204 thousands = ____

Answer: 204,000

Explanation:
204 thousands = 204 × 1000 = 204,000.

Problem Solving

Question 8.
For the fair, the organizers ordered 32 rolls of tickets. Each roll of tickets has 100 tickets. How many tickets were ordered in all?
____ tickets

Answer: 3,200 tickets

Explanation:
Given,
For the fair, the organizers ordered 32 rolls of tickets. Each roll of tickets has 100 tickets.
32 × 100 tickets = 3200 tickets
Therefore 3200 tickets were ordered in all.

Question 9.
An apple orchard sells apples in bags of 10. The orchard sold a total of 2,430 apples one day. How many bags of apples was this?
____ bags

Answer: 243 bags

Explanation:
Given,
An apple orchard sells apples in bags of 10. The orchard sold a total of 2,430 apples one day.
2430/10 = 243 bags
There were 243 bags of apples.

Question 10.
Explain how you can rename 5,400 as hundreds. Include a quick picture or a place-value chart in your explanation.
____ hundreds

Answer: 54

Explanation:
It would be 54 hundreds because:
In 5400 there are 2 zeros
Also in 100, there are 2 zeros
2 zeros equals a hundred
100=1 hundred, because it has a 1 in front of the 2 zeros
5400=54 hundreds, because it has a 54 in front of the 2 zeros

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 12

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A dime has the same value as 10 pennies. Marley brought 290 pennies to the bank. How many dimes did Marley get?
Options:
a. 29
b. 290
c. 2,900
d. 29,000

Answer: 29

Explanation:
Given,
A dime has the same value as 10 pennies. Marley brought 290 pennies to the bank.
To find How many dimes did Marley get we have to divide 290 pennies by 10 pennies.
290/10 = 29
Therefore Marley gets 29 pennies.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 2.
A citrus grower ships grapefruit in boxes of 10. One season, the grower shipped 20,400 boxes of grapefruit. How many grapefruit were shipped?
Options:
a. 204
b. 2,040
c. 20,400
d. 204,000

Answer: 204,000

Explanation:
Given,
A citrus grower ships grapefruit in boxes of 10.
One season, the grower shipped 20,400 boxes of grapefruit.
We need to find How many grapefruit were shipped.
Multiply 20,400 boxes with 10.
20,400 × 10 = 204,000
Therefore 204,000 grapefruit were shipped.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There were 2,605 people at the basketball game. A reporter rounded this number to the nearest hundred for a newspaper article. What number did the reporter use?
Options:
a. 2,600
b. 2,610
c. 2,700
d. 3,000

Answer: 2,600

Explanation:
Given,
There were 2,605 people at the basketball game. A reporter rounded this number to the nearest hundred for a newspaper article.
To find:
What number did the reporter use?
The number 2605 nearest to the hundred is 2600.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 4.
To get to Level 3 in a game, a player must score 14,175 points. Ann scores 14,205 points, Ben scores 14,089 points, and Chuck scores 10,463 points. Which score is greater than the Level 3 score?
Options:
a. 14,205
b. 14,175
c. 14,089
d. 10,463

Answer: 14,205

Explanation:
Given,
To get to Level 3 in a game, a player must score 14,175 points. Ann scores 14,205 points, Ben scores 14,089 points, and Chuck scores 10,463 points.
By seeing the above points we can say that 14,205 is greater than level 3.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
Henry counted 350 lockers in his school. Hayley counted 403 lockers in her school. Which statement is true?
Options:
a. The 3 in 350 is 10 times the value of the 3 in 403.
b. The 3 in 350 is 100 times the value of the 3 in 403.
c. The 3 in 403 is 10 times the value of the 3 in 350.
d. The 3 in 403 is 100 times the value of the 3 in 350.

Answer: The 3 in 350 is 100 times the value of the 3 in 403.

Explanation:
Given,
Henry counted 350 lockers in his school. Hayley counted 403 lockers in her school.
The statement “The 3 in 350 is 100 times the value of the 3 in 403” is true.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
There are 4 muffins on each plate. There are 0 plates of lemon muffins. How many lemon muffins are there?
Options:
a. 4
b. 2
c. 1
d. 0

Answer: 0

Explanation:
Given,
There are 4 muffins on each plate. There are 0 plates of lemon muffins.
Multiply the number of muffins with the number of plates.
4 × 0 = 0
There are 0 lemon muffins.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 13

Add Whole Numbers

Estimate. Then find the sum.

Question 1.
Estimate: 90,000
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Common Core - Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 9

Question 2.
73,404
+ 27,865
————
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 100,000
Sum: 101,269
Estimate:
The number rounded to 73,404 is 70,000.
The number rounded to 27,865 is 30,000.
70,000
+30,000
100,000
Sum:
73,404
+ 27,865
101,269

Question 3.
404,446
+ 396,755
————
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 800,000
Sum: 800,201
Estimate:
The number rounded to 400,000
The number rounded to 400,000
400,000
+400,000
800,000
Sum:
404,446
+ 396,755
800,201

Question 4.
137,638
+ 52,091
————
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 200,000
Sum: 189,729
Estimate:
The number rounded to 150,000
The number rounded to 50,000
150,000
+50,000
200,000
Sum:
137,638
+ 52,091
189,729

Question 5.
200,629
+ 28,542
————
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 250,000
Sum: 229,171
Estimate:
The number rounded to 200,000
The number rounded to 50,000
200,000
+50,000
250,000
Sum:
200,629
+ 28,542
229,171

Question 6.
212,514
+ 396,705
————
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 600,000
Sum: 609,219
Estimate:
The number rounded to 200,000
The number rounded to 400,000
200,000
+400,000
600,000
Sum:
212,514
+ 396,705
609,219

Question 7.
324,867
+ 6,233
————
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 330,000
Sum: 331,100
Estimate:
The number rounded to 324,000
The number rounded to 6,000
324,000
+ 6,000
330,000
Sum:
324,867
+ 6,233
331,100

Question 8.
462,809
+ 256,738
————
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 800,000
Sum: 719,547
Estimate:
The number rounded to 500,000
The number rounded to 300,000
500,000
+300,000
800,000
Sum:
462,809
+ 256,738
719,547

Question 9.
624,836
+ 282,189
————
Estimate: _______
Sum: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 900,000
Sum: 907,025
Estimate:
The number rounded to 600,000
The number rounded to 300,000
600,000
+300,000
900,000
Sum:
624,836
+ 282,189
907,025

Problem Solving

Use the table for 10–12.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Common Core - Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 10

Question 10.
Beth and Cade were on one team. What was their total score?
______

Answer: 407,502

Explanation:
The score of Beth is 251,567
The score of Cade is 155,935
251,567
+155,935
407,502
Thus the total score of Beth and Cade is 407,502.

Question 11.
Dillan and Elaine were on the other team. What was their total score?
______

Answer: 409,928

Explanation:
The score of Dillan is 188,983
The score of Elaine is 220,945
188,983
+220,945
409,928
The total score of Dillan and Elaine is 409,928.

Question 12.
Which team scored the most points?
_________

Answer: Dillan and Elaine
The total score of Dillan and Elaine is 409,928.
The total score of Beth and Cade is 407,502.
409,928
-407,502
002,226
Thus Dillan and Elaine team scored the most points.

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 14

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The coastline of the United States is 12,383 miles long. Canada’s coastline is 113,211 miles longer than the coastline of the United States. How long is the coastline of Canada?
Options:
a. 100,828 miles
b. 115,594 miles
c. 125,594 miles
d. 237,041 miles

Answer: 125,594 miles

Explanation:
Given,
The coastline of the United States is 12,383 miles long.
Canada’s coastline is 113,211 miles longer than the coastline of the United States.
113,211
+12,383 
125,594
Therefore, the coastline of Canada is 125,594 miles.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Germany is the seventh largest European country and is slightly smaller by area than Montana. Germany has a land area of 134,835 square miles and a water area of 3,011 square miles. What is the total area of Germany?
Options:
a. 7,846 square miles
b. 131,824 square miles
c. 137,846 square miles
d. 435,935 square miles

Answer: 137,846 square miles

Explanation:
Given,
Germany is the seventh largest European country and is slightly smaller by area than Montana. Germany has a land area of 134,835 square miles and a water area of 3,011 square miles.
134,835
+ 3,011
137,846
Therefore the total area of Germany is 137,846 square miles.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
In an election, about 500,000 people voted in all. Which number could be the exact number of people who voted in the election?
Options:
a. 429,455
b. 441,689
c. 533,736
d. 550,198

Answer: 533,736

Explanation:
Given,
In an election, about 500,000 people voted in all.
The number near to 500,000 is 533,736.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
In 2007, Pennsylvania had approximately 121,580 miles of public roads. What is 121,580 rounded to the nearest thousand?
Options:
a. 100,000
b. 120,000
c. 121,000
d. 122,000

Answer: 122,000

Explanation:
Given,
In 2007, Pennsylvania had approximately 121,580 miles of public roads.
121,580 rounded to the nearest thousand is 122,000.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
Which of the following lists of numbers is in order from greatest to least?
Options:
a. 33,093; 33,903; 33,309
b. 42,539; 24,995; 43,539
c. 682,131; 628,000; 682,129
d. 749,340; 740,999; 740,256

Answer: 749,340; 740,999; 740,256

Explanation:
a. 33,093; 33,903; 33,309
33,093 = 33,903 = 33,309
b. 42,539; 24,995; 43,539
42,539 > 24,995 < 43,539
c. 682,131; 628,000; 682,129
682,131 > 628,000 < 682,129
d. 749,340; 740,999; 740,256
749,340 > 740,999 > 740,256
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
Which symbol makes the following statement true?
$413,115 Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Common Core - Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 11 $431,511
Options:
a. <
b. >
c. =
d. +

Answer: <

Explanation:
The number $413,115 is less than $431,511
$413,115 < $431,511
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 15

Subtract Whole Numbers

Estimate. Then find the difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Common Core - Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 12

Question 2.
428,731
– 175,842
————-
Estimate: _______
Difference: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 200,000
Difference: 252,889
Estimate:
The number rounded to 428,731 is 400,000
The number rounded to 175,842 is 200,000
400,000
-200,000
200,000
Difference:
428,731
– 175,842
252,889

Question 3.
920,026
– 535,722
————-
Estimate: _______
Difference: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 400,000
Difference: 384,304
Estimate:
The number rounded to 920,026 is 900,000
The number rounded to 535,722 is 500,000
900,000
-500,000
400,000
Difference:
920,026
– 535,722
384,304

Question 4.
253,495
– 48,617
————-
Estimate: _______
Difference: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 200,000
Difference: 204,878
Estimate:
The number rounded to 253,495 is 250,000
The number rounded to 48,617 is 50,000

Subtract. Add to check.

Question 5.
735,249 – 575,388 = ______
______ + ______ = ______

Answer: 159,861
735,249
-575,388 
159,861
Now check whether the answer is correct or wrong.
159,861
+575,388 
735,249

Question 6.
512,724 – 96,473 = ______
______ + ______ = ______

Answer: 416,251
512,724
-96,473 
416,251
Now check whether the answer is correct or wrong.
416,251
96,473
512,724

Question 7.
600,000 – 145,782 = ______
______ + ______ = ______

Answer: 454,218
600,000
-145,782
454,218
Now check whether the answer is correct or wrong.
454,218
+145,782 
600,000

Problem Solving

Use the table for 8 and 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Common Core - Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 13

Question 8.
How many more people attended the Magic’s games than attended the Pacers’ games?
______ people

Answer: 133,606

Explanation:
Number of people attended Magic’s games = 715,901
Number of people attended Pacers’ games = 582,295
To find:
How many more people attended the Magic’s games than attended the Pacers’ games
We need to subtract the Number of people attended Pacers’ games from the Number of people attended Magic’s games
715,901
-582,295
133,606

Question 9.
How many fewer people attended the Pacers’ games than attended the Clippers’ games?
______ people

Answer: 87,768

Explanation:
Number of people attended Pacers’ games = 582,295
Number of people attended Clippers’ games = 670,063
To find:
How many fewer people attended the Pacers’ games than attended the Clippers’ games
We need to subtract the number of people attended Pacers’ games from the Number of people attended Clippers’ games
670,063
-582,295
87,768

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 16

Lesson Check

Question 1.
This year, a farm planted 400,000 corn stalks. Last year, the farm planted 275,650 corn stalks. How many more corn stalks did the farm plant this year than last year?
Options:
a. 124,350
b. 125,450
c. 235,450
d. 275,650

Answer: 124,350

Explanation:
Given,
This year, a farm planted 400,000 corn stalks.
Last year, the farm planted 275,650 corn stalks.
400,000
-275,650 
124,350
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 2.
One machine can make 138,800 small paper clips in one day. Another machine can make 84,250 large paper clips in one day. How many more small paper clips than large paper clips are made by the two machines in one day?
Options:
a. 44,550
b. 54,550
c. 54,650
d. 154,650

Answer: 54,550

Explanation:
Given,
One machine can make 138,800 small paper clips in one day.
Another machine can make 84,250 large paper clips in one day
138,800
-84,250 
54,550
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
In three baseball games over a weekend, 125,429 people came to watch. The next weekend, 86,353 came to watch the games. How many people in all watched
the six baseball games?
Options:
a. 201,782
b. 211,772
c. 211,782
d. 211,882

Answer: 211,782

Explanation:
Given,
In three baseball games over a weekend, 125,429 people came to watch.
The next weekend, 86,353 came to watch the games.
125,429
+86,353 
211,782
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Kevin read the number “two hundred seven thousand, forty-eight” in a book. What is this number in standard form?
Options:
a. 27,048
b. 27,480
c. 207,048
d. 207,480

Answer: 207,048

Explanation:
Given,
Kevin read the number “two hundred seven thousand, forty-eight” in a book.
The standard form of two hundred seven thousand, forty-eight is 207,048.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 5.
A museum had 275,608 visitors last year. What is this number rounded to the nearest thousand?
Options:
a. 275,600
b. 276,000
c. 280,000
d. 300,000

Answer: 276,000

Explanation:
A museum had 275,608 visitors last year.
The number 275,608 rounded to the nearest thousand is 276,000
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
At the Millville Theater, a play ran for several weeks. In all, 28,175 people saw the play. What is the value of the digit 8 in 28,175?
Options:
a. 8
b. 800
c. 8,000
d. 80,000

Answer: 8,000

Explanation:
At the Millville Theater, a play ran for several weeks. In all, 28,175 people saw the play.
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 8 in 28,175 is 8000.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 17

Problem Solving Comparison Problems with Addition and Substraction

Use the information in the table for 1–3.

Question 1.
How many square miles larger is the surface area of Lake Huron than the surface area of Lake Erie?
Think: How can a bar model help represent the problem? What equation can be written?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Common Core - Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 14

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Common Core - Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 15

Question 2.
Which lake has a surface area that is 14,938 square miles greater than the surface area of Lake Ontario? Draw a model and write a number sentence to solve the problem.
_________

Answer:

Explanation:
The surface area of Lake Ontario is 7,340 square miles.
14,938
+7,340
22,278 square miles
Go Math grade 4 answer key chapter 1 Homework Practice FL img-1

Question 3.
Lake Victoria has the largest surface area of all lakes in Africa. Its surface area is 26,828 square miles. How much larger is the surface area of Lake Superior than that of Lake Victoria?
_____ square milles

Answer: 4,872 square miles

Explanation:
The surface area of Lake Victoria is 26,828 square miles.
The surface area of Lake Superior is 31,700 square miles.
31,700
-26,828
04,872
The surface area of Lake Superior is 4,872 square miles larger than Lake Victoria.

Question 4.
At 840,000 square miles, Greenland is the largest island in the world. The second-largest island is New Guinea, at 306,000 square miles. How much larger is Greenland than New Guinea?
_____ square milles

Answer: 534,000 square miles

Explanation:
Given,
At 840,000 square miles, Greenland is the largest island in the world.
The second-largest island is New Guinea, at 306,000 square miles.
840,000
-306,000
534,000
Greenland is 534,000 square miles larger than New Guinea.

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 18

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The Mariana Trench in the Pacific Ocean is about 36,201 feet deep. The Puerto Rico Trench in the Atlantic Ocean is about 27,493 feet deep. Based on these data, how many feet deeper is the Mariana Trench than the Puerto Rico Trench?
Options:
a. 8,708 feet
b. 9,718 feet
c. 9,808 feet
d. 63,694 feet

Answer: 8,708 feet

Explanation:
Given,
The Mariana Trench in the Pacific Ocean is about 36,201 feet deep.
The Puerto Rico Trench in the Atlantic Ocean is about 27,493 feet deep.
36,201
-27,493
08,708 feet
Mariana Trench is 8708 feet deeper than the Puerto Rico Trench.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 2.
At 1,932 feet, Crater Lake, Oregon, is the deepest lake in the United States. The world’s deepest lake, Lake Baykal in Russia, is 3,383 feet deeper. How deep is Lake Baykal?
Options:
a. 3,383 feet
b. 4,215 feet
c. 4,315 feet
d. 5,315 feet

Answer: 5,315 feet

Explanation:
At 1,932 feet, Crater Lake, Oregon, is the deepest lake in the United States.
The world’s deepest lake, Lake Baykal in Russia, is 3,383 feet deeper.
3383
+1932
5315
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which of the following amounts is greater than $832,458?
Options:
a. $82,845
b. $832,458
c. $823,845
d. $832,485

Answer: $832,485

Explanation:
We have to compare all the options with $832,458
a. $82,845 < $832,458
b. $832,458 = $832,458
c. $823,845 < $832,458
d. $832,485 > $832,458
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
A stadium in Pennsylvania seats 107,282 people. A stadium in Arizona seats 71,706 people. Based on these facts, how many more people does the stadium in Pennsylvania seat than the stadium in Arizona?
Options:
a. 35,576
b. 35,586
c. 36,576
d. 178,988

Answer: 35,576

Explanation:
Given,
A stadium in Pennsylvania seats 107,282 people. A stadium in Arizona seats 71,706 people.
107,282
-71,706 
35,576
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
Which of the following numbers is 399,713 rounded to the place value of the underlined digit?
Options:
a. 390,000
b. 398,000
c. 399,800
d. 400,000

Answer: 400,000

Explanation:
The number 399,713 rounded to the place value of the underlined digit is 400,000.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
About 400,000 people visited an art museum in December. Which number could be the exact number of people who visited the art museum?
Options:
a. 478,051
b. 452,223
c. 352,483
d. 348,998

Answer: 352,483

Explanation:
About 400,000 people visited an art museum in December.
The number that could be the exact number of people who visited the art museum is 352,483.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 19

Lesson 1.1

Find the value of the underlined digit.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million Common Core - Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million img 16

Question 1.
6,493
____

Answer: 90

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 9 in 6,493 is 90.

Question 2.
16,403
____

Answer: 10,000

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 1 in 16,403 is 10,000.

Question 3.
725,360
____

Answer: 300

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 3 in 725,360 is 300.

Question 4.
952,635
____

Answer: 900,000

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 9 in 952,635 is 900,000.

Compare the values of the underlined digits in 46,395 and 14,906.

Question 5.
The value of 4 in ____ is ____ times the value of 4 in ____.

Answer: The value of 4 in 46,395 is 10 times the value of 4 in 14,906.

Explanation:
Every digit in a number has a place value and the place value can be defined as the value represented by a digit in a number on the basis of its position in the number. So the place value of the digit 4 in 46,395 is 40,000. And the place value of the digit 4 in 14,906 is 4,000. So, the value of 4 in 46,395 is 10 times the value of 4 in 14,906.

Lesson 1.2

Read and write the number in two other forms.

Question 6.
304,001
word form: _______
expanded form: _______

Answer:
word form: three hundred four thousand one
expanded form: 300,000 + 4000 + 1

Explanation:
Convert the number 304,001 into the word form three hundred four thousand one.
The expanded form of 304,001 is 300,000 + 4000 + 1

Question 7.
two hundred eight thousand, five hundred sixty-one
standard form: _______
_______

Answer:
The standard form of two hundred eight thousand, five hundred sixty-one is 208,561.
The expanded form of 208,561 is 200,000 + 8,000 + 500 + 60 + 1

Use the number 751,486.

Question 8.
Write the name of the period that has the digits 486.
_________

Answer: The name of the period that has the digits 486 is Ones.

Question 9.
Write the name of the period that has the digits 751.
_________

Answer: The name of the period that has the digits 751 is thousands.

Question 10.
Write the digit in the thousands place.
The digit in the thousands place: ____

Answer: The digit in the thousands place is 1.

Question 11.
Write the value of the digit 5.
____

Answer: The value of the digit 5 in 751,486 is 50,000.

Lesson 1.3

Compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 12.
6,930 ____ 7,023

Answer: <

Explanation:
The number 6,930 is less than 7,023
6,930 < 7,023

Question 13.
98,903 ____ 98,930

Answer: <

Explanation:
The number 98,903 is less than 98,930
98,903 < 98,930

Question 14.
549,295 ____ 547,364

Answer: >

Explanation:
The number 549,295 is greater than 547,364
549,295 > 547,364

Order from least to greatest.

Question 15.
$26,940; $25,949; $26,490
Options:
a. $25,949; $26,490; $26,940
b. $26,490; $25,949; $26,940
c. $26,940; $25,949; $26,490

Answer: $25,949; $26,490; $26,940

Explanation:
We have to write the numbers from the least to the greatest.
$25,949 < $26,490 < $26,940
The order from the least to the greatest is $25,949; $26,490; $26,940
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 16.
634,943; 639,443; 589,932
Options:
a. 639,443; 589,932; 634,943
b. 634,943; 639,443; 589,932
c. 589,932; 634,943; 639,443

Answer: 589,932; 634,943; 639,443

Explanation:
We have to write the numbers from the least to the greatest.
589,932 < 634,943 < 639,443
The order from the least to the greatest is 589,932; 634,943; 639,443
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Common Core – Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million – Page No. 20

Lesson 1.4

Round to the place value of the underlined digit.

Question 1.
286,476
____

Answer: 286,000

Explanation:
Look at the digit to the right. If the digit to the right is less than 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same.
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
The place value of 6 in 286,476 is 286,000.

Question 2.
289,342
____

Answer: 289,000

Explanation:
Look at the digit to the right. If the digit to the right is less than 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same.
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
The place value of 9 in 289,342 is 289,000.

Question 3.
245,001
____

Answer: 250,000

Explanation:
Look at the digit to the right. If the digit to the right is less than 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same.
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
The place value of 4 in 245,001 is 250,000.

Question 4.
183,002
____

Answer: 200,000

Explanation:
Look at the digit to the right. If the digit to the right is less than 5, the digit in the rounding place stays the same.
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
The place value of 1 in 183,002 is 200,000.

Lesson 1.5

Rename the number.

Question 5.
82 thousands = ____

Answer: 82,000

Explanation:
82 thousands = 82 × 1000 = 82,000.

Question 6.
600,000 = ____ ten thousands

Answer: 60

Explanation:
600,000 = 60 × 10000
60 × 10000 = 60 ten thousands

Question 7.
9,200 = ____ hundreds

Answer: 92

Explanation:
9,200 = 92 × 100 = 92 hundreds

Question 8.
8 ten thousands 4 hundreds = ____

Answer: 80,400

Explanation:
8 ten thousands 4 hundreds
8 × 10,000 + 4 × 100 = 80,000 + 400 = 80,400

Lesson 1.6

Estimate. Then find the sum.

Question 9.
94,903
+ 49,995
————
Estimate: ________
Sum: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 140000
Sum: 144898

Explanation:
Estimate:
The number rounded to 94,903 is 90,000
The number rounded to 49,995 is 50,000
90,000
+50,000
140,000
Sum:
94,903
+ 49,995
144,898

Question 10.
420,983
+ 39,932
————
Estimate: ________
Sum: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 460,000
Sum: 460915

Explanation:
Estimate:
The number rounded to 420,983 is 420,000
The number rounded to 39,932 is 40,000
420,000
+40,000
460,000
Sum:
420,983
+39,932
460,915

Question 11.
540,943
+ 382,093
————
Estimate: ________
Sum: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 940,000
Sum: 923036

Explanation:
Estimate:
The number rounded to 540,943 is 540,000
The number rounded to 382,093 is 400,000
540,000
+400,000
940,000
Sum:
540,943
+ 382,093
923,036

Lesson 1.7

Estimate. Then find the difference.

Question 12.
25,953
– 9,745
————
Estimate: ________
Difference: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 15,000
Difference: 16,208

Explanation:
Estimate:
The number rounded to 25,953 is 25,000
The number rounded to 9,745 is 10,000.
25,000
-10,000
15,000
Difference:
25,953
– 9,745
16,208

Question 13.
740,758
– 263,043
————
Estimate: ________
Difference: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 450,000
Difference: 477715

Explanation:
Estimate:
The number rounded to 740,758 is 750,000
The number rounded to 263,043 is 300,000
750,000
-300,000
450,000
Difference:
740,758
– 263,043
477,715

Question 14.
807,632
– 592,339
————
Estimate: ________
Difference: ________

Answer:
Estimate: 200,000
Difference: 215293

Explanation:
Estimate:
The number rounded to 807,632 is 800,000
The number rounded to 592,339 is 600,000
800,000
-600,000
200,000
Difference:
807,632
– 592,339
215293

Lesson 1.8

Question 15.
The attendance for the first game of the football season was 93,584. The attendance for the second game was 104,227. How many more people attended the second game than the first game?
______ people

Answer: 10643 people

Explanation:
Given,
The attendance for the first game of the football season was 93,584.
The attendance for the second game was 104,227.
104,227
-93,584
10,643
Thus, 10,643 more people attended the second game than the first game.

Question 16.
Abby and Lee sold raffle tickets to raise money for a new playground. Abby sold 1,052 tickets. Lee sold 379 more tickets than Abby. How many tickets did Lee sell?
______ tickets

Answer: 1431 tickets

Explanation:
Given,
Abby and Lee sold raffle tickets to raise money for a new playground.
Abby sold 1,052 tickets. Lee sold 379 more tickets than Abby.
1,052
+379 
1431
Therefore, Lee sell 1431 tickets.

Conclusion:

Expert opinion is included to solve the problems of Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million. Refer HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key to secure the highest marks in the exams. The methods shown in this chapter are simple and easy. If you have any doubts go through the exercise problems of Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 1 Place Value, Addition, and Subtraction to One Million pdf.

go-math-grade-4-answer-key-chapter-8-multiply-fractions-by-whole-numbers-homework-practice-fl

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers: It is essential for all the 4th-grade students to learn the basics of maths. The fundamentals will help you to become a master in maths. So, in order to help you guys, we have provided the clear-cut explanations for all the questions in Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers

Check out the topics of Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers before you start your preparation. Tap the below link and download the pdf of Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers and try to solve the problems on your own. Get the best learning experience from our Go Math Answer Key.

Lesson: 1 – Multiples of Unit Fractions

Lesson: 2 – Multiples of Fractions

Lesson: 3 – Multiply a Fraction by a Whole Number Using Models

Lesson: 4 – Multiply a Fraction or Mixed Number by a Whole Number.

Lesson: 5 – Problem Solving Comparison

Lesson: 6

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 157

Multiples of Unit Fractions

Write the fraction as a product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 1

Explanation:
Given that 5/6 or 5 sixth-size parts.
Each sixth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/6.
You can use unit fractions to show 5/6
5/6 = 5 x 1/6.

Question 2.
\(\frac{7}{8}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
7 x 1/8

Explanation:
Given that 7/8 or 7 eighth-size parts.
Each eighth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/8.
You can use unit fractions to show 7/8
7/8 = 7 x 1/8.

Question 3.
\(\frac{5}{3}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
5 x 1/3

Explanation:
Given that 5/3 or 5 third-size parts.
Each third-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/3.
You can use unit fractions to show 5/6
5/3 = 5 x 1/3.

Question 4.
\(\frac{9}{10}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
9 x 1/10

Explanation:
Given that 9/10 or 9 tenth-size parts.
Each tenth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/10.
You can use unit fractions to show 9/10
9/10 = 9 x 1/10.

Question 5.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
3 x 1/4

Explanation:
Given that 3/4 or 3 fourth-size parts.
Each fourth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/4.
You can use unit fractions to show 5/6
3/4 = 3 x 1/4.

Question 6.
\(\frac{11}{12}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
11 x 1/12

Explanation:
Given that 11/12 or 11 twelve-size parts.
Each twelve-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/12.
You can use unit fractions to show 5/6
11/12 = 11 x 1/12.

Question 7.
\(\frac{4}{6}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
4 x 1/6

Explanation:
Given that 4/6 or 4 sixth-size parts.
Each sixth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/6.
You can use unit fractions to show 4/6
4/6 = 4 x 1/6.

Question 8.
\(\frac{8}{20}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
8 x 1/20

Explanation:
Given that 8/20 or 8 twenty-size parts.
Each twenty-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/20.
You can use unit fractions to show 8/20
8/20 = 8 x 1/20.

Question 9.
\(\frac{13}{100}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
13 x 1/100

Explanation:
Given that 13/100 or 13 hundred-size parts.
Each hundred-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/100.
You can use unit fractions to show 13/100
13/100 = 13 x 1/100.

List the next four multiples of the unit fraction.

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{5}\),
Type below:
_________

Answer:
2/5, 3/5, 4/5, 5/5

Explanation:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions Image 2
2/5, 3/5, 4/5, 5/5

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{8}\),
Type below:
_________

Answer:
2/8, 3/8, 4/8, 5/8

Explanation:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions Image 3
2/8, 3/8, 4/8, 5/8

Problem Solving

Question 12.
So far, Monica has read \(\frac{5}{6}\) of a book. She has read the same number of pages each day for 5 days. What fraction of the book does Monica read each day?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of the book

Answer: 1/6 of the book

Explanation:
Monica has read 5/6 of a book. She has read the same number of pages each day for 5 days.
For 1 day, she read one page. In total, she read 5 pages in 5 days. So, Monica read 1/6 of a book each day.

Question 13.
So far, Monica has read \(\frac{3}{8}\) of a book. She has read the same number of pages each day for 5 days. What fraction of the book does Monica read each day?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) pound of cheese

Answer: 1/8 pound of cheese

Explanation:
Nicholas buys 3/8 pound of cheese. He bought 3 sandwiches. Then, he applied 3/8 pound of cheese on 3 sandwiches. So, 3 x 1/8 cheese he put on 3 sandwiches. So, for one sandwich he put 1/8 pound of cheese.

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 158

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Selena walks from home to school each morning and back home each afternoon. Altogether, she walks \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile each day. How far does Selena live from school?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{3}\) mile
b. \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) miles
d. 2 miles

Answer: a. 1/3 mile

Explanation:
Selena walks from home to school each morning and back home each afternoon.
Altogether, she walks 2/3 miles each day.
The distance between home and school will remain the same.
So, 2/3 x 1/2 = 1/3 mile far Selena live from the school.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 2.
Will uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of olive oil to make 3 batches of salad dressing. How much oil does Will use for one batch of salad dressing?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup
b. \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) cups
d. 3 cups

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup

Explanation:
Will uses 3/4 cups of olive oil to make 3 batches of salad dressing.
To know the one batch of salad dressing, we need to take one part of salad dressing = 1/3.
So, 3/4 x 1/3 = 1/4 cup of olive oil will use for one batch of salad dressing.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Liza bought \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound of trail mix. She gives \(\frac{2}{8}\) pound of trail mix to Michael. How much trail mix does Liza have left?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\) pound
b. \(\frac{2}{8}\) pound
c. \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound
d. \(\frac{4}{8}\) pound

Answer: c. 3/8 pound

Explanation:
Liza bought 58 pound of trail mix. She gives 28 pounds of trail mix to Michael.
So, Liza has left 5/8 – 2/8 = 3/8 trail mix.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Leigh has a piece of rope that is 6 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet long. How do you write 6 \(\frac{2}{3}\) as a fraction greater than 1?
Options:
a. \(\frac{11}{3}\) pound
b. \(\frac{15}{3}\) pound
c. \(\frac{20}{3}\) pound
d. \(\frac{62}{3}\) pound

Answer: c. 20/3

Explanation:
Multiply the denominator with the whole number. i.e Multiply 3 with 6 in the given example, 6 (2/3).
3 x 6 =18.
Add 18 + 2 =20.
Keep the Denominator the same i.e. 3.
The obtained fraction is 20/3.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 5.
Randy’s house number is a composite number. Which of the following could be Randy’s house number?
Options:
a. 29
b. 39
c. 59
d. 79

Answer: b. 39

Explanation:
The composite numbers can be defined as the whole numbers that have more than two factors. Whole numbers that are not prime are composite numbers because they are divisible by more than two numbers. 39 is the composite number. 39 is divide by 13 and 3.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Mindy buys 12 cupcakes. Nine of the cupcakes have chocolate frosting and the rest have vanilla frosting. What fraction of the cupcakes have vanilla frosting?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: a. 1/4

Explanation:
Mindy buys 12 cupcakes.
Nine of the cupcakes have chocolate frosting = 9/12.
The rest have vanilla frosting. So, there are 3 cups remained = 3/12 = 1/4.
1/4 cupcakes have vanilla frosting.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 159

Multiples of Fractions

List the next four multiples of the fraction.

Question 1.
\(\frac{3}{5}\),
Type below:
_________

Answer:
6/5, 9/5, 12/5, 20/5

Explanation:
1 x 3/5 = 3/5.
2 x 3/5 = 6/5.
3 x 3/5 = 9/5.
4 x 3/5 = 12/5.
5 x 4/5 = 20/5.
The next four multiples of 3/5 are 6/5, 9/5, 12/5, 20/5.

Question 2.
\(\frac{2}{6}\),
Type below:
_________

Answer:
4/6, 6/6, 8/6, 10/6

Explanation:
1 x 2/6 = 2/6.
2 x 2/6 = 4/6.
3 x 2/6 = 6/6.
4 x 2/6 = 8/6.
5 x 2/6 = 10/6.
The next four multiples of 2/6 are 4/6, 6/6, 8/6, 10/6.

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{8}\),
Type below:
_________

Answer:
8/8, 12/8, 16/8, 20/8

Explanation:
1 x 4/8 = 4/8.
2 x 4/8 = 8/8.
3 x 4/8 = 12/8.
4 x 4/8 = 16/8.
5 x 4/8 = 20/8.
The next four multiples of 4/8 are 8/8, 12/8, 16/8, 20/8.

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{10}\),
Type below:
_________

Answer:
10/10, 15/10, 20/10, 25/10

Explanation:
1 x 5/10 = 5/10.
2 x 5/10 = 10/10.
3 x 5/10 = 15/10.
4 x 5/10 = 20/10.
5 x 5/10 = 25/10.
The next four multiples of 5/10 are 10/10, 15/10, 20/10, 25/10.

Write the product as the product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 2
2 × \(\frac{4}{5}\) =
Type Below:
_________

Answer: 8/5 = 8 x 1/5

Explanation:
1 group of 4/5 = 4/5
2 groups of 4/5 = 8/5
2 x 4/5 = 8/5 = 8 x 1/5.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 3
5 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) =
Type below:
_________

Answer:
10/3 = 10 x 1/3

Explanation:
1 group of 2/3 = 2/3
2 group of 2/3 = 4/3
3 group of 2/3 = 6/3
4 group of 2/3 = 8/3
5 group of 2/3 = 10/3
5 x 2/3 = 10/3 = 10 x 1/3.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Jessica is making 2 loaves of banana bread. She needs \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of sugar for each loaf. Her measuring cup can only hold \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of sugar. How many times will Jessica need to fill the measuring cup in order to get enough sugar for both loaves of bread?
_____ times

Answer: 6 times

Explanation:
Jessica is making 2 loaves of banana bread. She needs a 3/4 cup of sugar for each loaf.
For 2 loaves, she needs 2 x 3/4 = 6/4 cups of sugar.
Her measuring cup can only hold 1/4 cup of sugar. So, to get the 3/4 cup of sugar, she needs to fill the cup 3 times. 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4 = 3/4.
So, to fill 2 loaves, she needs to fill cup 3 x 2 = 6 times.

Question 8.
A group of four students is performing an experiment with salt. Each student must add \(\frac{3}{8}\) teaspoon of salt to a solution. The group only has a \(\frac{1}{8}\) teaspoon measuring spoon. How many times will the group need to fill the measuring spoon in order to perform the experiment?
_____ times

Answer: 12 times

Explanation:
A group of four students is performing an experiment with salt. Each student must add a 3/8 teaspoon of salt to a solution. 4 x 3/8 = 12/8 teaspoon of salt required to finish the experiment.
If they have 1/8 teaspoon measuring spoon, 12 x 1/8.
So, the group needs to fill the measuring spoon 12 times in order to perform the experiment.

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 160

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Eloise made a list of some multiples of \(\frac{5}{8}\). Which of the following lists could be Eloise’s list?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{8}, \frac{10}{16}, \frac{15}{24}, \frac{20}{32}, \frac{25}{40}\)
b. \(\frac{5}{8}, \frac{10}{8}, \frac{15}{8}, \frac{20}{8}, \frac{25}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{8}, \frac{6}{8}, \frac{7}{8}, \frac{8}{8}, \frac{9}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{8}, \frac{2}{8}, \frac{3}{8}, \frac{4}{8}, \frac{5}{8}\)

Answer: b. 5/8, 10/8, 15/8, 20/8, 25/8
Explanation:
1 x 5/8 = 5/8.
2 x 5/8 = 10/8.
3 x 5/8 = 15/8.
4 x 5/8 = 20/8.
5 x 5/8 = 25/8.
The next four multiples of 5/8 are \(\frac{5}{8}, \frac{10}{8}, \frac{15}{8}, \frac{20}{8}, \frac{25}{8}\)
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
David is filling five \(\frac{3}{4}\) quart bottles with a sports drink. His measuring cup only holds \(\frac{1}{4}\) quart. How many times will David need to fill the measuring cup in order to fill the 5 bottles?
Options:
a. 5
b. 10
c. 15
d. 20

Answer: c. 15

Explanation:
David is filling five 3/4 quart bottles with a sports drink = 5 x 3/4 = 15/4.
His measuring cup only holds 1/4 quart.
So, 15 x 1/4. David needs to fill the measuring cup 15 times in order to fill the 5 bottles.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Ira has 128 stamps in his stamp album. He has the same number of stamps on each of the 8 pages. How many stamps are on each page?
Options:
a. 12
b. 14
c. 16
d. 18

Answer: c. 16

Explanation:
Ira has 128 stamps in his stamp album. He has the same number of stamps on each of the 8 pages.
128/8 = 16 stamps on each page.
So, there are 16 stamps on each page.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 4.
Ryan is saving up for a bike that costs $198. So far, he has saved $15 per week for the last 12 weeks. How much more money does Ryan need in order to be able to buy the bike?
Options:
a. $ 8
b. $ 18
c. $ 48
d. $ 180

Answer: b. $ 18

Explanation:
Ryan is saving up for a bike that costs $198.
So far, he has saved $15 per week for the last 12 weeks = $15 x 12 = $180.
$198 – $180 = $18 need in order to buy the bike.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Tina buys 3 \(\frac{7}{8}\) yards of material at the fabric store. She uses it to make a skirt. Afterward, she has 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yards of the fabric leftover. How many yards of material did Tina use?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{4}{8}\)
b. 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
c. 2 \(\frac{4}{8}\)
d. 5 \(\frac{2}{8}\)

Answer: c. 2  4/8

Explanation:
Tina buys 3 7/8 yards of material at the fabric store. She uses it to make a skirt. Afterward, she has 1 3/8 yards of the fabric leftover.
3 -1 = 2; 7/8 – 3/8 = 4/8.
So, the answer is 2 \(\frac{4}{8}\).
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
Which list shows the fractions in order from least to greatest?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{7}{12}\)
b. \(\frac{7}{12}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{2}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{4}, \frac{2}{3}, \frac{7}{12}\)
d. \(\frac{7}{12}, \frac{2}{3}, \frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: d. \(\frac{7}{12}, \frac{2}{3}, \frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
2/3 = 0.666
3/4 = 0.75
7/12 = 0.5833
\(\frac{7}{12}, \frac{2}{3}, \frac{3}{4}\)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 161

Multiply a Fraction by a Whole Number Using Models

Multiply.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 4

Question 2.
3 × \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 1 473
3 x 2/5 = 6/5

Question 3.
7 × \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 2 473
7 x 3/10 = 21/10

Question 4.
3 × \(\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 3 473
3 x 5/12 = 15/12

Question 5.
6 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 4 473

6 x 3/4 = 18/4

Question 6.
4 × \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:

Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 5 473

4 x 2/8 = 8/8

Question 7.
5 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 6 473

5 x 2/3 = 10/3

Question 8.
2 × \(\frac{7}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 7 473
2 x 7/8 = 14/8

Question 9.
6 × \(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 8 473

6 x 4/5 = 28/5

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Matthew walks \(\frac{5}{8}\) mile to the bus stop each morning. How far will he walk in 5 days?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 25/8 miles

Explanation:
Matthew walks 5/8 mile to the bus stop each morning.
In 5 days, 5 x 5/8 = 25/8 miles.

Question 11.
Emily uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of milk to make one batch of muffins. How many cups of milk will Emily use if she makes 3 batches of muffins?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6/3 cups of milk

Explanation:
Emily uses a 2/3 cup of milk to make one batch of muffins.
Emily use 3 x 2/3 = 6/3 cups of milk to make 3 batches of muffins

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 162

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Aleta’s puppy gained \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound each week for 4 weeks. Altogether, how much weight did the puppy gain during the 4 weeks?
Options:
a. \(\frac{8}{12}\) pound
b. 1 \(\frac{2}{8}\) pounds
c. \(\frac{12}{8}\) pounds
d. 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds

Answer: \(\frac{12}{8}\) pounds

Explanation:
Aleta’s puppy gained 3/8 pound each week.
It gained 4 x 3/8 = 12/8 pounds in 4 weeks.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Pedro mixes \(\frac{3}{4}\) teaspoon of plant food into each gallon of water. How many teaspoons of plant food should Pedro mix into 5 gallons of water?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{20}\) teaspoon
b. \(\frac{4}{15}\) teaspoon
c. \(\frac{8}{4}\) teaspoons
d. \(\frac{15}{4}\) teaspoons

Answer: d. \(\frac{15}{4}\) teaspoons

Explanation:
If Pedro mixes 3/4 teaspoon of plant food into each gallon of water, then 5 x 3/4 = 15/4 teaspoon of plant food mix into 5 gallons of water.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Ivana has \(\frac{3}{4}\)pound of hamburger meat. She makes 3 hamburger patties. Each patty weighs the same amount. How much does each hamburger patty weigh?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) pound
b. \(\frac{1}{3}\) pound
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds
d. 3 pounds

Answer: a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) pound

Explanation:
Ivana has 3/4 pound of hamburger meat. She makes 3 hamburger patties.
Each patty weighs the same amount. So, each hamburger patty weighs 1/4 pound.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 4.
Which of the following expressions is NOT equal to \(\frac{7}{10}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{3}{10}+\frac{2}{10}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\)

Answer: c. 3/10+3/10+2/10

Explanation:
a. 5/10+1/10+1/10 = 7/10
b. 2/10+2/10+3/10 = 7/10
c. 3/10+3/10+2/10 = 8/10
d. 4/10+2/10+1/10 = 7/10
The expression not equal to \(\frac{7}{10}\) is \(\frac{8}{10}\)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 5.
Lance wants to find the total length of 3 boards. He uses the expression \(3 \frac{1}{2}+\left(2+4 \frac{1}{2}\right)\). How can Lance rewrite the expression using both the Associative and Commutative Properties of Addition?
Options:
a. \(5+4 \frac{1}{2}\)
b. \(\left(3 \frac{1}{2}+2\right)+4 \frac{1}{2}\)
c. \(2+\left(3 \frac{1}{2}+4 \frac{1}{2}\right)\)
d. \(3 \frac{1}{2}+\left(4 \frac{1}{2}+2\right)\)

Answer: She can write as (3 1/2 + 2) + 4 1/2

Question 6.
Which of the following statements is true?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{8}>\frac{9}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{5}{12}>\frac{1}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}>\frac{4}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{2}>\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}>\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
0.625 > 0.9
0.416 > 0.333
0.5 > 0.8
0.5 > 0.75
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 163

Multiply a Fraction or Mixed Number by a Whole Number.

Multiply. Write the product as a mixed number.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 5

Answer:
1  5/10

Explanation:
5 × 3/10 = 15/10 = 1 and remainder is 5. So, the mixed fraction is 1  5/10

Question 2.
3 × \(\frac{3}{5}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
1 × 4/5

Explanation:
3 × 3/5 = 9/5 = 1 and remainder is 4. So, the mixed fraction is 1  4/5

Question 3.
5 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
3  3/4
Explanation:
15/4 = 3 and the remainder is 3. So, the mixed fraction is 3  3/4

Question 4.
4 × 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
4  4/5
Explanation:
1 ×15 = 6/5.
4 x 6/5 = 24/5 = 4 and the remainder is 4. So, the mixed fraction is 4× 4/5

Question 5.
2 × 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
4  2/3
Explanation:
2 13 = 7/3.
2 x 7/3 = 14/3.
14/3 = 4 and the remainder is 2. So, the mixed fraction is 4 2/3

Question 6.
5 × 1 \(\frac{1}{6}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 5/6

Explanation:
1 1/6 = 7/6
5 x 7/6 = 35/6.
35/6 = 5 and the remainder is 5.
So, the mixed fraction is 5 5/6

Question 7.
2 × 2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 1/1

Explanation:
2 7/8 = 23/8
2 x 23/8 = 46/8 = 6 1/1

Question 8.
7 × 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9 3/4

Explanation:
1 3/4 = 7/4
7 x 7/4 = 39/4
39/4 = 9 and the remainder is 3.
So, the mixed fraction is 9 3/4

Question 9.
8 × 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 12 4/5

Explanation:
1 3/5 = 8/5
8 x 8/5 = 64/5
64/5 = 12 and the remainder is 4.
So, the mixed fraction is 12 4/5

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Brielle exercises for \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour each day for 6 days in a row. Altogether, how many hours does she exercise during the 6 days?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 2/4

Explanation:
6 x 3/4 = 18/4 = 4 and the remainder is 2.
So, the mixed fraction is 4 2/4.

Question 11.
A recipe for quinoa calls for 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) cups of milk. Conner wants to make 4 batches of quinoa. How much milk does he need?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 10 2/3

Explanation:
quinoa calls for 8/3 cups of milk. Conner wants to make 4 batches of quinoa.
So, 4 x 8/3 = 32/3 = 10 and the remainder is 2.
So, the mixed fraction is 10 2/3

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 164

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A mother is 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) times as tall as her son. Her son is 3 feet tall. How tall is the mother?
Options:
a. 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet
b. 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet
c. 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet
d. 5 \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet

Answer: b. 5 1/4 feet

Explanation:
A mother is 1 3/4 times as tall as her son. Her son is 3 feet tall.
So, 3 x 7/4 = 21/4 = 5 and the remainder is 1.
The mixed fraction is 5 1/4 feet.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
The cheerleaders are making a banner that is 8 feet wide. The length of the banner is 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) times the width of the banner. How long is the banner?
Options:
a. 8 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
b. 8 \(\frac{3}{8}\) feet
c. 10 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
d. 10 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet

Answer: d. 10 2/3 feet

Explanation:
The cheerleaders are making a banner that is 8 feet wide. The length of the banner is 1 1/3 times the width of the banner.
So, 8 x 4/3 = 32/3 =10 and the remainder is 2.
The mixed fraction is 10 2/3 feet.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Karleigh walks \(\frac{5}{8}\) mile to school every day. How far does she walk to school in 5 days?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{40}\) mile
b. \(\frac{25}{40}\) mile
c. \(\frac{10}{8}\) miles
d. \(\frac{25}{8}\) miles

Answer: d. 25/8 miles

Explanation:
5 x 5/8 = 25/8.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Which number is a multiple of \(\frac{4}{5}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{8}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{12}{15}\)
c. \(\frac{16}{20}\)
d. \(\frac{12}{5}\)

Answer: d. 12/5

Explanation:
The multiple of 45 has the denominator 5.
So, 12/5 is the correct answer.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
Jo cut a key lime pie into 8 equal-size slices. The next day, \(\frac{7}{8}\) of the pie is left. Jo puts each slice on its own plate. How many plates does she need?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: c. 7

Explanation:
Jo cut a key lime pie into 8 equal-size slices.
The next day, 78 of the pie is left. Jo puts each slice on its own plate.
She needs 7 plates.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
Over the weekend, Ed spent 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours doing his math homework and 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours doing his science project. Altogether, how much time did Ed spend doing homework over the weekend?
Options:
a. 3 hours
b. 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hours
d. 2 hours

Answer: a. 3 hours

Explanation:
Given,
Over the weekend, Ed spent 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours doing his math homework and 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours doing his science project.
5/4 + 7/4 = 12/4 = 3 hours
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 165

Problem Solving Comparison

Problems with Fractions

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
A shrub is 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet tall. A small tree is 3 times as tall as the shrub. How tall is the tree?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 6

Answer: 5 feet

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - New img 19

Question 2.
You run 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) miles each day. Your friend runs 4 times as far as you do. How far does your friend run each day?
_________ miles

Answer: 7 miles

Explanation:
Given,
You run 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) miles each day.
Your friend runs 4 times as far as you do.
4 x 7/4 = 7 miles each day

Question 3.
At the grocery store, Ayla buys 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) pounds of ground turkey. Tasha buys 2 times as much ground turkey as Ayla. How much ground turkey does Tasha buy?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) pounds

Answer: 2 2/3 pounds

Explanation:
Given,
At the grocery store, Ayla buys 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) pounds of ground turkey.
Tasha buys 2 times as much ground turkey as Ayla.
2 x 4/3 = 8/3 = 2 and the remainder is 2.
The mixed fraction is 2 2/3 pounds.

Question 4.
When Nathan’s mother drives him to school, it takes \(\frac{1}{5}\) hour. When Nathan walks to school, it takes him 4 times as long to get to school. How long does it take Nathan to walk to school?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) hours

Answer: 4/5 hours

Explanation:
Given,
When Nathan’s mother drives him to school, it takes \(\frac{1}{5}\) hour.
When Nathan walks to school, it takes him 4 times as long to get to school.
4 x 1/5 = 4/5 hour
It takes 4/5 hour Nathan to walk to school.

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 166

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A Wilson’s Storm Petrel is a small bird with a wingspan of 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet. A California Condor is a larger bird with a wingspan almost 7 times as wide as the wingspan of the petrel. About how wide is the wingspan of the California Condor?
Options:
a. \(\frac{4}{21}\) foot
b. 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
c. 7 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
d. 9 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet

Answer: d. 9 1/3 feet

Explanation:
Given,
A Wilson’s Storm Petrel is a small bird with a wingspan of 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet.
A California Condor is a larger bird with a wingspan almost 7 times as wide as the wingspan of the petrel.
Convert from mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
1 1/3 = 4/3.
7 x 4/3 = 28/3 feet = 9 and the remainder is 1.
The mixed fraction is 9 1/3
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
The walking distance from the Empire State Building in New York City to Times Square is about \(\frac{9}{10}\) mile. The walking distance from the Empire State Building to Sue’s hotel is about 8 times as far. About how far is Sue’s hotel from the Empire State Building?
Options:
a. \(\frac{9}{80}\) mile
b. \(\frac{72}{80}\) mile
c. 1 \(\frac{7}{10}\) miles
d. 7 \(\frac{2}{10}\) miles

Answer: d. 7 2/10 miles

Explanation:
Given,
The walking distance from the Empire State Building in New York City to Times Square is about \(\frac{9}{10}\) mile.
The walking distance from the Empire State Building to Sue’s hotel is about 8 times as far.
8 x 9/10 mile = 72/10 mile = 7 and the remainder is 2.
The mixed fraction is 7 2/10 miles.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which of the following expressions is NOT equal to 3 × 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)?
Options:
a. \(3 \times \frac{9}{4}\)
b. (3 × 2) + (3 × \(\frac{1}{4}\))
c. 6 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
d. 3 × 2 + \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer: d. 3 × 2 + 14

Explanation:
3 × 2 14 = 3 x 9/4 = 27/4
a. 3 × 94 = 27/4
b. (3 × 2) + (3 × 14) = 6 + 3/4 = 27/4
c. 6 3/4 = 27/4
d. 3 × 2 + 14 = 6 + 1/4 = 25/4
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
At a bake sale, Ron sells \(\frac{7}{8}\) of an apple pie and \(\frac{5}{8}\) of a cherry pie. Altogether, how much pie does he sell at the bake sale?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{12}{16}\)
c. \(\frac{12}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{35}{8}\)

Answer: c. 12/8

Explanation:
Given,
At a bake sale, Ron sells \(\frac{7}{8}\) of an apple pie and \(\frac{5}{8}\) of a cherry pie.
7/8 + 5/8 = 12/8
The bake sale 12/8 pie.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 5.
On a ruler, which measurement is between \(\frac{3}{16}\) inch and \(\frac{7}{8}\) inch?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{16}\) inch
b. \(\frac{1}{8}\) inch
c. \(\frac{11}{16}\) inch
d. \(\frac{15}{16}\) inch

Answer: c. 11/16 inch

Explanation:
Subtract \(\frac{3}{16}\) inch and \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Make denominators as common.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{14}{16}\)
\(\frac{14}{16}\) – \(\frac{3}{16}\) = \(\frac{11}{16}\) inch.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
Which of the following numbers is composite?
Options:
a. 4
b. 3
c. 2
d. 1

Answer:
a. 4

Explanation:
A composite number is a positive integer that can be formed by multiplying two smaller positive integers. Equivalently, it is a positive integer that has at least one divisor other than 1 and itself.
The factors of 4 are 1, 2, 4.
4 has more than 2 factors.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 167

Lesson 8.1

Write the fraction as a product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) =
Type below:
________

Answer: 5 x 1/6

Explanation:
Given that 5/6 or 5 sixth-size parts.
Each sixth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/6.
You can use unit fractions to show 5/6
\(\frac{5}{6}\) = 5 x 1/6.

Question 2.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) =
Type below:
________

Answer: 7 x 1/8

Explanation:
Given that 7/8 or 7 eighth-size parts.
Each eighth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/8.
You can use unit fractions to show 7/8
\(\frac{7}{8}\) = 7 x 1/8.

Question 3.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) =
Type below:
________

Answer: 5 x 1/3

Explanation:
Given that 5/3 or 5 third-size parts.
Each third-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/3.
You can use unit fractions to show 5/6
5/3 = 5 x 1/3.

List the next four multiples of the unit fraction

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{2}\),
Type below:
________

Answer: 2/2, 3/2, 4/2, 5/2

Explanation:
1 x 1/2 = 1/2.
2 x 1/2 = 2/2.
3 x 1/2 = 3/2.
4 x 1/2 = 4/2.
5 x 1/2 = 5/2.
The next four multiples of 1/2 are 2/2, 3/2, 4/2, 5/2.

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{6}\),
Type below:
________

Answer: 2/6, 3/6, 4/6, 5/6,6/6.

Explanation:
1 x 1/6 = 1/6.
2 x 1/6 = 2/6.
3 x 1/6 = 3/6.
4 x 1/6 = 4/6.
5 x 1/6 = 5/6.
6 x 1/6 = 6/6.
The next four multiples of 1/6 are 2/6, 3/6, 4/6, 5/6,6/6.

Lesson 8.2

List the next four multiples of the fraction.

Question 6.
\(\frac{3}{10}\),
Type below:
________

Answer: 6/10, 9/10, 12/10, 15/10

Explanation:
1 × 3/10 = 3/10
2 × 3/10 = 6/10
3 × 3/10 = 9/10
4 × 3/10 = 12/10
5 × 3/10 = 15/10

Question 7.
\(\frac{7}{12}\),
Type below:
________

Answer: 7/12, 14/12, 21/12, 28/12, 35/12

Explanation:
1 × 7/12 = 7/12
2 × 7/12 = 14/12
3 × 7/12 = 21/12
4 × 7/12 = 28/12
5 × 7/12 = 35/12

Write the product as the product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 7
2 × \(\frac{3}{6}\) =
Type below:
________

Answer:
1 group of \(\frac{3}{6}\) is \(\frac{3}{6}\)
2 groups of \(\frac{3}{6}\) is \(\frac{6}{6}\)
2 × \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{6}{6}\)

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 8
3 × \(\frac{2}{8}\) =
Type below:
________

Explanation:
1 group of \(\frac{2}{8}\) is \(\frac{2}{8}\)
2 group of \(\frac{2}{8}\) is \(\frac{4}{8}\)
3 group of \(\frac{2}{8}\) is \(\frac{6}{8}\)
3 × \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{6}{8}\)

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 168

Lesson 8.3

Multiply.

Question 1.
3 × \(\frac{7}{10}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{21}{10}\)

Explanation:
Multiply 7 and 3
3 × 7 = 21
3 × \(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{21}{10}\)

Question 2.
5 × \(\frac{4}{8}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 20/8

Explanation:
Multiply 5 and 4
5 × 4 = 20
5 × \(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{20}{8}\)

Question 3.
4 × \(\frac{6}{12}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 24/12

Explanation:
Multiply 4 and 6
4 × 6 = 24
4 × \(\frac{6}{12}\) = \(\frac{24}{12}\)

Question 4.
2 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6/4

Explanation:
Multiply 2 and 3
2 × 3 = 6
2 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{6}{4}\)

Question 5.
6 × \(\frac{3}{5}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 18/5

Explanation:
Multiply 6 and 3
6 × 3 =18
6 × \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{18}{5}\)

Question 6.
7 × \(\frac{2}{10}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 14/10

Explanation:
Multiply 7 and 2.
7 × 2 =14
7 × \(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{14}{10}\)

Lesson 8.4

Multiply. Write the product as a mixed number.

Question 7.
4 × \(\frac{8}{10}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 2/10

Explanation:
Given,
4 × \(\frac{8}{10}\)
First multiply 4 and 8
4 × 8 = 32
4 × \(\frac{8}{10}\) = 32/10
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
32/10 = 3 \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Question 8.
3 × \(\frac{5}{6}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 3/6

Explanation:
Given,
3 × \(\frac{5}{6}\)
First multiply 3 and 5.
3 × 5 =15
3 × \(\frac{5}{6}\) = 15/6
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
15/6 = 2 3/6

Question 9.
2 × 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 2/3

Explanation:
Given,
2 × 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 10/3
2 × 10/3 = 20/3
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
20/3 = 6 2/3

Question 10.
4 × 2 \(\frac{2}{5}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9 3/5

Explanation:
Given,
4 × 2 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
2 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 4/5
4 × 12/5 = 48/5
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
48/5 = 9 3/5

Question 11.
5 × 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9 3/8

Explanation:
Given,
5 × 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
5 × 15/5 = 75/5
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
75/5 = 9 3/8

Question 12.
3 × 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11 1/4

Explanation:
Given,
3 × 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
3 × 15/4 = 45/4
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
45/4 = 11 1/4

Lesson 8.5

Question 13.
A shrub in Pam’s back yard is about 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\) feet tall. A small tree in her back yard is 7 times as tall as the shrub. About how tall is the tree?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) feet

Answer: 9 5/2 feet.
Explanation:
Given,
A shrub in Pam’s back yard is about 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\) feet tall.
A small tree in her back yard is 7 times as tall as the shrub.
9.625 ft because 1 3/8 × 7 is equal to 9 5/2 feet
Therefore the tree is 9 5/2 feet.

Question 14.
A puppy weighs \(\frac{9}{10}\) pound. Its mother weighs 8 times as much. How much does the mother weigh?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) pounds

Answer: 7 \(\frac{2}{10}\) pounds

Explanation:
Given,
A puppy weighs \(\frac{9}{10}\) pound. Its mother weighs 8 times as much.
\(\frac{9}{10}\) × 8 = 72/10
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
72/10 = 7 \(\frac{2}{10}\) pounds
Thus the mother weigh 7 \(\frac{2}{10}\) pounds.

Conclusion:

Refer HMH Go Math Solution Key for Grade 4 Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers to secure good marks in the exams. Most of the students believe that fractions are difficult but it is easiest of all the chapters if you understand the logic and tricks to solve. Get more number of questions from Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers.

go-math-grade-4-answer-key-chapter-11-angles-homework-practice-fl

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles: Improve your math skills by following our Go math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL. Download Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles and practice well for your exams. Get Chapterwise Solutions for Grade 4 and choose the one you wish to practice.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles

You can succeed in your academics as well as sharpen your math skills by solving Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles. Practicing from HMH Grade 4 Go Math Solution Key you will have numerous benefits. Tap on the link and start solving the answers for the homework practice questions.

Lesson: 1 – Angles and Fractional Parts of a Circle

Lesson: 2 – Degrees

Lesson: 3 – Measure and Draw Angles

Lesson: 4 – Join and Separate Angles

Lesson: 5 – Problem Solving Unknown Angle Measures

Lesson: 11.1 

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 207

Angles and Fractional Parts of a Circle

Tell what fraction of the circle the shaded angle represents.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 1
Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that the fraction of the shaded part is \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 2
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Half of the circle is shaded in the above figure. The fraction of the shaded part is \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 3
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{1}\)

Explanation:
The above circle is completely shaded. So, the fraction of the shaded part is \(\frac{1}{1}\).

Tell whether the angle on the circle shows a \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{2}, \frac{3}{4}\), or 1 full turn clockwise or counterclockwise.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 4
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that the circle turns \(\frac{1}{2}\) counterclockwise.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 5
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that the circle turns \(\frac{3}{4}\) counterclockwise.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 6
__________

Answer: \(\frac{1}{1}\)

Explanation:
The above circle turns \(\frac{1}{1}\) counterclockwise.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Shelley exercised for 15 minutes. Describe the turn the minute hand made.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 7
Type below:
__________

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\) Clockwise
The minute hand is on 3 which means the minute hand made \(\frac{1}{4}\) Clockwise.

Question 8.
Mark took 30 minutes to finish lunch. Describe the turn the minute hand made.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 8
Type below:
__________

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) Clockwise
The minute hand is on 6 which means the minute hand made \(\frac{1}{2}\) Clockwise.

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 208

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What fraction of the circle does the shaded angle represent
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 9
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{1}\) or 1
b. \(\frac{3}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the fraction of the shaded part is \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 2.
Which describes the turn shown below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 10
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise
c. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn counterclockwise
d. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn counterclockwise

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise

Explanation:
The circle made half turn. The fraction of the circle is \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which shows \(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}\) written as a pair of fractions with a common denominator?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3} \text { and } \frac{4}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{6}{9} \text { and } \frac{6}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{12} \text { and } \frac{3}{12}\)
d. \(\frac{8}{12} \text { and } \frac{9}{12}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8}{12} \text { and } \frac{9}{12}\)

Explanation:
Given the fraction \(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}\)
LCM of 3 and 4 is 12
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{8}{12}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{9}{12}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
Raymond bought \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a dozen rolls. How many rolls did he buy?
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 7
d. 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Given that,
Raymond bought \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a dozen rolls.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 12 = 3 × 3 = 9
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
Which of the following lists all the factors of 18?
Options:
a. 1, 2, 4, 9, 18
b. 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18
c. 2, 3, 6, 9
d. 1, 3, 5, 9, 18

Answer: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18

Explanation:
The factors of 18 are
1 × 18 = 18
2 × 9 = 18
3 × 6 = 18
6 × 3 = 18
9 × 2 = 18
18 × 1 = 18
The factors are 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Jonathan rode 1.05 miles on Friday, 1.5 miles on Saturday, 1.25 miles on Monday, and 1.1 miles on Tuesday. On which day did he ride the shortest distance?
Options:
a. Monday
b. Tuesday
c. Friday
d. Saturday

Answer: Friday

Explanation:
Given that,
Jonathan rode 1.05 miles on Friday, 1.5 miles on Saturday, 1.25 miles on Monday, and 1.1 miles on Tuesday.
1.05 < 1.1 < 1.5
Thus the shortest distance is 1.05 miles that is on Friday.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 209

Degrees

Tell the measure of the angle in degrees.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 11
60°

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 12
_____°

Answer: 180°

Explanation:
The complete angle of the circle is 360°
The above circle made half turn
1/2 × 360° = 180°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 13
_____°

Answer: 90°

Explanation:
The complete angle of the circle is 360°
The above circle made 1/4 turn.
1/4 × 360° = 90°

Classify the angle. Write acute, obtuse, right, or straight.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 14
__________

Answer: acute

Explanation:
The acute angle is the small angle which is less than 90°. The above angle is 25° which is less than 90°. Thus the above angle is an acute angle.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 15
__________

Answer: obtuse

Explanation:
An obtuse angle has a measurement greater than 90 degrees but less than 180 degrees. The above angle is 110° which is greater than 90° and less than 180°. Thus the angle of the above figure is an obtuse angle.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 16
__________

Answer: acute

Explanation:
The acute angle is the small angle which is less than 90°. The above angle is 60° which is less than 90°. Thus the above angle is an acute angle.

Classify the triangle. Write acute, obtuse, or right.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 17
__________

Answer: right

Explanation:
In geometry and trigonometry, a right angle is an angle of exactly 90°, corresponding to a quarter turn.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 18
__________

Answer: obtuse

Explanation:
An obtuse angle has a measurement greater than 90 degrees but less than 180 degrees. The above angle is 110° which is greater than 90° and less than 180°. Thus the angle of the above figure is an obtuse angle.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 19
__________

Answer: acute

Explanation:
The acute angle is the small angle which is less than 90°. The above triangle is less than 90 degrees. Thus the above triangle is acute.

Problem Solving

Ann started reading at 4:00 P.M. and finished at 4:20 P.M.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 20

Question 10.
Through what fraction of a circle did the minute hand turn?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
The complete angle of the circle is 360°.
The minute hand is on 4. That means the clock turn 1/3 clockwise.

Question 11.
How many degrees did the minute hand turn?
_____°

Answer: 120°

Explanation:
1/3 × 360° = 120°
Thus the minute hand turn 120°.

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 210

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What kind of angle is shown?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 21
Options:
a. acute
b. obtuse
c. right
d. straight

Answer: straight

Explanation:
180° is nothing but a straight angle.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 2.
How many degrees are in an angle that turns through \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a circle?
Options:
a. 45°
b. 90°
c. 180°
d. 270°

Answer: 90°

Explanation:
The complete angle of the circle is 360°.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 360° = 90°
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Mae bought 15 football cards and 18 baseball cards. She separated them into 3 equal groups. How many sports cards are in each group?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 11
d. 12

Answer: 11

Explanation:
Given that,
Mae bought 15 football cards and 18 baseball cards. She separated them into 3 equal groups.
The total cards = 15 + 18 = 33 cards
Divide 33 cards into 3 equal groups
33/3 = 11
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Each part of a race is \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile long. Marsha finished 5 parts of the race. How far did Marsha race?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile
b. \(\frac{5}{12}\) mile
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile
d. 5 \(\frac{1}{10}\) miles

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile

Explanation:
Each part of a race is \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile long. Marsha finished 5 parts of the race.
We have to divide \(\frac{1}{10}\) into 5 parts.
\(\frac{1}{10}\) ÷ 5 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Jeff said his city got \(\frac{11}{3}\) inches of snow. Which shows this fraction written as a mixed number?
Options:
a. 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
b. 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
c. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
d. 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Jeff said his city got \(\frac{11}{3}\) inches of snow.
Convert from improper fraction into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{11}{3}\) = 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
Amy ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile. Which decimal shows how many miles she ran?
Options:
a. 0.25 mile
b. 0.34 mile
c. 0.5 mile
d. 0.75 mile

Answer: 0.75 mile

Explanation:
Given,
Amy ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile.
The decimal form of \(\frac{3}{4}\) is 0.75
She ran 0.75 miles.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 211

Measure and Draw Angles

Use a protractor to find the angle measure.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles img 22
m∠ABC= 120°

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 23
m∠MNP = _____°

Answer: 90°
By using the protractor we can measure the angle. m∠MNP = 90°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 24
m∠RST = _____°

Answer: 55°
By using the protractor we can measure the angle m∠RST is 55°

Use a protractor to draw the angle.

Question 4.
40°

Answer:

Question 5.
170°

Answer:

Draw an example of each. Label the angle with its measure.

Question 6.
a right angle

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 23

Question 7.
an acute angle

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 14

Problem Solving

The drawing shows the angles a stair tread makes with a support board along a wall. Use your protractor to measure the angles.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 25

Question 8.
What is the measure of ∠A?
_____°

Answer: 45°
By using the protractor we can measure the angle ∠A = 45°

Question 9.
What is the measure of ∠B?
_____°

Answer: 135°
By using the protractor we can measure the angle ∠B = 135°

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 212

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the measure of ∠ABC?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 26
Options:
a. 15°
b. 25°
c. 155°
d. 165°

Answer: 15°
With the help of the protractor, we can measure the ∠ABC = 15°
The correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
What is the measure of ∠XYZ?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 27
Options:
a. 20°
b. 30°
c. 150°
d. 160°

Answer: 150°
With the help of the protractor, we can measure the ∠XYZ = 150°
The correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Derrick earned $1,472 during the 4 weeks he had his summer job. If he earned the same amount each week, how much did he earn each week?
Options:
a. $360
b. $368
c. $3,680
d. $5,888

Answer: $368

Explanation:
Derrick earned $1,472 during the 4 weeks he had his summer job.
Divide 1472 by 4
1472/4 = $368
Therefore he earned $368 each week.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Arthur baked 1 \(\frac{7}{12}\) dozen muffins. Nina baked 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\) dozen muffins. How many dozen muffins did they bake in all?
Options:
a. 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
b. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{12}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Arthur baked 1 \(\frac{7}{12}\) dozen muffins.
Nina baked 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\) dozen muffins.
Add both the fraction
1 \(\frac{7}{12}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)
First add the whole numbers
1 + 1 = 2
\(\frac{7}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) = \(\frac{8}{12}\)
2 \(\frac{8}{12}\) = 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Trisha drew the figure below. What figure did she draw?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 28
Options:
a. line segment ST
b. ray ST
c. ray TS
d. line TS

Answer: ray TS
The name of the figure Trisha drew is ray TS.
The correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Which describes the turn shown by the angle?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 29
Options:
a. 1 full turn clockwise
b. \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn clockwise
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise
d. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise

Explanation:
The circle made a turn clockwise with a fraction \(\frac{1}{4}\).
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 213

Join and Separate Angles

Add to find the measure of the angle. Write an equation to record your work.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 30
50°+75°=125°
m∠ABD=125°

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 31
_____° + _____° = _____° ; m∠FGJ = _____°

Answer: 160°

Explanation:
m∠FGH = 140°
m∠HGJ = 20°
m∠FGJ = 140° + 20° = 160°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 32
_____° + _____° + _____° = _____° ; m∠KLN = _____°

Answer: 165°

Explanation:
m∠KLM = 30°
m∠MLP = 90°
m∠PLN = 45°
m∠KLN = 30° + 90° + 45° = 165°

Use a protractor to find the measure of each angle in the circle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 33

Question 4.
m∠ABC = _____°

Answer: 115°
By using the protractor we can measure m∠ABC = 115°

Question 5.
m∠DBE = _____°

Answer: 90°
By using the protractor we can measure m∠DBE = 90°

Question 6.
m∠CBD = _____°

Answer: 75°
By using the protractor we can measure m∠CBD = 75°

Question 7.
m∠EBA = _____°

Answer: 80°
By using the protractor we can measure m∠EBA = 80°

Question 8.
Write the sum of the angle measures as an equation.
_____° + _____° + _____° + _____° = _____°

Answer: 115° + 75° + 90° + 80° = 360°

Explanation:
m∠ABC + m∠DBE + m∠CBD + m∠EBA
115° + 75° + 90° + 80° = 360°

Problem Solving
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 34

Question 9.
Ned made the design at the right. Use a protractor. Find and write the measure of each of the 3 angles.
_____° ; _____° ; _____° ;

Answer: 50°; 60°; 70°
By using the protractor we can measure each of the 3 angles i.e, 50°; 60°; 70°

Question 10.
Write an equation to find the measure of the total angle.
_____° + _____° + _____° = _____°

Answer: 50° + 60° + 70° =180°

Explanation:
Add all the three angles = 50° + 60° + 70° =180°

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 214

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the measure of m∠WXZ?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 35
Options:
a. 32°
b. 83°
c. 88°
d. 97°

Answer: 83°

Explanation:
m∠WXY = 58°
m∠ZXY = 25°
m∠WXZ = m∠WXY + m∠ZXY
m∠WXZ = 58° + 25°
m∠WXZ = 83°
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Which equation can you use to find the m∠MNQ?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 36
Options:
a. 148° – 24° = ■
b. 148° × 24° = ■
c. 148° ÷ 24° = ■
d. 148° + 24° = ■

Answer: 148° + 24° = ■

Explanation:
m∠MNQ = m∠MNP + m∠PNQ
m∠MNP + m∠PNQ = 148° + 24°
m∠MNQ = ■
148° + 24° = ■
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Joe bought 6 packages of envelopes. Each package contains 125 envelopes. How many envelopes did he buy?
Options:
a. 750
b. 723
c. 720
d. 650

Answer: 750

Explanation:
Given,
Joe bought 6 packages of envelopes. Each package contains 125 envelopes.
Multiply the number of packages and number of envelopes
= 6 × 125 = 750
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
The Lake Trail is \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile long and the Rock Trail is \(\frac{5}{10}\) long. Bill hiked each trail once. How many miles did he hike in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{5}\) mile
b. \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile
d. \(\frac{8}{10}\) mile

Answer: \(\frac{8}{10}\) mile

Explanation:
The Lake Trail is \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile long and the Rock Trail is \(\frac{5}{10}\) long.
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\) mile
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
Ron drew a quadrilateral with 4 right angles and 4 sides with the same length. Which best describes the figure he drew?
Options:
a. square
b. rhombus
c. trapezoid
d. parallelogram

Answer: square

Explanation:
A quadrilateral with 4 right angles and 4 sides with the same length is known as a square.

Question 6.
How many degrees are in an angle that turns through \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a circle?
Options:
a. 45°
b. 90°
c. 180°
d. 270°

Answer: 270°

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) of a circle is 3/4 × 360° = 3 × 90° = 270°
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 215

Problem Solving Unknown Angle Measures
Solve each problem. Draw a diagram to help.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 37

Question 2.
An artist is cutting a piece of metal as shown. What is the angle measure of the piece left over?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 38
x = _____°

Answer: 95°

Explanation:
x  + 130° = 225
x = 225° – 130°
x = 95°

Question 3.
Joan has a piece of material for making a costume. She needs to cut it as shown. What is the angle measure of the piece left over?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 39
x = _____°

Answer: 50°

Explanation:
x + 40° = 90°
x = 90° – 40°
x = 50°

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 216

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Angelo cuts a triangle from a sheet of paper as shown. What is the measure of ∠x in the triangle?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 40
Options:
a. 15°
b. 25°
c. 75°
d. 105°

Answer: 15°

Explanation:
The above figure is a right triangle.
x + 75° = 90°
x = 90° – 75°
x = 15°
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
Cindy cuts a piece of wood as shown. What is the angle measure of the piece left over?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 41
Options:
a. 30°
b. 90°
c. 120°
d. 150°

Answer: 120°

Explanation:
x + 90° = 210°
x = 210° – 90
x = 120°
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Tyronne worked 21 days last month. He earned $79 each day. How much did Tyronne earn last month?
Options:
a. $869
b. $948
c. $1,659
d. $2,169

Answer: $1,659

Explanation:
Given that,
Tyronne worked 21 days last month. He earned $79 each day.
21 × $79 = $1659
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Meg inline skated for \(\frac{7}{10}\) mile. Which shows this distance written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 0.07 mile
b. 0.1 mile
c. 0.7 mile
d. 7.1 miles

Answer: 0.7 mile

Explanation:
Meg inline skated for \(\frac{7}{10}\) mile.
The decimal form of \(\frac{7}{10}\) is 0.7 mile.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Kerry ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile. Sherrie ran \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile. Marcie ran \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile. Which list orders the friends from least to greatest distance
run?
Options:
a. Kerry, Sherrie, Marcie
b. Kerry, Marcie, Sherrie
c. Sherrie, Kerry, Marcie
d. Sherrie, Marcie, Kerry

Answer: Sherrie, Marcie, Kerry

Explanation:
Kerry ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile. Sherrie ran \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile. Marcie ran \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile.
Put the fractions from least to greatest.
\(\frac{1}{2}\), \(\frac{2}{3}\), \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
What is the measure of m∠ABC?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 42
Options:
a. 32°
b. 84°
c. 88°
d. 94°

Answer: 84°

Explanation:
m∠ABC = m∠ABD + m∠DBC
m∠ABC = 58° + 26°
m∠ABC = 84°
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 217

Lesson 11.1

Tell whether the angle on the circle shows \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{2}, \frac{3}{4}\), or 1 full turn clockwise or counterclockwise.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 43
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
The angle on the above circle shows \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn counterclockwise.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 44
_____

Answer: 1
The angle on the above circle shows 1 full turn clockwise.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 45
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)
The angle on the above circle shows \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise.

Lesson 11.2

Tell the measure of the angle in degrees.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 46
_____

Answer: 90°
The complete angle of the circle = 360°
The fraction of the shaded part is 1/4
1/4 × 360° = 90°

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 47
_____

Answer: 130°
The complete angle of the circle = 360°
The fraction of the shaded part is 130/360
130/360 × 360 = 130°

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 48
_____

Answer: 270°

Explanation:
The complete angle of the circle = 360°
The fraction of the shaded part is 3/4
3/4 × 360° = 270°

Classify the triangle. Write acute, obtuse, or right.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 49
_____

Answer: Obtuse

Explanation:
An obtuse angle has a measurement greater than 90 degrees but less than 180 degrees. The above angle is 110° which is greater than 90° and less than 180°. Thus the angle of the above figure is an obtuse angle.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 50
_____

Answer: Acute

Explanation:
The acute angle is the small angle which is less than 90°. The above angle is 60° which is less than 90°. Thus the above angle is an acute angle.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 51
_____

Answer: Right

Explanation:
In geometry and trigonometry, a right angle is an angle of exactly 90°, corresponding to a quarter turn.

Common Core – Angles – Page No. 218

Lesson 11.3

Question 1.
Use a protractor to find the angle measure.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 52
m ∠PQR = _____°

Answer: 15°
By using the protractor we can measure the angle m ∠PQR = 15°

Question 2.
Use a protractor to draw an angle with the measure 72º.

Answer:

Lesson 11.4

Add to find the measure of the angle. Write an equation to record your work.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 53
m ∠NML = _____°

Answer: 140°

Explanation:
m ∠NML = m ∠LMX + m ∠NMX
m ∠NML = 50° + 90°
m ∠NML = 140°

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 54
m ∠UTS = _____°

Answer: 55°

Explanation:
m ∠UTS = m ∠STX + m ∠UTX
m ∠UTS = 25° + 30°
m ∠UTS = 55°

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 55
m ∠HGF = _____°

Answer: 165°

Explanation:
m ∠HGF = m ∠HGX + m ∠HGY + m ∠FGY
m ∠HGF = 45° + 50° + 70° = 165°
m ∠HGF = 165°

Lesson 11.5

Use the diagram for 1–2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - Angles img 56

Question 6.
Luke is cutting a board to make a trapezoid for a project. What is the angle measure of the piece left over after Cut A?
x = _____°

Answer: 35°

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can find Cut A.
x + 55° = 90°
x = 90° – 55°
x = 35°

Question 7.
What is the angle measure of the piece left over after Cut B?
y = _____°

Answer: 60°

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can find Cut B.
70° + y = 130°
y = 130° – 70°
y = 60°

Conclusion:

All the concepts are explained in a simple and concise manner. So, all the students of Grade 4 can get the chapterwise answers with step by step explanation for all Homework Practice FL. Also, you can find the related questions of angles in Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles. Start preparation now and score the highest marks in the exams.

go-math-grade-4-answer-key-chapter-12-relative-sizes-of-measurement-units-homework-practice-fl

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units

Students of 4th Grade can get the Go Math Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units here. In addition to the exercise problems, students can Download Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units for free of cost. Get step by step explanation of all the Homework Practice Question from our Go Math Answer Key.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units

Go through the topics before you start your preparation. We have provided the Question and Answer according to the topics seen in the Chapter. Click on the below links and check the solution from Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units. Learn the concepts from here and apply it in the real world.

Lesson 1: Measurement Benchmarks

Lesson 2: Customary Units of Length

Lesson 3: Customary Units of Weight

Lesson 4: Customary Units of Liquid Volume

Lesson 5: Line Plots

Lesson 6: Metric Units of Length

Lesson 7: Metric Units of Mass and Liquid Volume

Lesson 8: Units of Time

Lesson 9: Problem Solving Elapsed Time

Lesson 10: Mixed Measures

Lesson 11:

Lesson 12:

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 221

Measurement Benchmarks

Use benchmarks to choose the customary unit you would use to measure each.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 1

Question 1.
height of a computer
foot

Question 2.
weight of a table
_________

Answer: pound
The customary unit to measure the weight of a table is the pound.

Question 3.
length of a semi-truck
_________

Answer: foot
The customary unit to measure the length of a semi-truck is foot

Question 4.
the amount of liquid a bathtub holds
_________

Answer: gallon

Explanation:
To start, the standard bathtub will hold roughly around 80 gallons of water. Much smaller bathtubs can only hold around 40 gallons of water, which typically are more suited for smaller children or function more as a shower space.
The customary unit to measure the amount of liquid a bathtub holds is a gallon.

Use benchmarks to choose the metric unit you would use to measure each.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 2

Question 5.
mass of a grasshopper
_________

Answer: gram
The metric unit to measure the mass of a grasshopper is the gram.

Question 6.
the amount of liquid a water bottle holds
_________

Answer: liter
Liquid volume is the amount of liquid in a container. You can measure liquid volume using metric units such as milliliter (mL) and liter (L). A dropper holds about 1 milliliter. A water bottle holds about 1 liter.

Question 7.
length of a soccer field
_________

Answer: meter
The metric unit to measure the length of a soccer field is meter.

Question 8.
length of a pencil
_________

Answer: centimeter
The metric unit to measure the length of a pencil is centimeter.

Circle the better estimate.

Question 9.
mass of a chicken egg
Options:
a. 50 grams
b. 50 kilograms

Answer: 50 grams

Explanation:
The estimated mass of the chicken egg is 50 grams.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 10.
length of a car
Options:
a. 12 miles
b. 12 feet

Answer: 12 feet

Explanation:
The length of the car will be measured in feet. So the estimated length of a car is 12 feet.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 11.
amount of liquid a drinking glass holds
Options:
a. 8 ounces
b. 8 quarts

Answer: 8 ounces

Explanation:
A small glass holds about 8 fluid ounces. The amount of liquid a drinking glass holds is 8 ounces.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Complete the sentence. Write more or less.

Question 12.
A camera has a length of ____ than one centimeter.

Answer: more
A camera has a length of more than one centimeter.

Question 13.
A bowling ball weighs ____ than one pound.

Answer: more
A bowling ball weighs more than one pound.

Problem Solving

Question 14.
What is the better estimate for the mass of a textbook, 1 gram or 1 kilogram?
1 _________

Answer: kilogram
The mass of the textbook will more than a gram. So, the better estimate for the mass of a textbook is 1 kilogram.

Question 15.
What is the better estimate for the height of a desk, 1 meter or 1 kilometer?
1 _________

Answer: meter
The height of the desk will be less than a kilometer. So, the better estimate for the height of a desk is 1 meter.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 222

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which is the best estimate for the weight of a stapler?
Options:
a. 4 ounces
b. 4 pounds
c. 4 inches
d. 4 feet

Answer: 4 pounds

Explanation:
Ounces are the way to light for a stapler. Four ounces would be a small cup paper cup filled with water, thus making it four pounds.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Which is the best estimate for the length of a car?
Options:
a. 4 kilometers
b. 4 tons
c. 4 kilograms
d. 4 meters

Answer: 4 meters

Explanation:
The metric unit to measure the length of the car is meter.
The best estimate for the length of a car is 4 meters.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Bart practices his trumpet 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours each day. How many hours will he practice in 6 days?
Options:
a. 8 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours
b. 7 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours
c. 7 hours
d. 6 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours

Answer: 7 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours

Explanation:
Given that,
Bart practices his trumpet 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours each day.
We have to find the number of hours he practices in 6 days.
Multiply the number of hours he practices per day with the number of days.
= 6 × 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours
= 7 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours
Bart practices his trumpet 7 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours in 6 days.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Millie collected 100 stamps from different countries. Thirty-two of the stamps are from countries in Africa. What is \(\frac{32}{100}\) written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 32
b. 3.2
c. 0.32
d. 0.032

Answer: 0.32

Explanation:
Given,
Millie collected 100 stamps from different countries. Thirty-two of the stamps are from countries in Africa.
The decimal form of \(\frac{32}{100}\) is 0.32
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Diedre drew a quadrilateral with 4 right angles and 4 sides of the same length. What kind of polygon did Diedre draw?
Options:
a. square
b. trapezoid
c. hexagon
d. pentagon

Answer: square

Explanation:
A square contains 4 congruent sides. 4 right angles (90°). Opposite sides are parallel. All angles are congruent.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
How many degrees are in an angle that turns through \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a circle?
Options:
a. 60°
b. 90°
c. 120°
d. 180°

Answer: 180°

Explanation:
The angle of a circle is 360°. The degrees are in an angle that turns through \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a circle is 180°
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 223

Customary Units of Length

Complete.

Question 1.
3 feet = 36 inches
Think: 1 foot = 12 inches,
so 3 feet = 3 × 12 inches, or 36 inches

Question 2.
2 yards = _____ feet

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
1 yard = 3 feet
2 yards = 2 × 3 ft
= 6 feet
Thus 2 yards = 6 feet.

Question 3.
8 feet = _____ inches

Answer: 96

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches.
We know that
1 feet = 12 inches
8 feet = 8 × 12 inches = 96 inches
Thus 8 feet = 96 inches

Question 4.
7 yards = _____ feet

Answer: 21

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
1 yard = 3 feet
7 yards = 7 × 3 ft = 21 feet
Thus 7 yards = 21 feet

Question 5.
4 feet = _____ inches

Answer: 48

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
4 feet = 4 × 12 inches = 48 inches
Thus 4 feet = 48 inches

Question 6.
15 yards = _____ feet

Answer: 45

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
1 yard = 3 feet
15 yards = 15 × 3ft = 45 feet
Thus 15 yards = 45 feet

Question 7.
10 feet = _____ inches

Answer: 120

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
10 feet = 10 × 12 in. = 120 inches
Thus 10 feet = 120 inches

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
3 yards _____ 10 feet

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
1 yard = 3 feet
3 yards = 3 × 3 ft = 9 feet
9 feet is less than 10 feet
3 yards < 10 feet

Question 9.
5 feet _____ 60 inches

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
5 feet = 5 × 12 inches = 60 inches
5 feet = 60 inches

Question 10.
8 yards _____ 20 feet

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
1 yard = 3 feet
8 yards = 8 × 3 feet = 24 feet
24 feet is greater than 20 feet
8 yards > 20 feet

Question 11.
3 feet _____ 10 inches

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
3 feet = 3 × 12 inches = 36 inches
3 feet is greater than 10 inches
3 feet > 10 inches

Question 12.
3 yards _____ 21 feet

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
1 yard = 3 feet
3 yards = 3 × 3 feet = 9 feet
9 feet is less than 21 feet
3 yards < 21 feet

Question 13.
6 feet _____ 72 inches

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
6 feet = 6 × 12 inches = 72 inches
6 feet = 72 inches

Problem Solving

Question 14.
Carla has two lengths of ribbon. One ribbon is 2 feet long. The other ribbon is 30 inches long. Which length of ribbon is longer?
2 feet _____ 30 inches

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
2 feet = 2 × 12 inches = 24 inches
24 inches is less than 30 inches
2 feet < 30 inches

Question 15.
A football player gained 2 yards on one play. On the next play, he gained 5 feet. Was his gain greater on the first play or the second play?
2 yards _____ 5 feet

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
1 yard = 3 feet
2 yards = 2 × 3 feet = 6 feet
2 yards > 5 feet

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 224

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Marta has 14 feet of wire to use to make necklaces. She needs to know the length in inches so she can determine how many necklaces to make. How many inches of wire does Marta have?
Options:
a. 42 inches
b. 84 inches
c. 168 inches
d. 504 inches

Answer: 168 inches

Explanation:
Marta has 14 feet of wire to use to make necklaces.
We have to convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
14 feet = 14 × 12 inches = 168 inches
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Jarod bought 8 yards of ribbon. He needs 200 inches to use to make curtains. How many inches of ribbon does he have?
Options:
a. 8 inches
b. 80 inches
c. 96 inches
d. 288 inches

Answer: 288 inches

Explanation:
Jarod bought 8 yards of ribbon. He needs 200 inches to use to make curtains.
Convert from yards to inches
1 yard = 36 inches
8 yards = 8 × 36 inches = 288 inches
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which describes the turn shown below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 3
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn counterclockwise
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn counterclockwise

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn counterclockwise

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that the shaded part turn \(\frac{1}{4}\) counterclockwise.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
Which decimal represents the shaded part of the model below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 4
Options:
a. 0.03
b. 0.3
c. 0.33
d. 0.7

Answer: 0.3

Explanation:
The figure shows that there are 10 blocks in which 3 of them are shaded.
The decimal form of the shaded part is 3/10 = 0.3
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Three sisters shared $3.60 equally. How much did each sister get?
Options:
a. $1.00
b. $1.20
c. $1.80
d. $10.80

Answer: $1.20

Explanation:
Given,
Three sisters shared $3.60 equally.
3.60/3 = 1.20
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Which is the best estimate for the width of your index finger?
Options:
a. 1 millimeter
b. 1 gram
c. 1 centimeter
d. 1 liter

Answer: 1 millimeter

Explanation:
The best estimate to measure the width of the index finger is 1 millimeter.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 225

Customary Units of Weight

Complete.

Question 1.
5 pounds = 80 ounces
Think: 1 pound = 16 ounces, so
5 pounds = 5 × 16 ounces, or 80 ounces

Question 2.
7 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 14000

Explanation:
Convert from tons to pounds.
1 ton = 2000 pounds
7 tons = 7 × 2000 pounds = 14,000 pounds
Thus 7 tons = 14,000 pounds

Question 3.
2 pounds = _____ ounces

Answer: 32

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces.
1 pound = 16 ounces
2 pounds = 2 × 16 ounces = 32 ounces
Thus 2 pounds = 32 ounces

Question 4.
3 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 6000

Explanation:
Convert from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
3 tons = 3 × 2000 pounds = 6000 pounds
Thus 3 tons = 6000 pounds

Question 5.
10 pounds = _____ ounces

Answer: 160

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
10 pounds = 10 × 16 ounces = 160 ounces
Thus 10 pounds = 160 ounces

Question 6.
5 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 10000

Explanation:
Convert from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
5 tons = 5 × 2000 pounds = 10,000 piunds
Thus 5 tons = 10,000 pounds

Question 7.
7 pounds = _____ ounces

Answer: 112 ounces

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
7 pounds = 7 × 16 ounces = 112 ounces
Thus 7 ounces = 112 ounces

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
8 pounds _____ 80 ounces

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
8 pounds = 8 × 16 ounces = 128 ounces
8 pounds > 80 ounces

Question 9.
1 ton _____ 100 pounds

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
1 ton > 100 pounds

Question 10.
3 pounds _____ 50 ounces

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
3 pounds = 3 × 16 ounces = 48 ounces
3 pounds < 50 ounces

Question 11.
5 tons _____ 1,000 pounds

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
5 tons = 5 × 2000 pounds = 10000
5 tons > 1,000 pounds

Question 12.
16 pounds _____ 256 ounces

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
16 pounds = 16 × 16 ounces = 256 ounces
16 pounds = 256 ounces

Question 13.
8 tons _____ 16,000 pounds

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
8 tons = 8 × 2000 pounds = 16000
8 tons = 16,000 pounds

Problem Solving

Question 14.
A company that makes steel girders can produce 6 tons of girders in one day. How many pounds is this?
6 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 12000

Explanation:
A company that makes steel girders can produce 6 tons of girders in one day.
Convert from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
6 tons = 6 × 2000 pounds = 12000
6 tons = 12,000 pounds

Question 15.
Larry’s baby sister weighed 6 pounds at birth. How many ounces did the baby weigh?
6 pounds = _____ ounces

Answer: 96

Explanation:
Larry’s baby sister weighed 6 pounds at birth.
Convert from pounds to ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
6 pounds = 6 × 16 ounces = 96 ounces

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 226

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ann bought 2 pounds of cheese to make lasagna. The recipe gives the amount of cheese needed in ounces. How many ounces of cheese did she buy?
Options:
a. 20 ounces
b. 32 ounces
c. 40 ounces
d. 64 ounces

Answer: 32 ounces

Explanation:
Given,
Ann bought 2 pounds of cheese to make lasagna. The recipe gives the amount of cheese needed in ounces.
Convert from pounds to ounces.
1 pound = 16 ounces
2 pounds = 2 × 16 ounces = 32 ounces
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
A school bus weighs 7 tons. The weight limit for a bridge is given in pounds. What is this weight of the bus in pounds?
Options:
a. 700 pounds
b. 1,400 pounds
c. 7,000 pounds
d. 14,000 pounds

Answer: 14,000 pounds

Explanation:
Given,
A school bus weighs 7 tons. The weight limit for a bridge is given in pounds.
Convert from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
7 tons = 7 × 2000 pounds = 14,000 pounds
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the measure of m∠EHG?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 5
Options:
a. 60°
b. 100°
c. 120°
d. 130°

Answer: 120°

Explanation:
From the above diagram, we can see that there is one right angle and one 30° angle.
90° + 30° = 120°
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
How many lines of symmetry does the square below have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 6
Options:
a. 0
b. 2
c. 4
d. 6

Answer: 4
The above figure consists of 4 symmetric lines.
The correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
To make dough, Reba needs 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of flour. How much flour does she need to make 5 batches of dough?
Options:
a. 14 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
b. 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
c. 11 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
d. 10 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Answer: 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Question 6.
Judi’s father is 6 feet tall. The minimum height to ride a rollercoaster is given in inches. How many inches tall is Judi’s father?
Options:
a. 60 inches
b. 66 inches
c. 72 inches
d. 216 inches

Answer: 72 inches

Explanation:
Given,
Judi’s father is 6 feet tall. The minimum height to ride a rollercoaster is given in inches.
Convert from feet to inches
1 feet = 12 inches
6 feet = 6 × 12 inches = 72 inches
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 227

Customary Units of Liquid Volume

Complete.

Question 1.
6 gallons = 24 quarts
Think: 1 gallon = 4 quarts,
so 6 gallons = 6 × 4 quarts, or 24 quarts

Question 2.
12 quarts = ______ pints

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to pints.
1 quart = 2 pints
12 quarts = 12 × 2 pints = 24 pints
12 quarts = 24 pints

Question 3.
6 cups = ______ fluid ounces

Answer: 48

Explanation:
Convert from cups to fluid cups
1 cup = 8 fluid ounces
6 cups = 6 × 8 fluid ounces
= 48 fluid ounces
Thus 6 cups = 48 fluid ounces

Question 4.
9 pints = ______ cups

Answer: 18

Explanation:
Convert from pints to cups.
1 pint = 2 cups
9 pints = 9 × 2 cups = 18 cups
Thus 9 pints = 18 cups

Question 5.
10 quarts = ______ cups

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to cups.
1 quart = 4 cups
10 quarts = 10 × 4 cups = 40 cups
Thus 10 quarts = 40 cups

Question 6.
5 gallons = ______ pints

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Convert from gallons to pints.
1 gallon = 8 pints
5 gallons = 5 × 8 pints = 40 pints
Thus 5 gallons = 40 pints

Question 7.
3 gallons = ______ cups

Answer: 48

Explanation:
Convert from gallons from cups.
1 gallon = 16 cups
3 gallons = 3 × 16 cups = 48 cups
3 gallons = 48 cups

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
6 pints ______ 60 fluid ounces

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from pints to fluid ounces.
1 pint = 16 fluid ounces
6 pints = 6 × 16 fluid ounces = 96 fluid ounces
6 pints = 96 fluid ounces
6 pints > 60 fluid ounces

Question 9.
3 gallons ______ 30 quarts

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from gallons to quarts.
1 gallon = 4 quarts
3 gallons = 3 × 4 quarts = 12 quarts

Question 10.
5 quarts ______ 20 cups

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to cups.
1 quart = 4 cups
5 quarts = 5 × 4 cups = 20 cups
5 quarts = 20 cups

Question 11.
6 cups ______ 12 pints

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from cups to pints.
1 cup = 1/2 pint
6 cups = 6 × 1/2 pint = 3 cups
6 cups < 12 pints

Question 12.
8 quarts ______ 16 pints

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to pints.
1 quart = 2 pints
8 quarts = 8 × 2 pints = 16 pints
8 quarts = 16 pints

Question 13.
6 gallons ______ 96 pints

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert gallons to pints.
1 gallon = 8 pints
6 gallons = 6 × 8 pints = 48 pints
6 gallons < 96 pints

Problem Solving

Question 14.
A chef makes 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) gallons of soup in a large pot. How many 1-cup servings can the chef get from this large pot of soup?
______ 1-cup servings

Answer: 24

Explanation:
A chef makes 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) gallons of soup in a large pot.
1 gallon = 16 cups
1/2 gallon = 8 cups
16 + 8 = 24 cups

Question 15.
Kendra’s water bottle contains 2 quarts of water. She wants to add drink mix to it, but the directions for the drink mix give the amount of water in fluid ounces. How many fluid ounces are in her bottle?
______ fluid ounces

Answer: 64

Explanation:
Kendra’s water bottle contains 2 quarts of water. She wants to add drink mix to it, but the directions for the drink mix give the amount of water in fluid ounces.
1 quart = 32 fluid ounces
2 quarts = 2 × 32 fluid ounces = 64 fluid ounces.
Thus there are 64 fluid ounces in her bottle.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 228

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Joshua drinks 8 cups of water a day. The recommended daily amount is given in fluid ounces. How many fluid ounces of water does he drink each day?
Options:
a. 16 fluid ounces
b. 32 fluid ounces
c. 64 fluid ounces
d. 128 fluid ounces

Answer: 64 fluid ounces

Explanation:
Given,
Joshua drinks 8 cups of water a day. The recommended daily amount is given in fluid ounces.
1 cup = 8 fluid ounces
8 cups = 8 × 8 fluid ounces = 64 fluid ounces
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
A cafeteria used 5 gallons of milk in preparing lunch. How many 1-quart containers of milk did the cafeteria use?
Options:
a. 10
b. 20
c. 40
d. 80

Answer: 20

Explanation:
A cafeteria used 5 gallons of milk in preparing lunch.
Convert from gallons to quarts
1 gallon = 4 quarts
5 gallons = 5 × 4 quarts = 20 quarts
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Roy uses \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of batter for each muffin. Which list shows the amounts of batter he will use depending on the number of muffins he makes?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{5}, \frac{1}{6}, \frac{1}{7}, \frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{4}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{4}{4}, \frac{5}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{8}, \frac{3}{12}, \frac{4}{16}, \frac{5}{20}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{8}, \frac{4}{16}, \frac{6}{24}, \frac{8}{32}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{8}, \frac{4}{16}, \frac{6}{24}, \frac{8}{32}\)

Explanation:
All fractions must be equal to \(\frac{1}{4}\)
a. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{5}, \frac{1}{6}, \frac{1}{7}, \frac{1}{8}\)
In this all fractions are not equal to \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{4}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{4}{4}, \frac{5}{4}\)
\(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{4}{4}\) = 1
In this all fractions are not equal to \(\frac{1}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{8}, \frac{3}{12}, \frac{4}{16}, \frac{5}{20}\)
\(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{3}{12}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{4}{16}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{5}{20}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{8}, \frac{4}{16}, \frac{6}{24}, \frac{8}{32}\)
\(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{4}{16}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{6}{24}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{8}{32}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
Beth has \(\frac{7}{100}\) of a dollar. Which shows the amount of money Beth has?
Options:
a. $7.00
b. $0.70
c. $0.07
d. $0.007

Answer: $0.07

Explanation:
Beth has \(\frac{7}{100}\) of a dollar.
The decimal form of \(\frac{7}{100}\) = 0.07
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Name the figure that Enrico drew below.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 7
Options:
a. a ray
b. a line
c. a line segment
d. an octagon

Answer: a ray

Explanation:
In geometry, a ray can be defined as a part of a line that has a fixed starting point but no endpoint. It can extend infinitely in one direction. On its way to infinity, a ray may pass through more than one point. When naming a ray, it is denoted by drawing a small ray on top of the name of the ray.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
A hippopotamus weighs 4 tons. Feeding instructions are given for weights in pounds. How many pounds does the hippopotamus weigh?
Options:
a. 4,000 pounds
b. 6,000 pounds
c. 8,000 pounds
d. 12,000 pounds

Answer: 8,000 pounds

Explanation:
A hippopotamus weighs 4 tons. Feeding instructions are given for weights in pounds.
Convert from tons to pounds.
1 ton = 2000 pounds
4 tons = 2 × 2000 pounds = 4000 pounds.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 229

Line Plots

Question 1.
Some students compared the time they spend riding the school bus. Complete the tally table and line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 8
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 9

Time Spent on School Bus
Time (in hour) Tally
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ||
\(\frac{2}{6}\)
\(\frac{3}{6}\)
\(\frac{4}{6}\)

Answer:

Time Spent on School Bus
Time (in hour) Tally
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ||
\(\frac{2}{6}\) |
\(\frac{3}{6}\) ||||
\(\frac{4}{6}\) |

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Homework-Practice-FL-Chapter-12-Relative-Sizes-of-Measurement-Units-img-9

Use your line plot for 2 and 3.

Question 2.
How many students compared times?
______ students

Answer: 8
By seeing the above line plot we can say that there is 8 number of students.

Question 3.
What is the difference between the longest time and shortest time students spent riding the bus?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) hour

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{6}\) – \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour

Problem Solving

For 4–5, make a tally table on a separate sheet of paper.

Make a line plot in the space below the problem.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 10
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 11

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL img-1

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 12
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 13

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL img-2

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 230

Lesson Check

Use the line plot for 1 and 2.

Question 1.
How many students were reading during study time?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 14
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:
By seeing the above line plot we can say that there are 8 students.
The correct answer is option D.

Question 2.
What is the difference between the longest time and the shortest time spent reading?
Options:
a. \(\frac{4}{8}\) hour
b. \(\frac{3}{8}\) hour
c. \(\frac{2}{8}\) hour
d. \(\frac{1}{8}\) hour

Answer: \(\frac{3}{8}\) hour

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{8}\) hour – \(\frac{1}{8}\) hour
(4 – 1)/8 = \(\frac{3}{8}\) hour
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Bridget is allowed to play on-line games for \(\frac{75}{100}\) of an hour each day. Which shows that fraction as a decimal?
Options:
a. 75.0
b. 7.50
c. 0.75
d. 0.075

Answer: 0.75

Explanation:
The decimal form of \(\frac{75}{100}\) is 0.75
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Bobby’s collection of sports cards has \(\frac{3}{10}\) baseball cards and \(\frac{39}{100}\) football cards. The rest are soccer cards. What fraction of Bobby’s sports cards are baseball or football cards?
Options:
a. \(\frac{9}{100}\)
b. \(\frac{42}{100}\)
c. \(\frac{52}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{69}{100}\)

Answer: \(\frac{42}{100}\)

Question 5.
Jeremy gives his horse 12 gallons of water each day. How many 1-quart pails of water is that?
Options:
a. 24
b. 48
c. 72
d. 96

Answer: 48

Explanation:
Convert from gallons to quarts
1 gallon = 4 quarts
12 gallons = 12 × 4 quarts = 48 quarts
12 gallons = 48 quarts
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
An iguana at a pet store is 5 feet long. Measurements for iguana cages are given in inches. How many inches long is the iguana?
Options:
a. 45 inches
b. 50 inches
c. 60 inches
d. 72 inches

Answer: 60 inches

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
5 feet = 5 × 12 inches = 60 inches
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 231

Metric Units of Length

Complete.

Question 1.
4 meters = 400 centimeters
Think: 1 meter = 100 centimeters,
so 4 meters = 4 × 100 centimeters, or 400 centimeters

Question 2.
8 centimeters = ______ millimeters

Answer: 80 millimeters

Explanation:
Convert from centimeters to millimeters
1 centimeter = 10 millimeter
8 centimeters = 8 × 10 millimeters = 80 millimeters

Question 3.
5 meters = ______ decimeters

Answer: 50

Explanation:
Converting from meters to decimeters
We know that,
1 meter = 10 decimeters
5 meters = 5 × 10 decimeters = 50 decimeters

Question 4.
9 meters = ______ millimeters

Answer: 90

Explanation:
Convert from meters to millimeters
1 meter = 10 millimeters
9 meters = 9 × 10 millimeters = 90 millimeters

Question 5.
7 meters = ______ centimeters

Answer: 700

Explanation:
Convert from meters to centimeters
We know that
1 meter = 100 centimeters
7 meters = 7 × 100 centimeters
7 meters = 700 centimeters

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 6.
8 meters ______ 80 centimeters

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from meters to centimeters
We know that
1 meter = 100 centimeters
8 meters = 800 centimeters
8 meters is less than 80 centimeters
8 meters < 80 centimeters

Question 7.
3 decimeters ______ 30 centimeters

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from decimeters to centimeters
We know that
1 decimeter = 10 centimeters
3 decimeters = 30 centimeters

Question 8.
4 meters ______ 450 centimeters

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from meters to centimeters
We know that
1 meter = 100 centimeters
4 meters = 400 centimeters
4 meters < 450 centimeters

Question 9.
90 centimeters ______ 9 millimeters

Answer: >

Explanation:
Converting from centimeters to millimeters
1 centimeter = 10 millimeter
90 centimeters = 900 millimeters
90 centimeters > 9 millimeters

Describe the length in meters. Write your answer as a fraction and as a decimal.

Question 10.
43 centimeters =
Type below:
_________

Answer: 0.43 meters

Explanation:
Convert from centimeters to meters
1 centimeter = 1/100 meter
43 centimeters = 43 × 1/100 = 0.43 meters

Question 11.
6 decimeters =
Type below:
_________

Answer: 0.6 meters

Explanation:
Convert from decimeter to meter
1 decimeter = 1/10 meter
6 decimeters = 6 × 1/10 meter = 0.6 meter

Question 12.
8 centimeters =
Type below:
_________

Answer:  0.08

Explanation:
Convert from centimeters to meters
1 centimeter = 1/100 meter
8 centimeters = 8 × 1/100 meter = 0.08 meter

Question 13.
3 decimeters =
Type below:
_________

Answer: 0.3 meter

Explanation:
Convert from decimeter to meter
1 decimeter = 1/10 meter
3 decimeter = 3 × 1/10 meter = 0.3 meter

Problem Solving

Question 14.
A flagpole is 4 meters tall. How many centimeters tall is the flagpole?
_____ centimeters

Answer: 400 centimeters

Explanation:
Given that,
A flagpole is 4 meters tall
We have to convert the meters to centimeters.
1 meter = 100 centimeter
4 meters = 4 × 100 cm = 400 centimeters
Thus the flagpole is 400 centimeters tall.

Question 15.
A new building is 25 meters tall. How many decimeters tall is the building?
_____ decimeters

Answer: 250 decimeters

Explanation:
A new building is 25 meters tall.
Convert from meters to decimeters.
1 meter = 10 decimeters
25 meters = 25 × 10 decimeters = 250 decimeters
Thus the building is 250 decimeters tall.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 232

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A pencil is 15 centimeters long. How many millimeters long is that pencil?
Options:
a. 1.5 millimeters
b. 15 millimeters
c. 150 millimeters
d. 1,500 millimeters

Answer: 150 millimeters

Explanation:
Convert from centimeters to millimeters.
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters
15 centimeters = 15 × 10 = 150 millimeters
Thus the correct answer is 150 millimeters.

Question 2.
John’s father is 2 meters tall. How many centimeters tall is John’s father?
Options:
a. 2,000 centimeters
b. 200 centimeters
c. 20 centimeters
d. 2 centimeters

Answer: 200 centimeters

Explanation:
Convert from meters to centimeters.
1 meter = 100 centimeters
2 meters = 2 × 100 centimeters
= 200 centimeters
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Bruce reads for \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour each night. How long will he read in 4 nights?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{16}\) hours
b. \(\frac{7}{4}\) hours
c. \(\frac{9}{4}\) hours
d. \(\frac{12}{4}\) hours

Answer: \(\frac{12}{4}\) hours

Explanation:
Given that,
Bruce reads for \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour each night.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 4 = \(\frac{12}{4}\) hours
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
Mark jogged 0.6 mile. Caroline jogged 0.49 mile. Which inequality correctly compares the distances they jogged?
Options:
a. 0.6 = 0.49
b. 0.6 > 0.49
c. 0.6 < 0.49
d. 0.6 + 0.49 = 1.09

Answer: 0.6 > 0.49

Explanation:
0.6=Mark
>
0.49= Caroline
This is because 0.6 equals 0.60 so 0.60>0.49
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Use the line plot for 5 and 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 15

Question 5.
How many lawns were mowed?
Options:
a. 8
b. 9
c. 10
d. 11

Answer: 11

Explanation:
By seeing the above line plot we can say that 11 lawns were mowed.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
What is the difference between the greatest amount and least amount of gasoline used to mow lawns?
Options:
a. \(\frac{6}{8}\) gallon
b. \(\frac{5}{8}\) gallon
c. \(\frac{4}{8}\) gallon
d. \(\frac{3}{8}\) gallon

Answer: \(\frac{4}{8}\) gallon

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\) gallon
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 233

Metric Units of Mass and Liquid Volume

Complete.

Question 1.
5 liters = 5,000 milliliters
Think: 1 liter 5 1,000 milliliters,
so 5 liters 5 5 × 1,000 milliliters, or 5,000 milliliters

Question 2.
3 kilograms = ______ grams

Answer: 3000

Explanation:
Convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
3 kilograms = 3 × 1000 grams = 3000 grams
3 kilograms = 3000 grams

Question 3.
8 liters = ______ milliliters

Answer: 8000

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
8 liters = 8 × 1000 milliliters = 8000 milliliters
8 liters = 8000 milliliters

Question 4.
7 kilograms = ______ grams

Answer: 7000

Explanation:
Convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
7 kilograms = 7 × 1000 grams = 7000 grams

Question 5.
9 liters = ______ milliliters

Answer: 9000

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
9 liters = 9 × 1000 milliliters = 9000 milliliters
9 liters = 9000 milliliters

Question 6.
2 liters = ______ milliliters

Answer: 2000

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liters = 2 × 1000 milliliters = 2000 milliliters
2 liters = 2000 milliliters

Question 7.
6 kilograms = ______ grams

Answer: 6000

Explanation:
Convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
6 kilograms = 6 × 1000 grams = 6000 grams
6 kilograms = 6000 grams

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
8 kilograms ______ 850 grams

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
8 kilograms = 8000 grams
8 kilograms > 850 grams

Question 9.
3 liters ______ 3,500 milliliters

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
3 liters = 3000 milliliters
3 liters < 3,500 milliliters

Question 10.
1 kilogram ______ 1,000 grams

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams

Question 11.
5 liters ______ 520 milliliters

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
5 liter = 5000 milliliters
5 liters > 520 milliliters

Problem Solving

Question 12.
Kenny buys four 1-liter bottles of water. How many milliliters of water does Kenny buy?
______ milliliters

Answer: 4000

Explanation:
Given that,
Kenny buys four 1-liter bottles of water.
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
4 liter = 4000 milliliters
Thus Kenny can buy 4000 milliliters.

Question 13.
Mrs. Jones bought three 2-kilogram packages of flour. How many grams of flour did she buy?
______ grams

Answer: 6000

Explanation:
Mrs. Jones bought three 2-kilogram packages of flour.
Convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
6 kilograms = 6 × 1000 grams = 6000 grams
Thus she can buy 6000 grams of flour.

Question 14.
Colleen bought 8 kilograms of apples and 2.5 kilograms of pears. How many more grams of apples than pears did she buy?
______ grams

Answer: 5500

Explanation:
Colleen bought 8 kilograms of apples and 2.5 kilograms of pears.
8 kilograms – 2.5 kilograms = 5.5 kilograms
Convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
5.5 kilograms = 5500 grams

Question 15.
Dave uses 500 milliliters of juice for a punch recipe. He mixes it with 2 liters of ginger ale. How many milliliters of punch does he make?
______ milliliters

Answer: 2500

Explanation:
Dave uses 500 milliliters of juice for a punch recipe. He mixes it with 2 liters of ginger ale.
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liter = 2000 milliliters
2000 milliliters + 500 milliters = 2500 milliters.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 234

Lesson Check

Question 1.
During his hike, Milt drank 1 liter of water and 1 liter of sports drink. How many milliliters of liquid did he drink in all?
Options:
a. 20 milliliters
b. 200 milliliters
c. 2,000 milliliters
d. 20,000 milliliters

Answer: 2,000 milliliters

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liters = 2 × 1000 milliliters = 2000 milliliters
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Larinda cooked a 4-kilogram roast. The roast left over after the meal weighed 3 kilograms. How many grams of roast were eaten during that meal?
Options:
a. 7,000 grams
b. 1,000 grams
c. 700 grams
d. 100 grams

Answer: 1,000 grams

Explanation:
Given,
Larinda cooked a 4-kilogram roast. The roast left over after the meal weighed 3 kilograms.
So subtract the amount Larinda cooked and left over roast
That means 4 kilograms – 3 kilograms = 1 kilogram
Now convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Use a protractor to find the angle measure.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 16
Options:
a. 15°
b. 35°
c. 135°
d. 145°

Answer: 135°
By measuring with the help of the protractor we can say that the angle measure is 135°
Thus the correct answer is option is C.

Question 4.
Which of the following shows parallel lines?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 17
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 18
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 19
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 20

Answer: Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 19
By seeing the above figures we can say that option c is parallel.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Carly bought 3 pounds of birdseed. How many ounces of birdseed did she buy?
Options:
a. 30 ounces
b. 36 ounces
c. 42 ounces
d. 48 ounces

Answer: 48 ounces

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces.
1 pound = 16 ounces
3 pounds = 3 × 16 ounces = 48 ounces
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
A door is 8 decimeters wide. How wide is the door in centimeters?
Options:
a. 8 centimeters
b. 80 centimeters
c. 800 centimeters
d. 8,000 centimeters

Answer: 80 centimeters

Explanation:
Given that,
A door is 8 decimeters wide.
Convert from decimeter to centimeter.
1 decimeter = 10 centimeter
8 decimeter = 8 × 10 cm = 80 centimeters
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 235

Units of Time

Complete.

Question 1.
6 minutes = 360 seconds
Think: 1 minute = 60 seconds,
so 6 minutes = 6 × 60 seconds, or 360 seconds

Question 2.
5 weeks = ______ days

Answer: 35

Explanation:
Convert from weeks to days
1 week = 7 days
5 weeks = 5 × 7 days = 35 days

Question 3.
3 years = ______ weeks

Answer: 156 weeks

Explanation:
Convert from years to weeks.
1 year = 52 weeks
3 years = 3 × 52 weeks = 156 weeks

Question 4.
9 hours = ______ minutes

Answer: 540 minutes

Explanation:
Convert from hours to minutes.
1 hour = 60 minutes
9 hours = 9 × 60 minutes = 540 minutes

Question 5.
9 minutes = ______ seconds

Answer: 540 seconds

Explanation:
Convert from minutes to seconds.
1 minute = 60 seconds
9 minutes = 9 × 60 seconds = 540 seconds

Question 6.
5 years = ______ months

Answer: 60 minutes

Explanation:
Convert from years to months.
1 year = 12 minutes
5 years = 5 × 12 minutes = 60 minutes

Question 7.
7 days = ______ hours

Answer: 168 hours

Explanation:
Convert days to hours
1 day = 24 hours
7 days = 7 × 24 hours = 168 hours

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
2 years ______ 14 months

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from years to months.
1 year = 12 months
2 years = 24 months
2 years > 14 months

Question 9.
3 hours ______ 300 minutes

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from hours to minutes
1 hour = 60 minutes
3 hours = 3 × 60 minutes = 180 minutes
3 hours < 300 minutes

Question 10.
2 days ______ 48 hours

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from days to hours.
1 day = 24 hours
2 days = 48 hours

Question 11.
6 years ______ 300 weeks

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from years to weeks.
1 year = 52 weeks
6 years = 6 × 52 weeks = 312 weeks
312 weeks > 300 weeks

Question 12.
4 hours ______ 400 minutes

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from hours to minutes.
1 hour = 60 minutes
4 hours = 4 × 60 minutes = 240 minutes

Question 13.
5 minutes ______ 300 seconds

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from minutes to seconds.
1 minute = 60 seconds
5 minutes = 5 × 60 seconds = 300 seconds
5 minutes = 300 seconds

Problem Solving

Question 14.
Jody practiced a piano piece for 500 seconds. Bill practiced a piano piece for 8 minutes. Who practiced longer?
_________

Answer: Jody

Explanation:
Given that,
Jody practiced a piano piece for 500 seconds. Bill practiced a piano piece for 8 minutes.
Convert from minutes to seconds.
1 minute = 60 seconds
8 minutes = 8 × 60 seconds = 480 seconds
By this, we can say that Jody practiced longer.

Question 15.
Yvette’s younger brother just turned 3 years old. Fred’s brother is now 30 months old. Whose brother is older?
_________ ‘s brother

Answer: Yvette

Explanation:
Given,
Yvette’s younger brother just turned 3 years old.
Fred’s brother is now 30 months old.
Convert years to months.
1 year = 12 months
3 years = 36 months
By this, we can say that Yvette’s brother is older.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 236

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Glen rode his bike for 2 hours. For how many minutes did Glen ride his bike?
Options:
a. 60 minutes
b. 100 minutes
c. 120 minutes
d. 150 minutes

Answer: 120 minutes

Explanation:
Glen rode his bike for 2 hours.
Convert from hours to minutes.
1 hour = 60 minutes
2 hours = 2 × 60 minutes = 120 minutes
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Tina says that vacation starts in exactly 4 weeks. In how many days does vacation start?
Options:
a. 28 days
b. 35 days
c. 42 days
d. 48 days

Answer: 28 days

Explanation:
Tina says that vacation starts in exactly 4 weeks.
Convert from weeks to days.
1 week = 7 days
4 weeks = 4 × 7 days = 28 days
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Kayla bought \(\frac{9}{4}\) pounds of apples. What is that weight as a mixed number?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds
b. 1 \(\frac{4}{9}\) pounds
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds
d. 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds

Explanation:
Kayla bought \(\frac{9}{4}\) pounds of apples.
Convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{9}{4}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Judy, Jeff, and Jim each earned $5.40 raking leaves. How much did they earn in all?
Options:
a. $1.60
b. $10.80
c. $15.20
d. $16.20

Answer: $16.20

Explanation:
Judy, Jeff, and Jim each earned $5.40 raking leaves.
5.40 + 5.40 + 5.40 = 16.20
The amount earned in total is $16.20
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
Melinda rode her bike \(\frac{54}{100}\)mile to the library. Then she rode \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile to the store. How far did Melinda ride her bike in all?
Options:
a. 0.14 mile
b. 0.58 mile
c. 0.94 mile
d. 1.04 miles

Answer: 0.94 mile

Explanation:
Melinda rode her bike \(\frac{54}{100}\) mile to the library.
Then she rode \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile to the store.
Convert from fraction to decimal form.
\(\frac{54}{100}\) = 0.54 mile
\(\frac{4}{10}\) = 0.4 mile
0.54 + 0.4 = 0.94 mile
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
One day, the students drank 60 quarts of milk at lunch. How many pints of milk did the students drink?
Options:
a. 30 pints
b. 120 pints
c. 240 pints
d. 480 pints

Answer: 120 pints

Explanation:
One day, the students drank 60 quarts of milk at lunch.
Convert from quarts to pints.
We know that 1 quart = 2 pints
60 quarts = 60 × 2 pints = 120 pints
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 237

Problem Solving Elapsed Time

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
Molly started her piano lesson at 3:45 P.M. The lesson lasted 20 minutes. What time did the piano lesson end?
Think: What do I need to find?
How can I draw a diagram to help?
4:05 P.M.

Question 2.
Brendan spent 24 minutes playing a computer game. He stopped playing at 3:55 P.M and went outside to ride his bike. What time did he start playing the computer game?
_____ P.M.

Answer: 3: 31 P.M

Explanation:
Given,
Brendan spent 24 minutes playing a computer game.
He stopped playing at 3:55 P.M and went outside to ride his bike.
To find at what time did he start playing the computer game,
we have to subtract 24 minutes from 3:55 P.M
3 hr 55 min
0 hr 24 min
3 hr 31 min
He started playing the computer game at 3: 31 P.M.

Question 3.
Aimee’s karate class lasts 1 hour and 15 minutes and is over at 5:00 P.M. What time does Aimee’s karate class start?
_____ P.M.

Answer: 3:45 P.M

Explanation:
Given,
Aimee’s karate class lasts 1 hour and 15 minutes and is over at 5:00 P.M.
Subtract 1 hour and 15 minutes from 5:00 P.M
5 hr 00 min
1 hr 15 min
3 hr 45 min
Therefore, Aimee’s karate class start at 3:45 P.M.

Question 4.
Mr. Giarmo left for work at 7:15 A.M. Twenty-five minutes later, he arrived at his work. What time did Mr. Giarmo arrive at his work?
_____ A.M.

Answer: 7: 40 A.M

Explanation:
Mr. Giarmo left for work at 7:15 A.M. Twenty-five minutes later, he arrived at his work.
7 hr 15 min
+ 0 hr 25 min
7 hr 40 min
Mr. Giarmo arrive at his work at 7: 40 A.M

Question 5.
Ms. Brown’s flight left at 9:20 A.M. Her plane landed 1 hour and 23 minutes later. What time did her plane land?
_____ A.M.

Answer: 10:43 A.M

Explanation:
Given,
Ms. Brown’s flight left at 9:20 A.M. Her plane landed 1 hour and 23 minutes later.
9 hr 20 min
1 hr 23 min
10 hr 43 min
Thus plane land at 10:43 A.M.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 238

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Bobbie went snowboarding with friends at 10:10 A.M. They snowboarded for 1 hour and 43 minutes, and then stopped to eat lunch. What time did they stop for lunch?
Options:
a. 8:27 A.M.
b. 10:53 A.M.
c. 11:53 A.M.
d. 12:53 A.M.

Answer: 11:53 A.M.

Explanation:
Given,
Bobbie went snowboarding with friends at 10:10 A.M.
They snowboarded for 1 hour and 43 minutes and then stopped to eat lunch.
10 hr 10 min
+ 1 hr 43 min
11 hr 53 min
They stop for lunch at 11:53 A.M.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
The Cain family drove for 1 hour and 15 minutes and arrived at their camping spot at 3:44 P.M. What time did the Cain family start driving?
Options:
a. 4:59 P.M.
b. 2:44 P.M.
c. 2:39 P.M.
d. 2:29 P.M.

Answer: 2:29 P.M.

Explanation:
Given,
The Cain family drove for 1 hour and 15 minutes and arrived at their camping spot at 3:44 P.M.
3 hr 44 min
-1 hr 15 min
2 hr 29 min
Thus the Cain family start driving at 2:29 P.M
The correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A praying mantis can grow up to 15 centimeters long. How long is this in millimeters?
Options:
a. 15 millimeters
b. 150 millimeters
c. 1,500 millimeters
d. 15,000 millimeters

Answer: 150 millimeters

Explanation:
A praying mantis can grow up to 15 centimeters long.
Convert from centimeters to millimeters.
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters
15 centimeter = 15 × 10 millimeter = 150 millimeters
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Thom’s minestrone soup recipe makes 3 liters of soup. How many milliliters of soup is this?
Options:
a. 30 milliliters
b. 300 milliliters
c. 3,000 milliliters
d. 30,000 milliliters

Answer: 3,000 milliliters

Explanation:
Given,
Thom’s minestrone soup recipe makes 3 liters of soup.
Converting from liters to milliliters.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
3 liters = 3 × 1000 milliliters = 3000 milliliters
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Stewart walks \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile each day. Which is a multiple of \(\frac{2}{3}\) ?
Options:
a. \(\frac{4}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{8}{10}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{12}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × 2 = \(\frac{4}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
Angelica colored in 0.60 of the squares on her grid. Which of the following expresses 0.60 as tenths in fraction form?
Options:
a. \(\frac{60}{100}\)
b. \(\frac{60}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{6}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Answer: \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Angelica colored in 0.60 of the squares on her grid.
The fraction form of \(\frac{6}{10}\) is 0.60
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 239

Mixed Measures

Complete.

Question 1.
8 pounds 4 ounces = 132 ounces
Think: 8 pounds = 8 × 16 ounces, or 128 ounces.
128 ounces + 4 ounces = 132 ounces

Question 2.
5 weeks 3 days = _____ days

Answer: 38 days

Explanation:
Given,
Convert from weeks to days.
1 week = 7 days
5 weeks = 5 × 7 days = 35 days
35 days + 3 days = 38 days

Question 3.
4 minutes 45 seconds = _____ seconds

Answer: 285 seconds

Explanation:
Convert from minutes to seconds.
1 minute = 60 seconds
4 minutes = 4 × 60 seconds = 240 seconds
240 seconds + 45 seconds = 285 seconds

Question 4.
4 hours 30 minutes = _____ minutes

Answer: 270 minutes

Explanation:
Convert from hours to minutes.
1 hour = 60 min
4 hours = 4 × 60 mins = 240 mins
240 mins + 30 mins = 270 mins

Question 5.
3 tons 600 pounds = _____ pounds

Answer: 6600 pounds

Explanation:
1 ton = 2000 pounds
3 tons = 3 × 2000 pounds = 6000 pounds
6000 pounds + 600 pounds = 6600 pounds

Question 6.
6 pints 1 cup = _____ cups

Answer: 13 cups

Explanation:
Convert from pints to cups.
1 pint = 2 cups
6 pints = 6 × 2 cups = 12 cups
12 cups + 1 cup = 13 cups

Question 7.
7 pounds 12 ounces = _____ ounces

Answer: 124 ounces

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces.
1 pound = 16 ounces
7 pounds = 7 × 16 ounces = 112 ounces
112 ounces + 12 ounces = 124 ounces

Add or subtract.

Question 8.
9 gal 1 qt
+ 6 gal 1 qt
—————
_____ gal _____ qt

Answer: 15 gal 2 qt

Explanation:
We add
9 gal 1 qt
+ 6 gal 1 qt
15 gal 2 qt

Question 9.
12 lb 5 oz
– 7 lb 10 oz
—————
_____ lb _____ oz

Answer: 4 lb 11 oz

Explanation:
We subtract
12 lb 5 oz
– 7 lb 10 oz
Borrow 1 lb and then convert it into ounces
we know that
1 lb = 16 ounces
11 lb 21 oz
– 7 lb 10 oz
4 lb 11 oz

Question 10.
8 hr 3 min
+ 4 hr 12 min
—————
_____ hr _____ min

Answer: 12 hr 15 min

Explanation:
We add
8 hr 3 min
+ 4 hr 12 min
12 hr 15 min

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Michael’s basketball team practiced for 2 hours 40 minutes yesterday and 3 hours 15 minutes today. How much longer did the team practice today than yesterday?
_____ minutes

Answer: 35 minutes

Explanation:
Given,
Michael’s basketball team practiced for 2 hours 40 minutes yesterday and 3 hours 15 minutes today.
Subtract
3 hours 15 minutes
-2 hours 40 minutes
0 hour 35 minutes

Question 12.
Rhonda had a piece of ribbon that was 5 feet 3 inches long. She removed a 5-inch piece to use in her art project. What is the length of the piece of ribbon now?
_____ feet _____ inches

Answer: 4 feet 10 inches

Explanation:
Rhonda had a piece of ribbon that was 5 feet 3 inches long. She removed a 5-inch piece to use in her art project.
We subtract
5 feet 3 inches
– 0 feet 5 inches
Borrow one feet and then convert it into the inches
1 foot = 12 inches
4 feet 15 inches
-0 feet 5 inches
4 feet 10 inches

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 240

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Marsha bought 1 pound 11 ounces of roast beef and 2 pounds 5 ounces of corned beef. How much more corned beef did she buy than roast beef?
Options:
a. 16 ounces
b. 10 ounces
c. 7 ounces
d. 6 ounces

Answer: 10 ounces

Explanation:
Given,
Marsha bought 1 pound 11 ounces of roast beef and 2 pounds 5 ounces of corned beef.
Subtract roast beef from corned beef.
2 pounds 5 ounces  – 1 pound 11 ounces
Borrow 1 pound and convert it into the ounces.
1 pound 21 ounces
– 1 pound 11 ounces
0 pound 10 ounces
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Theodore says there are 2 weeks 5 days left in the year. How many days are left in the year?
Options:
a. 14 days
b. 15 days
c. 19 days
d. 25 days

Answer: 19 days

Explanation:
Convert from weeks to days.
1 week = 7 days
2 weeks = 14 days
14 + 5 = 19 days
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
On one grid, 0.5 of the squares are shaded. On another grid, 0.05 of the squares are shaded. Which statement is true?
Options:
a. 0.05 > 0.5
b. 0.05 = 0.5
c. 0.05 < 0.5
d. 0.05 + 0.5 = 1.0

Answer: 0.05 < 0.5

Explanation:
On one grid, 0.5 of the squares are shaded. On another grid, 0.05 of the squares are shaded.
0.5 is greater than 0.05
0.05 < 0.5
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Classify the triangle shown below.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 21
Options:
a. right
b. acute
c. equilateral
d. obtuse

Answer: right
By seeing the above figure we can say that the figure is right-angle triangle.
Thus the answer is option A.

Question 5.
Sahil’s brother is 3 years old. How many weeks old is his brother?
Options:
a. 30 weeks
b. 36 weeks
c. 90 weeks
d. 156 weeks

Answer: 156 weeks

Explanation:
Convert from years to weeks
1 year = 52 weeks
3 years = 3 × 52 weeks = 156 weeks
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
Sierra’s swimming lessons last 1 hour 20 minutes. She finished her lesson at 10:50 A.M. At what time did her lesson start?
Options:
a. 9:30 A.M.
b. 9:50 A.M.
c. 10:30 A.M.
d. 12:10 A.M.

Answer: 9:30 A.M.

Explanation:
Sierra’s swimming lessons last 1 hour 20 minutes.
She finished her lesson at 10:50 A.M.
10 hr 50 min
– 1 hr 20 min
9 hr 30 min
Thus Sierra’s swimming lesson starts at 9:30 A.M
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 241

Patterns in Measurement Units

Each table shows a pattern for two customary units of time or volume. Label the columns of the table.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 22

Question 2.

_________ _________
1 12
2 24
3 36
4 48
5 60

Answer:
The label for the columns of the table is shown below:

Feet Inches
1 12
2 24
3 36
4 48
5 60

Question 3.

_________ _________
1 2
2 4
3 6
4 8
5 10

Answer:
The label for the columns of the table is shown below:

Quart Pints
1 2
2 4
3 6
4 8
5 10

Question 4.

_________ _________
1 7
2 14
3 21
4 28
5 35

Answer:
The label for the columns of the table is shown below:

Week Days
1 7
2 14
3 21
4 28
5 35

Problem Solving

Use the table for 5 and 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 23

Question 5.
Marguerite made the table to compare two metric measures of length. Name a pair of units Marguerite could be comparing.
1 ________
= 10 ________

Answer:
1 = centimeter
10 = millimeters

Question 6.
Name another pair of metric units of length that have the same relationship.
1 ________
= 10 ________

Answer:
1 = meter
10 = decimeters

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 242

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Joanne made a table to relate two units of measure. The number pairs in her table are 1 and 16, 2 and 32, 3 and 48, 4 and 64. Which are the best labels for
Joanne’s table?
Options:
a. Cups, Fluid Ounces
b. Gallons, Quarts
c. Pounds, Ounces
d. Yards, Inches

Answer: Pounds, Ounces

Explanation:
Joanne made a table to relate two units of measure. The number pairs in her table are 1 and 16, 2 and 32, 3 and 48, 4 and 64.
By seeing the pairs we can say that the units of the measure are pounds, ounces.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Cade made a table to relate two units of time. The number pairs in his table are 1 and 24, 2 and 48, 3 and 72, 4 and 96. Which are the best labels for Cade’s table?
Options:
a. Days, Hours
b. Days, Weeks
c. Years, Months
d. Years, Weeks

Answer: Days, Hours

Explanation:
Cade made a table to relate two units of time. The number pairs in his table are 1 and 24, 2 and 48, 3 and 72, 4 and 96.
By seeing the above pairs we can say that the unit of measure is Days, Hours.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Anita has 2 quarters, 1 nickel, and 4 pennies. Write Anita’s total amount as a fraction of a dollar
Options:
a. \(\frac{39}{100}\)
b. \(\frac{54}{100}\)
c. \(\frac{59}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{84}{100}\)

Answer: \(\frac{59}{100}\)

Explanation:

Well, first off, you should know that the denominator of the fraction will be $1.00, since we’re putting it in a fraction as a dollar.
2 quarters = $0.50
1 nickel = $0.05
4 pennies = $0.04
Add them all,
$0.50 + $0.05 + $0.04 = $0.59
The fraction of 0.59 is \(\frac{59}{100}\)
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
The minute hand of a clock moves from 12 to 6. Which describes the turn the minute hand makes?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn
c. \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn
d. 1 full turn

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn

Explanation:
The minute hand of a clock moves from 12 to 6.
If we observe the clock we can say that the minute hand makes \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Roderick has a dog that has a mass of 9 kilograms. What is the mass of the dog in grams?
Options:
a. 9 grams
b. 900 grams
c. 9,000 grams
d. 90,000 grams

Answer: 9,000 grams

Explanation:
Given,
Roderick has a dog that has a mass of 9 kilograms.
Convert from 9 kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
9 kilograms = 9000 grams
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Kari mixed 3 gallons 2 quarts of lemonlime drink with 2 gallons 3 quarts of pink lemonade to make punch. How much more lemon-lime drink did Kari use than pink lemonade?
Options:
a. 3 quarts
b. 4 quarts
c. 1 gallon 1 quart
d. 1 gallon 2 quarts

Answer: 3 quarts

Explanation:
Given,
Kari mixed 3 gallons 2 quarts of lemonlime drink with 2 gallons 3 quarts of pink lemonade to make punch.
Subtract
3 gallons 2 quarts
2 gallons 3 quarts
Borrow 1 gallon and then convert it to the quarts.
2 gallons 6 quarts
-2 gallons 3 quarts
0 gallons 3 quarts
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 243

Lesson 12.1

Use benchmarks to choose the unit you would use to measure each.

Question 1.
length of a car
customary unit: ________
metric unit: ________

Answer:
The customary units of the length of a car are a foot.
The metric unit to measure the length of a car is meter.

Question 2.
liquid volume of a sink
customary unit: ________
metric unit: ________

Answer:
The customary unit to measure the liquid volume of a sink is a gallon.
The metric unit to find the liquid volume of a sink is a liter.

Question 3.
weight or mass of a parakeet
customary unit: ________
metric unit: ________

Answer:
The customary unit to measure the weight or mass of a parakeet is an ounce.
The metric unit to find the weight or mass of a parakeet is a gram.

Question 4.
length of your thumb
customary unit: ________
metric unit: ________

Answer:
The customary unit to measure the length of your thumb is inch.
The metric unit to find the length of your thumb is centimeter.

Lessons 12.2—12.4

Complete.

Question 5.
6 yards = _____ feet

Answer: 18 feet

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet
1 yard = 3 feet
6 yards = 6 × 3 feet = 18 feet

Question 6.
2 feet = _____ inches

Answer: 24 inches

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches
1 feet = 12 inches
2 feet = 2 × 12 inches = 24 inches

Question 7.
3 pounds = _____ ounces

Answer: 48

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces.
1 pound = 16 ounces
3 pounds = 3 × 16 ounces = 48 ounces

Question 8.
2 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 4000

Explanation:
Convert from Tons to pounds.
1 ton = 2000 pounds
2 tons = 4000 pounds

Question 9.
5 gallons = _____ quarts

Answer: 20 quarts

Explanation:
Convert from gallons to quarts
1 gallon = 4 quarts
5 gallons = 5 × 4 quarts = 20 quarts

Question 10.
4 quarts = _____ cups

Answer: 16 cups

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to cups.
1 quart = 4 cups
4 quarts = 4 × 4 cups = 16 cups

Lesson 12.5

Use the line plot for 1–2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 24

Question 11.
What is the difference in height between the tallest plant and the shortest plant?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) foot

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) foot

Explanation:
By seeing the line plot we can say that the tallest plant is \(\frac{5}{6}\) foot.
the tallest plant is \(\frac{2}{6}\) foot
\(\frac{5}{6}\) foot – \(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\)
= \(\frac{1}{2}\) foot

Question 12.
How many plants are in Box A?
_____ plants

Answer: 10 plants

Explanation:
By seeing the line plot we can say that there are 10 plants in Box A.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 244

Lessons 12.6—12.8

Complete.

Question 1.
9 centimeters = _____ millimeters

Answer: 90

Explanation:
Converting from centimeters to millimeters.
We know that,
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters
9 centimeters = 9 × 10 millimeters = 90 millimeters

Question 2.
7 meters = _____ decimeters

Answer: 70

Explanation:
Converting from meters to decimeters
1 meter = 10 decimeter
7 meters = 7 × 10 decimeter = 70 decimeters

Question 3.
5 decimeters = _____ centimeters

Answer: 50

Explanation:
Converting from decimeters to centimeters.
1 decimeter = 10 centimeters
5 decimeters = 5 × 10 centimeters = 50 centimeters

Question 4.
4 liters = _____ milliliters

Answer: 4000

Explanation:
Converting from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
4 liters = 4 × 1000 milliliters = 4000 milliliters

Question 5.
3 kilograms = _____ grams

Answer: 3000

Explanation:
Converting from kilograms to grams
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
3 kilograms = 3 × 1000 grams = 3000 grams

Question 6.
3 weeks = _____ days

Answer: 21

Explanation:
Converting from weeks to days.
1 week = 7 days
3 weeks = 3 × 7 days = 21 days

Question 7.
6 hours = _____ minutes

Answer: 360

Explanation:
Converting from hours to minutes
1 hour = 60 minutes
6 hours = 6 × 60 minutes = 360 minutes

Question 8.
2 days = _____ hours

Answer: 48

Explanation:
Converting from days to hours.
1 day = 24 hours
2 days = 2 × 24 hours = 48 hours

Lesson 12.10

Add or subtract.

Question 9.
3 ft 8 in.
+ 1 ft 2 in.
————–
_____ ft _____ in.

Answer: 4 ft 10 in.

Explanation:
3 ft 8 in.
+ 1 ft 2 in.
4 ft 10 in

Question 10.
9 lb 6 oz
– 4 lb 2 oz
————–
_____ lb _____ oz

Answer: 5 lb 4 oz.

Explanation:
9 lb 6 oz
– 4 lb 2 oz
5 lb 4 oz

Question 11.
5 gal 2 qt
– 1 gal 3 qt
————–
_____ gal _____ qt

Answer: 3 gal 3 qt

Explanation:
Borrow one gallon and convert it into quarts.
4 gal 6 qt
– 1 gal 3 qt
3 gal 3 qt

Question 12.
7 hr 10 min
– 3 hr 40 min
————–
_____ hr _____ min

Answer: 3 hr 30 min

Explanation:
Borrow one hour and convert it into minutes.
6 hr 70 min
– 3 hr 40 min
3 hr 30 min

Lessons 12.9 and 12.11

Question 13.
Rick needs to be at school at 8:15 A.M. It takes him 20 minutes to walk to school. At what time does he need to leave to get to school on time?
_____ : _____ A.M.

Answer: 7 : 55 A.M

Explanation:
Given,
Rick needs to be at school at 8:15 A.M. It takes him 20 minutes to walk to school.
Subtract 20 mins from 8:15 A.M
8 hr 15 min
– 0 hr 20 min
Borrow 1 hour and convert it to minutes
7 hr 75 min
– 0 hr 20 min
7 : 55 A.M

Question 14.
Sunny’s gymnastics class lasts 1 hour 20 minutes. The class starts at 3:50 P.M. At what time does the gymnastics class end?
_____ : _____ P.M.

Answer: 5 : 10 P.M

Explanation:
Given,
Sunny’s gymnastics class lasts 1 hour 20 minutes. The class starts at 3:50 P.M.
3 hr 50 min
+1 hr 20 min
5 hr 10 min
Thus the gymnastics class ends at 5:10 P.M.

Question 15.
David made a table to relate two customary units. Label the columns of the table.

Question 15.

_________ _________
1 16
2 32
3 48
4 64
5 80

Answer:
The label for the columns of the table is shown below:

Pounds Ounces
1 16
2 32
3 48
4 64
5 80

Conclusion:

I wish the solutions provided in this article are clear and simple. Feel free to clarify your doubts by posting your comments in the below comment section. Also, get the link of Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units here. All the best!!!

go-math-grade-4-answer-key-chapter-9-relate-fractions-and-decimals-homework-practice-fl

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals contains the topics like Relate Tenths and Decimals, Hundredths and Decimals, Equivalent Fractions, and Decimals, Relate Fractions, Decimals, and Money, Add Fractional Parts of 10 and 100, etc. We have provided solutions for each and every question in an easy manner.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals

I know it is tough for the parents to teach maths to 4th-grade students. So, Download our Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals pdf and start your homework. Tap the link to get the solutions according to the topics. This online learning helps the students to enhance their math skills.

Browse Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals on Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key. Students of 4th grade can understand the notation of fractions and decimals with the help of our HMH Go Math Answer Key Grade 4 Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals.

Lesson: 1 – Relate Tenths and Decimals

Lesson: 2 – Relate Hundredths and Decimals

Lesson: 3 – Equivalent Fractions and Decimals

Lesson: 4 – Relate Fractions, Decimals, and Money

Lesson: 5 – Problem Solving Money

Lesson: 6 – Add Fractional Parts of 10 and 100

Lesson: 7 – Compare Decimals

Lesson: 8

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 171

Relate Tenths and Decimals

Write the fraction or mixed number and the decimal shown by the model.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 1

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 2
Type below:
_________
Answer:
1 2/10

Explanation:
The model is divided into 10 equal parts. Each part represents one-tenth.
1 2/10 is 1 whole and 2 tenths.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 3
Type below:
_________

Answer:
2 3/10 = 2.3

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Common Core Image 1 499
By seeing the above number line we can say that the decimal is 2.3

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 4
Type below:
_________

Answer:
4810 = 4.8

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Common Core Image 2 499

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{10}\)
_____

Answer:
0.4

Explanation:
Write down 4 with the decimal point 1 space from the right (because 10 has 1 zero)
0.4
The decimal form for the fraction \(\frac{4}{10}\) is 0.4

Question 6.
3 \(\frac{1}{10}\)
_____

Answer:
3.1

Explanation:
Multiply 3 x 10 = 30.
Add 30 + 1 = 31.
So, 31/10.
Write down 31 with the decimal point 1 space from the right (because 10 has 1 zero)
3.1

Question 7.
\(\frac{7}{10}\)
_____

Answer:
0.7

Explanation:
Write down 7 with the decimal point 1 space from the right (because 10 has 1 zero)
0.7
The decimal form for the fraction \(\frac{7}{10}\) is 0.7

Question 8.
6 \(\frac{5}{10}\)
_____

Answer:
6.5

Explanation:
Multiply 6 x 10 = 60.
Add 60 + 5 = 65.
So, 65/10.
Write down 35 with the decimal point 1 space from the right (because 10 has 1 zero)
6.5

Question 9.
\(\frac{9}{10}\)
_____

Answer:
0.9

Explanation:
Write down 9 with the decimal point 1 space from the right (because 10 has 1 zero)
0.9
The decimal form for the fraction \(\frac{9}{10}\) is 0.9

Problem Solving

Question 10.
There are 10 sports balls in the equipment closet. Three are kickballs. Write the portion of the balls that are kickballs as a fraction, as a decimal, and in word form.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
3/10 = 0.3 = three tenths

Explanation:
Given,
There are 10 sports balls in the equipment closet.
Three are kickballs.
So, 3/10 kickballs are available.

Question 11.
Peyton has 2 pizzas. Each pizza is cut into 10 equal slices. She and her friends eat 14 slices. What part of the pizzas did they eat? Write your answer as a decimal.
_________

Answer:
1.4 pizzas

Explanation:
Peyton has 2 pizzas. Each pizza is cut into 10 equal slices.
So, total number of slices = 2 x 10 = 20.
She and her friends eat 14 slices.
So, they ate 1 whole pizza and 4 parts out of 10 slices in the second pizza.
1 4/10 = 14/10 = 1.4 pizzas.
Therefore the decimal form of the part of the pizzas they eat is 1.4 pizzas.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 172

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Valerie has 10 CDs in her music case. Seven of the CDs are pop music CDs. What is this amount written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 70.0
b. 7.0
c. 0.7
d. 0.07

Answer:
c. 0.7

Explanation:
Valerie has 10 CDs in her music case. Seven of the CDs are pop music CDs.
Seven CDs out of 10 CDs = 7/10 =0.7
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Which decimal amount is modeled below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 5
Options:
a. 140.0
b. 14.0
c. 1.4
d. 0.14

Answer:
c. 1.4

Explanation:
1 4/10
Multiply 10 x 1 = 10.
Add 10 + 4 = 14.
So, 14/10 = 1.4.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which number is a factor of 13?
Options:
a. 1
b. 3
c. 4
d. 7

Answer:
a. 1

Explanation:
13 has 1 and 13 as its factors.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 4.
An art gallery has 18 paintings and 4 photographs displayed in equal rows on a wall, with the same number of each type of art in each row. Which of the following could be the number of rows?
Options:
a. 2 rows
b. 3 rows
c. 4 rows
d. 6 rows

Answer:
a. 2 rows

Explanation:
An art gallery has 18 paintings and 4 photographs displayed in equal rows on a wall, with the same number of each type of art in each row. So, 18 paintings and 4 photographs need to be divided into equal parts.
18/2 = 9; 4/2 = 2.
2 rows can be possible with 9 pictures and 2 pictures in each row.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
How do you write the mixed number shown as a fraction greater than 1?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 6
Options:
a. \(\frac{32}{5}\)
b. \(\frac{14}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{6}{4}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{4}\)

Answer:
b. 14/4
Explanation:
324 = 14/4. 14 divided by 4 is equal to 3 with a remainder of 2. The 3 is greater than 1. So, 14/4 > 1.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Which of the following models has an amount shaded that is equivalent to the fraction \(\frac{1}{5}\)?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 7
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 8
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 9
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 10

Answer:
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 9

Explanation:
a. 2/3
b. 5/10 = 1/2
c. 2/10 = 1/5
d. 1/10
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 173

Relate Hundredths and Decimals

Write the fraction or mixed number and the decimal shown by the model.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 11

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 12
Type below:
_________

Answer:
29/100 = 0.29

Explanation:
0.20 names the same amount as 20/100.
So, the given point is at 29/100 = 0.29

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 13
Type below:
_________

Answer:
1 54/100 = 1.54

Explanation:
From the given image, one model is one whole and another model 54 boxes shaded out of 100. So, the answer is 1 54/100 = 1.54

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 14
Type below:
_________

Answer:
4 62/100 = 4.62

Explanation:
4.60 names the same amount as 460100. So, the given point is at 4 62/100 = 4.62

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 5.
\(\frac{37}{100}\)
_____

Answer:
0.37

Explanation:
Write down 37 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). 0.37

Question 6.
8 \(\frac{11}{100}\)
_____

Answer:
8.11

Explanation:
8 11/100 = 811/100
Write down 811 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, 8.11 is the answer.

Question 7.
\(\frac{98}{100}\)
_____

Answer:
0.98

Explanation:
Write down 98 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). 0.98

Question 8.
25 \(\frac{50}{100}\)
_____

Answer:
25.50

Explanation:
25 50/100 = 2550/100
Write down 2550 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, 25.50 is the answer.

Question 9.
\(\frac{6}{100}\)
_____

Answer:
0.06

Explanation:
Write down 6 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). 0.06

Problem Solving

Question 10.
There are 100 pennies in a dollar. What fraction of a dollar is 61 pennies? Write it as a fraction, as a decimal, and in word form.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
61/100 pennies = 0.61 = sixty-one hundredths

Explanation:
There are 100 pennies in a dollar. So, for 61 pennies, there are 61100 pennies = 0.61 = sixty-one hundredths.

Question 11.
Kylee has collected 100 souvenir thimbles from different places she has visited with her family. Twenty of the thimbles are carved from wood. Write the fraction of thimbles that are wooden as a decimal.
_________

Answer:
It is easier to work with decimals then fractions because it is like adding whole numbers in a normal way.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 174

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which decimal represents the shaded section of the model below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 15
Options:
a. 830.0
b. 83.0
c. 8.30
d. 0.83

Answer:
d. 0.83

Explanation:
The model is divided into 100 equal parts. Each part represents one hundredth. 83 boxes are shaded out of 100.
So, the answer is 83/100 = 0.83
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
There were 100 questions on the unit test. Alondra answered 97 of the questions correctly. What decimal represents the fraction of questions Alondra answered correctly?
Options:
a. 0.97
b. 9.70
c. 90.70
d. 970.0

Answer:
a. 0.97

Explanation:
There were 100 questions on the unit test. Alondra answered 97 of the questions correctly. So, 97/100 questions answered correctly. = 0.97
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which is equivalent to \(\frac{7}{8}\) ?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{8}+\frac{3}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{8}+\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{2}{8}+\frac{2}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{8}+\frac{2}{8}+\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)

Answer:
c. 3/8+2/8+2/8
Explanation:
c. 3/8+2/8+2/8 = 7/8
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
What is \(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{6}{10}\)?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 16
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{4}{10}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Answer:
b. 3/10
Explanation:
9/10−6/10. From 9 parts, 6 parts are removed. So, remaining parts are 3.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Misha used 14 of a carton of 12 eggs to make an omelet. How many eggs did she use?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 6

Answer:
b. 3

Explanation:
Misha used 14 of a carton of 12 eggs to make an omelet. 14 x 12 = 3 eggs.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Kurt used the rule add 4, subtract 1 to generate a pattern. The first term in his pattern is 5. Which number could be in Kurt’s pattern?
Options:
a. 4
b. 6
c. 10
d. 14

Answer:
d. 14

Explanation:
Kurt used the rule add 4, subtract 1 to generate a pattern.
The first term in his pattern is 5.
The pattern numbers are 5, 8, 11, 14, 17, 20, etc.
So, the answer is 14.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 175

Equivalent Fractions and Decimals

Write the number as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{10}\)
\(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{5 \times 10}{10 \times 10}=\frac{50}{100}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 17
Think: 5 tenths is the same as 5 tenths and 0 hundredths. Write 0.50.

Question 2.
\(\frac{9}{10}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
90/100; 0.90

Explanation:
9/10 = 9×10/10×10 = 90/100
9 tenths is the same as 9 tenths and 0 hundredths. Write 0.90

Question 3.
0.2
Type below:
_________

Answer:
20100
0.20

Explanation:
2 tenths is the same as 2 tenths and 0 hundredths. Write 0.20.
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 6 509
2/10 = 2×10/10×10 = 20/100

Question 4.
0.8
Type below:
_________

Answer:
80100 = 0.80

Explanation:
8 tenths is the same as 8 tenths and 0 hundredths. Write 0.80.
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 5 509
8/10 = 8×10/10×10 = 80/100

Write the number as tenths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 5.
\(\frac{40}{100}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
4/10 = 0.4

Explanation:
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
40/100 = 40÷10/100÷10 = 4/10
= 0.4

Question 6.
\(\frac{10}{100}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
1/10 = 0.1

Explanation:
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
10/100 = 10÷10/100÷10 = 1/10
= 0.1

Question 7.
0.60
Type below:
_________

Answer:
6/10 = 0.6

Explanation:
0.60 is 60 hundredths.
60/100.
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
60/100 = 60÷10/100÷10 = 6/10
= 0.6

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Billy walks \(\frac{6}{10}\) mile to school each day. Write \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in fraction form and in decimal form.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
60100
0.60

Explanation:
Billy walks 6/10 mile to school each day.
6/10 = 6×10/10×10 = 60/100

Question 9.
Four states have names that begin with the letter A. This represents 0.08 of all the states. Write 0.08 as a fraction.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
8/100
Explanation:
0.08 is 8 hundredths. So, the fraction is 8/100

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 176

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The fourth-grade students at Harvest School make up 0.3 of all students at the school. Which fraction is equivalent to 0.3?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{30}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{33}{100}\)

Answer:
a. 3/10
Explanation:
0.3 is same as the 3 tenths.
So, the answer is 3/10
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 2.
Kyle and his brother have a marble set. Of the marbles, 12 are blue. This represents \(\frac{50}{100}\) of all the marbles. Which decimal is equivalent to \(\frac{50}{100}\)?
Options:
a. 50
b. 5.0
c. 0.50
d. 5,000

Answer:
c. 0.50

Explanation:

Write down 50 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros).
So, 0.50 is the answer.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jesse won his race by 3 \(\frac{45}{100}\) seconds. What is this number written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 0.345
b. 3.45
c. 34.5
d. 345

Answer:
b. 3.45

Explanation:
3 45/100 = 345/100. Write down 345 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, 3.45 is the answer.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 4.
Marge cut 16 pieces of tape for mounting pictures on poster board. Each piece of tape was \(\frac{3}{8}\) inch long. How much tape did Marge use?
Options:
a. 2 inches
b. 4 inches
c. 5 inches
d. 6 inches

Answer:
d. 6 inches

Explanation:
3/8 x 16 = 6 inches
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
Of Katie’s pattern blocks, \(\frac{9}{12}\) are triangles. What is \(\frac{9}{12}\) in simplest form?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{4}\)
d. \(\frac{9}{12}\)

Answer:
c. 3/4
Explanation:
9/12 is divided by 3. So, 3/4 is the answer.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
A number pattern has 75 as its first term. The rule for the pattern is subtract 6. What is the sixth term?
Options:
a. 39
b. 45
c. 51
d. 69

Answer:
b. 45

Explanation:
75 is the first term.
75 – 6 =69
69 – 6 = 63
63 – 6 = 57
57 – 6 = 51
51 – 6 = 45.
The sixth term is 45.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 177

Relate Fractions, Decimals, and Money

Write the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction or a mixed number and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 18

Answer:
$0.18 = 18/100 = 0.18

Explanation:
Given that 3 Pennies + 3 Nickels = 3/100 + 15/100 = 18/100

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 19
Type below:
_________

Answer:
$0.56 = 56/100 = 0.56

Explanation:
Given that 1 Quarter + 3 dime + 1 Pennies = 25/100 + 30/100 + 1/100 = 56/100

Write as a money amount and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 3.
\(\frac{25}{100}\)
Dollars: _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
Dollars: 1 quarter = $0.25; Decimal: 0.25

Explanation:
25 our of 100 dollars = 1 quarter.
So, 25/100 = 0.25

Question 4.
\(\frac{79}{100}\)
Dollars: _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.79 decimal: 0.79 of a dollar

Explanation:
79/100 = 0.79

Question 5.
\(\frac{31}{100}\)
Dollars: _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.31 decimal: 0.31 of a dollar

Explanation:
31/100 = 0.31

Question 6.
\(\frac{8}{100}\)
Dollars: _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.08 decimal: 0.08 of a dollar

Explanation:
81/00 = 0.08

Question 7.
\(\frac{42}{100}\)
Dollars: _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.42 decimal: 0.42 of a dollar

Explanation:
42/100 = 0.42

Write the money amount as a fraction in terms of dollars.

Question 8.
$0.87
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
87/100 of a dollar

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 1 517
$0.87 = 87 pennies
There are 100 pennies in 1 dollar.
So, $0.87 = 87/100 of a dollar.

Question 9.
$0.03
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
3/100
Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 2 517
$0.03 = 3 pennies
There are 100 pennies in 1 dollar.
So, $0.03 = 3/100.

Question 10.
$0.66
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
66/100

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 3 517
$0.66 = 66 pennies
There are 100 pennies in 1 dollar.
So, $0.66 = 66/100.

Question 11.
$0.95
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
95/100

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 4 517
$0.95 = 95 pennies
There are 100 pennies in 1 dollar.
So, $0.95 = 95/100.

Question 12.
$1.00
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
100/100

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 5 517
$1.00 = 1 dollar
There are 100 pennies in 1 dollar.
So, $1.00 = 100/100.

Write the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 13.
2 quarters 2 dimes
Type below:
_________

Answer:
money amount: $0.70; fraction: 70/100; decimal: 0.70

Explanation:
Given that 2 quarters 2 dimes = (2 x 25/100) + (2 x 10/100) = 50/100 + 20/100 = 70/100

Question 14.
3 dimes 4 pennies
Type below:
_________

Answer:
money amount: $0.34; fraction: 34/100; decimal: 0.34

Explanation:
Given that 3 dimes 4 pennies = (3 x 10/100) + (4 x 1/100) = 30/100 + 4/100 = 34/100

Question 15.
8 nickels 12 pennies
Type below:
_________

Answer:
money amount: $0.57; fraction: 57/100; decimal: 0.57

Explanation:
Given that 8 nickels 12 pennies = (8 x 5/100) + (12 x 1/100) = 45/100 + 12/100 = 57/100

Problem Solving

Question 16.
Kate has 1 dime, 4 nickels, and 8 pennies. Write Kate’s total amount as a fraction in terms of a dollar.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
fraction: 38/100
Explanation:
Kate has 1 dime, 4 nickels, and 8 pennies.
10/100 + (4 x 5/100) + (8/100) = 10/100 + 20/100 + 8/100 = 38/100

Question 17.
Nolan says he has \(\frac{75}{100}\) of a dollar. If he only has 3 coins, what are the coins?
__________

Answer:
3 quarters

Explanation:
3 quarters = 25/100 + 25/100 + 25/100 = 75/100

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 178

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which of the following names the total money amount shown as a fraction in terms of a dollar?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 20
Options:
a. \(\frac{43}{1}\)
b. \(\frac{43}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{43}{57}\)
d. \(\frac{43}{100}\)

Answer:
d. 43/100

Explanation:
Given that 1 quarter + 1 nickel + 1 dime + 3 pennies = 25/100 + 5/100 + 10/100 + 3/100 = 43/100
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
Crystal has \(\frac{81}{100}\) of a dollar. Which of the following could be the coins Crystal has?
Options:
a. 3 quarters, 1 dime, 1 penny
b. 2 quarters, 6 nickels, 1 penny
c. 2 quarters, 21 pennies
d. 1 quarter, 4 dimes, 1 nickel, 1 penny

Answer:
b. 2 quarters, 6 nickels, 1 penny

Explanation:
2 quarters, 6 nickels, 1 penny = (2 x 25/100) + (6 x 5/100) + 1/100 = 50/100 + 30/100 + 1/100 = 81/100
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Joel gives \(\frac{1}{3}\) of his baseball cards to his sister. Which fraction is equivalent to \(\frac{1}{3}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{5}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{8}{9}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Answer:
b. 2/6
Explanation:
2/6 is divided by 2. The remaining answer after the dividion is 1/3.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 4.
Penelope bakes pretzels. She salts \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the pretzels. Which fraction is equivalent to \(\frac{3}{8}\) ?
Options:
a. \(\frac{9}{24}\)
b. \(\frac{15}{20}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{16}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Answer:
a. 9/24
Explanation:
a. 9/24 is divided by 3. The remaining fraction after the division is 3/8.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
Which decimal is shown by the model?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 21
Options:
a. 10.0
b. 1.0
c. 0.1
d. 0.01

Answer:
d. 0.01

Explanation:
1 box is shaded out of 100. So, the fraction is 1/100 = 0.01.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
Mr. Guzman has 100 cows on his dairy farm. Of the cows, 57 are Holstein. What decimal represents the portion of cows that are Holstein?
Options:
a. 0.43
b. 0.57
c. 5.7
d. 57.0

Answer:
b. 0.57

Explanation:
Mr. Guzman has 100 cows on his dairy farm. Of the cows, 57 are Holstein. So, 57/100 Holstein cows are available.
57/100 = 0.57
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 179

Problem Solving Money

Use the act it out strategy to solve.

Question 1.
Carl wants to buy a bicycle bell that costs $4.50. Carl has saved $2.75 so far. How much more money does he need to buy the bell?
Use 4 $1 bills and 2 quarters to model $4.50. Remove bills and coins that have a value of $2.75. First, remove 2 $1 bills and 2 quarters.
Next, exchange one $1 bill for 4 quarters and remove 1 quarter.
Count the amount that is left. So, Carl needs to save $1.75 more.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 22

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 42

Question 2.
Together, Xavier, Yolanda, and Zachary have $4.44. If each person has the same amount, how much money does each person have?
$ _________

Answer:
$1.11

Explanation:
Together, Xavier, Yolanda, and Zachary have $4.44. If each person has the same amount, $4.44/4 = $1.11

Question 3.
Marcus, Nan, and Olive each have $1.65 in their pockets. They decide to combine the money. How much money do they have altogether?
$ _________

Answer:
$4.95

Explanation:
Marcus, Nan, and Olive each have $1.65 in their pockets. They decide to combine the money. So, $1.65 + $1.65 + $1.65 = $4.95

Question 4.
Jessie saves $6 each week. In how many weeks will she have saved at least $50?
_________ weeks

Answer:
9 weeks

Explanation:
Jessie saves $6 each week. To save $50, $50/$6 = 9 weeks (approximately)

Question 5.
Becca has $12 more than Cece. Dave has $3 less than Cece. Cece has $10. How much money do they have altogether?
$ _________

Answer:
$39

Explanation:
Cece has $10.
Becca has $12 more than Cece = $10 + $12 = $22.
Dave has $3 less than Cece = $10 – $3 = $7.
All together = $10 + $22 + $7 = $39.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 180

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Four friends earned $5.20 for washing a car. They shared the money equally. How much did each friend get?
Options:
a. $1.05
b. $1.30
c. $1.60
d. $20.80

Answer:
b. $1.30

Explanation:
Four friends earned $5.20 for washing a car. They shared the money equally.
$5.20/4 = $1.30
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
Which represents the value of one $1 bill and 5 quarters?
Options:
a. $1.05
b. $1.25
c. $1.50
d. $2.25

Answer:
d. $2.25

Explanation:
one $1 bill and 5 quarters. 5 quarters = 5 x 0.25 = 1.25.
$1 + $1.25 = $2.25
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Bethany has 9 pennies. What fraction of a dollar is this?
Options:
a. \(\frac{9}{100}\)
b. \(\frac{9}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{90}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{99}{100}\)

Answer:
a. 9/100

Explanation:
1 dollar = 100 pennies.
So, 9 pennies = 9/100 of a dollar
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 4.
Michael made \(\frac{9}{12}\) of his free throws at practice. What is \(\frac{9}{12}\) in simplest form?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{9}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
d. 3/4

Explanation:
9/12 is divided by 3 that is equal to d. 3/4.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
I am a prime number between 30 and 40. Which number could I be?
Options:
a. 31
b. 33
c. 36
d. 39

Answer:
a. 31

Explanation:
31 has fractions 1 and 31.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 6.
Georgette is using the benchmark \(\frac{1}{2}\) to compare fractions. Which statement is correct?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{8}>\frac{1}{2}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{5}<\frac{1}{2}\)
c. \(\frac{7}{12}<\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{9}{10}=\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer:
b. 2/5<1/2

Explanation:
From the given details, 2/5<1/2 is the correct answer.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 181

Add Fractional Parts of 10 and 100

Find the sum.

Question 1.
\(\frac{2}{10}+\frac{43}{100}\) Think: Write \(\frac{2}{10}\) as a fraction with a denominator of 100:
\(\frac{2 \times 10}{10 \times 10}=\frac{20}{100}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 23
Answer:
63/100

Explanation:
Think: Write 2/10 as a fraction with a denominator of 100:  2×10/10×10=20/100
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 49

Question 2.
\(\frac{17}{100}+\frac{6}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
77/100

Explanation:
17/100+6/10.
6×10/10×10=60/100
17/100+60/100 = 77/100

Question 3.
\(\frac{9}{100}+\frac{4}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)
Answer:
49/100
Explanation:
9/100+4/10.
4×10/10×10=40/100
9/100+40/100 = 49/100

Question 4.
\(\frac{7}{10}+\frac{23}{100}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
93/100

Explanation:
7/10+23/100.
7×10/10×10=70/100
70/100+23/100 = 93/100

Question 5.
$0.48 + $0.30
$ _____

Answer:
$0.78

Explanation:
Think $0.48 as 48/100.
Think $0.30 as 30/100.
48/100+30/100 = 78/100 = $0.78

Question 6.
$0.25 + $0.34
$ _____

Answer:
$0.59

Explanation:
Think $0.25 as 25/100.
Think $0.34 as 34/100.
25/100+34/100 = 59/100 = $0.59

Question 7.
$0.66 + $0.06
$ _____

Answer:
$0.72

Explanation:
Think $0.66 as 66/100.
Think $0.06 as 6/100.
66/100+6/100 = 72/100 = $0.72

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Ned’s frog jumped \(\frac{38}{100}\) meter. Then his frog jumped \(\frac{4}{10}\) meter. How far did Ned’s frog jump in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
78/100 meter

Explanation:
Ned’s frog jumped 38/100 meter. Then his frog jumped 4/10 meter.
So, together 38/100 + 4/10 jumped.
4/10 = 4×10/10×10=40/100.
38/100 + 40/100 = 78/100.

Question 9.
Keiko walks \(\frac{5}{10}\) kilometer from school to the park. Then she walks \(\frac{19}{100}\) kilometer from the park to her home. How far does Keiko walk in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
69/100 kilometer

Explanation:
Keiko walks 5/10 kilometer from school to the park. Then she walks 19/100 kilometer from the park to her home.
Total = 5/10 + 19/100 kilometer.
5/10 = 5×10/10×10=50/100.
50/100 + 19/100 = 69/100.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 182

Lesson Check

Question 1.
In a fish tank, \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the fish were orange and \(\frac{5}{100}\) of the fish were striped. What fraction of the fish were orange or striped?
Options:
a. \(\frac{7}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{52}{100}\)
c. \(\frac{25}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{7}{100}\)

Answer:
c. 25/100

Explanation:
In a fish tank, 2/10 of the fish were orange and 5/100 of the fish were striped.
To find the raction of the fish were orange or striped Add 2/10 and 5/100.
2/10 = 2×10/10×10=20/100.
20/100 + 5/100 = 25/100.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Greg spends $0.45 on an eraser and $0.30 on a pen. How much money does Greg spend in all?
Options:
a. $3.45
b. $0.75
c. $0.48
d. $0.15

Answer:
b. $0.75

Explanation:
Think $0.45 as 45/100.
Think $0.30 as 30/100.
45/100+30/100 = 75/100 = $0.75.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Phillip saves $8 each month. How many months will it take him to save at least $60?
Options:
a. 6 months
b. 7 months
c. 8 months
d. 9 months

Answer:
c. 8 months

Explanation:
Phillip saves $8 each month.
To save at least $60, 60/8 = 8 months (approximately).
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Ursula and Yi share a submarine sandwich. Ursula eats \(\frac{2}{8}\) of the sandwich. Yi eats \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the sandwich. How much of the sandwich do the two friends eat?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{8}\)

Answer:
c. 5/8

Explanation:
Ursula and Yi share a submarine sandwich. Ursula eats 2/8 of the sandwich. Yi eats 3/8 of the sandwich.
Two friends eat 2/8 + 3/8 = 5/8
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 5.
A carpenter has a board that is 8 feet long. He cuts off two pieces. One piece is 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet long and the other is 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet long. How much of the board is left?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet
b. 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet
d. 3 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet

Answer:
a. 2 1/6
Explanation:
3 1/2 = 7/2.
2 1/3 = 7/3.
A carpenter has a board that is 8 feet long. He cuts off two pieces. One piece is 3 1/2 feet long and the other is 2 1/3 feet long.
7/2 + 7/3 = 7×3/2×3+\(7×2/3×2=[latex]2/16 + 14/6 = 35/6 = 5 5/6.
He left 8 – 55/6.
7 6/6 – 5 5/6 = 2 1/6
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 6.
Jeff drinks [latex]\frac{2}{3}\) of a glass of juice. Which fraction is equivalent to \(\frac{2}{3}\) ?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{2}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{8}{12}\)

Answer:
d. 8/12
Explanation:
8/12 is divided by 4. So, 8/12 = 2/3.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 183

Compare Decimals

Compare. Write <. >, or =.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 24
Think: 3 tenths is less than 5 tenths. So, 0.35 < 0.53

Answer:
0.35 < 0.53

Explanation:
3 tenths is less than 5 tenths. So, 0.35 < 0.53

Question 2.
0.6 ____ 0.60

Answer:
0.6 = 0.60

Explanation:
0.6 is 6 tenths can write as 6 tenths and 0 hundredths. So, 0.6 = 0.60.

Question 3.
0.24 ____ 0.31

Answer:
0.24 < 0.31

Explanation:
2 tenths is less than 3 tenths. So, 0.24 < 0.31.

Question 4.
0.94 ____ 0.9

Answer:
0.94 > 0.9

Explanation:
The digits of tenths are equal. So, compare hundredths. 4 hundredths is greater than 0 hundredths. So, 0.94 > 0.9.

Question 5.
0.3 ____ 0.32

Answer:
0.3 < 0.32

Explanation:
The digits of tenths are equal. So, compare hundredths. 0 hundredths is less than 2 hundredths. So, 0.3 < 0.32.

Question 6.
0.45 ____ 0.28

Answer:
0.45 > 0.28

Explanation:
4 tenths is greater than 2 tenths. So, 0.45 > 0.28.

Question 7.
0.39 ____ 0.93

Answer:
0.39 < 0.93

Explanation:
3 tenths is less than 9 tenths. So, 0.39 < 0.93.

Use the number line to compare. Write true or false.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 25

Question 8.
0.8 > 0.78
_____

Answer:
true

Explanation:
0.78 is in between 0.7 and 0.8 that is less than 0.8. So, 0.8 > 0.78.

Question 9.
0.4 > 0.84
_____

Answer:
false

Explanation:
0.4 is less than 0.84 and the left side of the number line. So, 0.4 < 0.84. The answer is false.

Question 10.
0.7 < 0.70
_____

Answer:
false

Explanation:
0.7 is 7 tenths and 70 hundredths. 0.7 = 0.70. So, the answer is false.

Question 11.
0.4 > 0.04
_____

Answer:
true

Explanation:
0.04 is less than 0.4 and it is left side of the 0.1 on the number line. 0.1 is less than 0.4. So, the given answer is true.

Compare. Write true or false.

Question 12.
0.09 > 0.1
_____

Answer:
false

Explanation:
0 tenths is less than 1 tenths. So, 0.09 < 0.1. So, the answer is false.

Question 13.
0.24 = 0.42
_____

Answer:
false

Explanation:
2 tenths is less than 4 tenths. So, 0.24 < 0.42. So, the answer is false.

Question 14.
0.17 < 0.32
_____

Answer:
true

Explanation:
1 tenth is less than 3 tenths. So, 0.17 < 0.32. So, the answer is true.

Question 15.
0.85 > 0.82
_____

Answer:
true

Explanation:
The digits of tenths are equal. So, compare hundredths. 5 hundredths is greater than 2 hundredths. So, 0.85 > 0.82.

Question 16.
Kelly walks 0.7 mile to school. Mary walks 0.49 mile to school. Write an inequality using <, > or = to compare the distances they walk to school.
0.7 _____ 0.49

Answer:
0.7 > 0.49

Explanation:
7 tenths is greater than 4 tenths. So, 0.7 > 0.49.

Question 17.
Tyrone shades two decimal grids. He shades 0.03 of the squares on one grid blue. He shades 0.3 of another grid red. Which grid has the greater part shaded?
0.03 _____ 0.3

Answer:
0.03 < 0.3

Explanation:
0.03 is 3 hundredths.
0.3 is 3 tenths, which is equal to 30 hundredths.
3 hundredths < 30 hundredths. So, 0.03 < 0.3.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 184

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Bob, Cal, and Pete each made a stack of baseball cards. Bob’s stack was 0.2 meter high. Cal’s stack was 0.24 meter high. Pete’s stack was 0.18 meter high.
Which statement is true?
Options:
a. 0.02 > 0.24
b. 0.24 > 0.18
c. 0.18 > 0.2
d. 0.24 = 0.2

Answer:
b. 0.24 > 0.18

Explanation:
2 tenths is greater than 1 tenth. So, 0.24 > 0.18.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
Three classmates spent money at the school supplies store. Mark spent 0.5 dollar, Andre spent 0.45 dollar, and Raquel spent 0.52 dollar. Which
statement is true?
Options:
a. 0.45 > 0.5
b. 0.52 < 0.45
c. 0.5 = 0.52
d. 0.45 < 0.5

Answer:
d. 0.45 < 0.5

Explanation:
4 tenths is less than 5 tenth. So, 0.45 > 0.5.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Pedro has $0.35 in his pocket. Alice has $0.40 in her pocket. How much money do Pedro and Alice have in their pockets altogether?
Options:
a. $0.05
b. $0.39
c. $0.75
d. $0.79

Answer:
c. $0.75

Explanation:
Pedro has $0.35 in his pocket. Alice has $0.40 in her pocket.
Together = $0.35 + $0.40 = $0.75.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
The measure 62 centimeters is equivalent to \(\frac{62}{100}\) meter. What is this measure written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 62.0 meters
b. 6.2 meters
c. 0.62 meter
d. 0.6 meter

Answer:
c. 0.62 meter

Explanation:
The decimal form of 62/100 = 0.62 meter.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 5.
Joel has 24 sports trophies. Of the trophies, \(\frac{1}{8}\) are soccer trophies. How many soccer trophies does Joel have?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 6

Answer:
b. 3

Explanation:
Joel has 24 sports trophies. Of the trophies, 18 are soccer trophies.
So, 18 × 24 = 3 soccer trophies.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Molly’s jump rope is 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)feet long. Gail’s jump rope is 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)feet long. How much longer is Molly’s jump rope?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
b. 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
d. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet

Answer:
b. 1 2/3 feet

Explanation:
6 1/3 feet = 193 feet.
4 2/3 feet = 143 feet.
19/3 – 14/3 = 5/3 feet = b. 1 2/3 feet.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 185

Lessons 9.1 –9.2

Write the fraction or mixed number and the decimal shown by the model.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 26
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 1

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 27
Type below:
_________

Answer:
1 2/10

Explanation:
The model is divided into 10 equal parts. Each part represents one-tenth.
1 2/10 is 1 whole and 2 tenths.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 28
Type below:
_________

Answer:
2 3/10 = 2.3

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Common Core Image 1 499

Lesson 9.3

Write the number as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 4.
\(\frac{8}{10}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
80/100
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 5 509
0.8

Explanation:
Write 8/10 as an equivalent fraction.
8/10 =8×10/10×10 = 80/100
8 tenths is the same as 8 tenths 0 hundredths. So the decimal form = 0.8

Question 5.
0.1
Type below:
_________

Answer:
50/100
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 7 509

0.50

Explanation:
Write 0.1 = 1/10 as an equivalent fraction.
1/10 =1×10/10×10 = 10/100
1 tenth is the same as 1 tenth 0 hundredths and also 0.1

Question 6.
\(\frac{3}{10}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade-4-chapter-9-Relate-Fractions-and-Decimals-Image-7-509

Write 0.1 = 1/10 as an equivalent fraction.
3/10 =3×10/10×10 = 30/100
3 tenth is the same as 3 tenth 0 hundredths and also 0.3

Write the number as tenths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 7.
\(\frac{60}{100}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
6/10
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 8 509
0.6

Explanation:
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
60/100 = 60÷10/100÷10 = 6/10
0.6
Thus the decimal form of the fraction \(\frac{60}{100}\) is 0.6

Question 8.
\(\frac{70}{100}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade-4-chapter-9-Relate-Fractions-and-Decimals-Image-7-509-2

Explanation:
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
70/100 = 70÷10/100÷10 = 7/10
0.7
Thus the decimal form of the fraction \(\frac{70}{100}\) is 0.7

Question 9.
0.20
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{20}{100}\)

Explanation:
The fraction form of 0.20 is \(\frac{20}{100}\)

Lesson 9.4

Write as a money amount and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 10.
\(\frac{30}{100}\)
Dollars: $ _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.3 decimal: 0.3 of a dollar

Explanation:
30/100 = 0.3
Thus the decimal form of the fraction \(\frac{30}{100}\) is 0.3

Question 11.
\(\frac{91}{100}\)
Dollars: $ _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.91 decimal: 0.91 of a dollar

Explanation:
91/100 = 0.91
Thus the decimal form of the fraction \(\frac{91}{100}\) is 0.91

Question 12.
\(\frac{5}{100}\)
Dollars: $ _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.05 decimal: 0.05 of a dollar

Explanation:
5/100 = 0.05
Thus the decimal form of the fraction \(\frac{5}{100}\) is 0.05

Write the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 13.
4 dimes, 9 pennies

Answer:
money amount: $0.49; fraction: 49/100; decimal: 0.49

Explanation:
Given that 4 dimes 9 pennies = (4 x 10/100) + (9 x 1/100) = 40/100 + 9/100 = 49/100

Question 14.
3 quarters, 1 dime

Answer:
money amount: $0.85; fraction: 85/100; decimal: 0.85

Explanation:
Given that 3 quarters 1 dime = (3 x 25/100) + (1 x 10/100) = 75/100 + 10/100 = 85/100

Question 15.
7 nickels, 2 pennies

Answer:
money amount: $0.37; fraction: 37100; decimal: 0.37

Explanation:
Given that 7 nickels 2 pennies = (7 x 5/100) + (2 x 1/100) = 35/100 + 2/100 = 37/100

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 186

Lesson 9.5

Question 1.
Camila, Jocelyn, and Audrey each earned $2.55. How much did the three girls earn altogether?
$ _____

Answer: $7.65

Explanation:
Given Camila, Jocelyn, and Audrey each earned $2.55
so Multiply $2.55 with 3 = 3 × $2.55
we get three girls to earn altogether is $7.65

Question 2.
Elijah, Xavier, and Adrian earned a total of $8.34. The boys shared the earnings equally. How much did each boy get?
$ _____

Answer: $2.78

Explanation:
Given Elijah, Xavier, and Adrian earned a total of $8.34
so divide the total of $8.34 by 3 = 8.34/3
then we get the boys shared the earnings equally is $2.78

Question 3.
Anthony saves $7 each week. In how many weeks will he have saved at least $40?
_____ weeks

Answer: 6 weeks

Explanation:
Given that,
Anthony saves $7 each week.
We have to find how many weeks will he have saved at least $40
$40/$7 = 6 (approx).
Thus it takes 6 weeks to save at least $40.

Question 4.
Brianna has $2 less than Victoria. Victoria has $11 more than Damian. Damian has $6. How much money do they have in all?
$ _____

Answer: $38

Explanation:
Given,
Brianna has $2 less than Victoria. Victoria has $11 more than Damian.
This means that Victoria has 11 more than Damian, and since Damian has 6, Victoria has 17. Plug this into the fact that Brianna has 2 less than Victoria, or 15, to get 6 + 17 + 15 = 38 dollars.

Lesson 9.6

Find the sum.

Question 5.
\(\frac{6}{10}+\frac{39}{100}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
99/100
Explanation:
6/10+39/100.
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
6/10 = 6X10/10X10 = 60/100.
60/100+39/100 = 99/100

Question 6.
\(\frac{14}{100}+\frac{8}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
94/100
Explanation:
14/100+8/10.
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
8/10 = 8X10/10X10 = 80/100.
14/100+80/100 = 94/100.

Question 7.
\(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{18}{100}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
58/100

Explanation:
4/10+18/100.
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
4/10 = 4X10/10X10 = 40/100.
18/100+40/100 = 58/100

Question 8.
\(\frac{5}{10}+\frac{16}{100}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
58/100

Explanation:
5/10+16/100.
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
5/10 = 5X10/10X10 = 50/100.
16/100+50/100 = 66/100

Question 9.
$0.43 + $0.20
$ _____

Answer:
$0.63

Explanation:
Think 0.43 as 43 hundredths = 43/100.
Think 0.20 as 20 hundredths = 20/100.
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
43/100 + 20/100 = 63/100 = 0.63

Question 10.
$0.07 + $0.35
$ _____

Answer:
$0.42

Explanation:
Think 0.07 as 07 hundredths = 7/100.
Think 0.35 as 35 hundredths = 35/100.
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
7/100 + 35/100 = 42/100 = 0.42

Question 11.
$0.80 + $0.15 =
$ _____

Answer:
$0.95

Explanation:
Think 0.80 as 80 hundredths = 80/100.
Think 0.15 as 15 hundredths = 15/100.
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
80/100 + 15/100 = 95/100 = 0.95

Question 12.
$0.52 + $0.28
$ _____

Answer:
$0.80

Explanation:
Think 0.52 as 52 hundredths = 52/100.
Think 0.28 as 28 hundredths = 28/100.
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
52/100 + 28/100 = 80/100 = 0.80

Lesson 9.7

Compare. Write<, >, or =.

Question 13.
0.3 _____ 0.39

Answer:
0.3 < 0.39.

Explanation:
0.3 is 3 tenths, which is equivalent to 30 hundredths.
0.39 is 39 hundredths.
30 hundredths < 39 hundredths. So, 0.3 < 0.39.

Question 14.
0.9 _____ 0.90

Answer:
0.9 = 0.90

Explanation:
0.9 is 9 tenths, which is equivalent to 90 hundredths.
0.90 is 90 hundredths.
90 hundredths = 90 hundredths. So, 0.9 = 0.90.

Question 15.
0.54 _____ 0.45

Answer:
0.54 > 0.45

Explanation:
0.54 is 5.4 tenths, which is equivalent to 54 hundredths.
0.45 is 45 hundredths.
54 hundredths > 45 hundredths. So, 0.54 > 0.45.

Question 16.
0.04 _____ 0.06

Answer:
0.04 < 0.06

Explanation:
0.04 is 0.4 tenths, which is equivalent to 4 hundredths.
0.06 is 0.6 hundredths.
0.4 hundredths < 0.6 hundredths. So, 0.04 < 0.06

Question 17.
0.7 _____ 0.70

Answer:
0.7 = 0.70

Explanation:
0.7 is 7 tenths, which is equivalent to 70 hundredths.
0.70 is 70 hundredths.
70 hundredths = 70 hundredths. So, 0.7 = 0.70.

Question 18.
0.36 _____ 0.51

Answer:
0.36 < 0.51.

Explanation:
0.36 is 3.6 tenths, which is equivalent to 36 hundredths.
0.51 is 51 hundredths.
36 hundredths < 51 hundredths. So, 0.36 < 0.51.

Question 19.
0.8 _____ 0.67

Answer:
0.8 > 0.67.

Explanation:
0.8 is 8.0 tenths, which is equivalent to 80 hundredths.
0.67 is 67 hundredths.
80 hundredths > 67 hundredths. So, 0.80 > 0.67.

Question 20.
0.63 _____ 0.48

Answer:
0.63 > 0.48.

Explanation:
0.63 is 6.3 tenths, which is equivalent to 63 hundredths.
0.48 is 48 hundredths.
63 hundredths > 48 hundredths. So,0.63 > 0.48.

Compare. Write true or false.

Question 21.
0.32 > 0.23
_____

Answer:
True

Explanation:
0.32 is Greater than 0.23 and the left side of the number line. So, 0.32 < 0.23. The answer is True.

Question 22.
0.86 = 0.9
_____

Answer:
false

Explanation:
86 tenths is less than 90 tenths. So, 0.86 < 0.9. So, the answer is false.

Question 23.
0.68 < 0.83
_____

Answer:
true

Explanation:
6 tenths is less than 8 tenths. So, 0.68 < 0.83. So, the answer is true.

Question 24.
0.97 > 0.94
_____

Answer: true

Explanation:
The digits of tenths are equal. So, compare hundredths. 7 hundredths is greater than 4 hundredths.
So, the answer is 0.97 > 0.94.

Conclusion:

The best outcomes come to your fingertips with Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key. Make use of the links for easy solving with the help of Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals. Students can learn the best tricks to solve the questions and become a master in maths. Best Of Luck!!!!

go-math-grade-4-answer-key-chapter-12-relative-sizes-of-measurement-units-review-test

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review/Test

Enhance your math skills by referring to the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review/Test. With the help of this HMH Go Math Grade 4 Review/Test Answer Key you score good marks in the exam.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review/Test

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Review/Test covers all the topics in Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units. Test the knowledge of your child by giving the question from Review/Test. Just click on the link and Download Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review/Test pdf.

Chapter 12 – Review/Test

Review/Test – Page No. 491

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review Test img 1

Question 1.
A ___________ is a metric unit for measuring length or distance.
________

Answer: millimeter
A millimeter is a metric unit for measuring length or distance.

Question 2.
A ___________ is a metric unit for measuring liquid volume.
________

Answer: milliliter
A milliliter is a metric unit for measuring liquid volume.

Question 3.
A ___________ is a graph that shows the frequency of data along a number line.
________

Answer: line plot
A line plot is a graph that shows the frequency of data along a number line.

Question 4.
A ___________ is a customary unit for measuring liquid volume.
________

Answer: quart
A quart is a customary unit for measuring liquid volume.

Complete.

Question 5.
9 feet = _____ inches

Answer: 108 inches

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches
1 feet = 12 inches
9 feet = 9 × 12 inches = 108 inches
Thus 9 feet = 108 inches

Question 6.
7 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 14,000 pounds

Explanation:
Converting from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
7 tons = 7 × 2000 pounds = 14,000 pounds
Thus 7 tons = 14,000 pounds

Question 7.
10 pints = _____ cups

Answer: 20 cups

Explanation:
Converting from pints to cups.
1 pint = 2 cups
10 pints = 10 × 2 cups = 20 cups
Thus 10 pints = 20 cups

Question 8.
4 decimeters = _____ centimeters

Answer: 40 centimeters

Explanation:
Converting from decimeters to centimeters.
1 decimeter = 10 centimeter
4 decimeters = 4 × 10 centimeter = 40 centimeters
Thus 4 decimeters = 40 centimeters

Question 9.
8 liters = _____ milliliters

Answer: 8000 millimeters

Explanation:
Converting from liters to milliliters.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
8 liters = 8 × 1000 milliliters
= 8000 milliliters
Thus 8 liters = 8000 milliliters

Question 10.
5 weeks = _____ days

Answer: 35 days

Explanation:
Converting from weeks to days.
1 week = 7 days
5 weeks = 5 × 7 days = 35 days
Thus 5 weeks = 35 days

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 11.
3 yards _____ 36 inches

Answer: >

Explanation:
Converting from yards to inches.
1 yard = 36 inches
3 yards = 108 inches
Thus 3 yards > 36 inches

Question 12.
10 cups _____ 80 fluid ounces

Answer: =

Explanation:
Converting from cups to fluid ounces.
1 cup = 8 fluid ounces
10 cups = 8 × 10 = 80 fluid oiunces
Thus 10 cups = 80 fluid ounces

Question 13.
4 pounds _____ 96 ounces

Answer: <

Explanation:
Converting from pounds to ounces.
1 pound = 16 ounces
4 pounds = 4 × 16 ounces = 64 ounces
64 ounces is less than 96 ounces
Thus, 4 pounds < 96 ounces

Question 14.
8 meters _____ 700 centimeters

Answer: >

Explanation:
Converting from meters to centimeters.
1 meter = 100 centimeters
8 meters = 8 × 100 centimeters = 800 centimeters
800 centimeters is greater than 700 centimeters.
Thus, 8 meters > 700 centimeters

Question 15.
6 liters _____ 6,500 milliliters

Answer: <

Explanation:
Converting from liters to milliliters.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
6 liters = 6 × 1000 milliliters
6000 milliliters is less than 6500 milliliters.
Thus, 6 liters < 6,500 milliliters.

Question 16.
9 kilograms _____ 9,000 grams

Answer: =

Explanation:
Converting from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
9 kilograms = 9 × 1000 grams = 9000 grams
9 kilograms = 9,000 grams

Add or subtract.

Question 17.
8 hr 30 min
− 6 hr 25 min
————————–
_____ hr _____ min

Answer: 2 hr 5 min

Explanation:
8 hr 30 min
-6 hr 25 min
2 hr 5 min

Question 18.
7 c 4 fl oz
+4 c 3 fl oz
———————–
_____ c _____ fl oz

Answer: 11c 7 fl oz

Explanation:
7 c 4 fl oz
+4 c 3 fl oz
11 c 7 fl oz.

Question 19.
9 yd 1 ft
−5 yd 2 ft
———————–
_____ yd _____ ft

Answer: 3 yd 2 ft

Explanation:
First, convert from the yard to feet.
1 yard = 3 ft
9 yd 1 ft = 8 yd 4 ft
8 yd 4 ft
-5 yd 2 ft
3 yd 2 ft

Review/Test – Page No. 492

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 20.
Maya’s band rehearsal started at 10:30 A.M. It ended 1 hour and 40 minutes later. At what time did Maya’s band rehearsal end?
Options:
a. 12:10 A.M.
b. 8:50 A.M.
c. 12:10 P.M.
d. 11:10 P.M.

Answer: 12:10 P.M.

Explanation:
Given,
Maya’s band rehearsal started at 10:30 A.M. It ended 1 hour and 40 minutes later.
10 hr 30 min
+1 hr 40 min
11 hr 70 min
Now convert 70 min to hours.
70 min = 1 hr 10 min
11 hr 70 min = 12:10 P.M.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 21.
Darlene is making punch. She pours 4 quarts 2 cups of apple juice into a bowl. Then she pours 3 quarts 1 cup of grape juice into the bowl. How much juice is in the bowl now?
Options:
a. 1 quart 1 cup
b. 7 quarts 1 cup
c. 7 quarts 3 cups
d. 8 quarts 1 cup

Answer: 7 quarts 3 cups

Explanation:
Given,
Darlene is making punch. She pours 4 quarts 2 cups of apple juice into a bowl.
Then she pours 3 quarts 1 cup of grape juice into the bowl.
4 quarts 2 cups
+3 quarts 1 cup
7 quarts 3 cups
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 22.
Kainoa bought a brick of modeling clay that was labeled 2 kilograms. He needs to separate the clay into balls that are measured in grams. How many grams does he have?
Options:
a. 20 grams
b. 200 grams
c. 2,000 grams
d. 20,000 grams

Answer: 2,000 grams

Explanation:
Given,
Kainoa bought a brick of modeling clay that was labeled 2 kilograms.
He needs to separate the clay into balls that are measured in grams.
Convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
2 kilograms = 2 × 1000 grams = 2000 grams
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 23.
A truck driver’s truck weighs 3 tons. A weigh station measures the weight in pounds. How many pounds does the truck weigh?
Options:
a. 600 pounds
b. 2,000 pounds
c. 3,000 pounds
d. 6,000 pounds

Answer: 6,000 pounds

Explanation:
Given,
A truck driver’s truck weighs 3 tons. A weigh station measures the weight in pounds.
Convert from tons to pounds.
1 ton = 2000 pounds
3 tons = 3 × 2000 pounds = 6000 pounds
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Review/Test – Page No. 493

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 24.
Brody and Amanda canoed for 1 hour and 20 minutes before stopping to fish at 1:15 P.M. At what time did they start canoeing?
Options:
a. 11:55 A.M.
b. 12:05 P.M.
c. 2:35 P.M.
d. 11:55 P.M.

Answer: 11:55 A.M.

Explanation:
Given,
Brody and Amanda canoed for 1 hour and 20 minutes before stopping to fish at 1:15 P.M.
13 hr 15 min
-1 hr 20 min
11 hr 55 min
Thus they start canoeing at 11:55 A.M.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 25.
Lewis fills his thermos with 2 liters of water. Garret fills his thermos with 1 liter of water. How many more milliliters of water does Lewis have than Garret?
Options:
a. 1 more milliliter
b. 100 more milliliters
c. 1,000 more milliliters
d. 2,000 more milliliters

Answer: 1,000 more milliliters

Explanation:
Given,
Lewis fills his thermos with 2 liters of water. Garret fills his thermos with 1 liter of water.
2 liters
-1 liters
1 liter
Convert from liters to milliliters.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 26.
Lola won the 100-meter freestyle event at her swim meet. How many decimeters did Lola swim?
Options:
a. 1 decimeter
b. 10 decimeter
c. 100 decimeter
d. 1,000 decimeter

Answer: 1,000 decimeter

Explanation:
Given,
Lola won the 100-meter freestyle event at her swim meet.
Convert from meter to decimeter.
1 meter = 10 decimeter
100 meter = 100 × 10 decimeter = 1000 decimeter
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 27.
What is the best estimate for the length of an ant’s leg?
Options:
a. 2 millimeters
b. 2 centimeters
c. 2 decimeters
d. 2 meters

Answer: 2 centimeters

Explanation:
The best estimation for the length of an ant’s leg is 2 centimeters.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Review/Test – Page No. 494

Question 28.
Sabita made this table to relate two customary units of liquid volume. List the number pairs for the table. Describe the relationship between the numbers in each pair.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review Test img 2
Type below:
________

Answer: The relationship between the numbers in each pair is pints and cups.

Question 29.
Label the columns of the table. Explain your answer.
Type below:
________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Homework-FL-Chapter-12-Relative-Sizes-of-Measurement-Units-Review-Test-img-2

Question 30.
Landon borrowed a book from the library. The data show the lengths of time Landon read the book each day until he finished it.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review Test img 3
A. Make a tally table and a line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review Test img 4
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review Test img 5
Type below:
________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Homework-FL-Chapter-12-Relative-Sizes-of-Measurement-Units-Review-Test-img-4

Question 30.
B. Explain how you used the tally table to label the numbers and plot the Xs on the line plot.
Type below:
________

Answer:
I used the number of tallys to the plot the Xs on the line plot.

Question 30.
C. What is the difference between the longest time and shortest time Landon spent reading the book?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) hour

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour

Explanation:
The shortest time Landon spent reading the book is 1/4
The longest time Landon spent reading the book is 1
1 – 1/4 = 3/4
Thus the difference between the longest time and shortest time Landon spent reading the book is \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour.

Conclusion:

The students of 4th grade can avail all chapters Go Math Grade Answer Key in pdf format so that your learning will kick start in an effective manner. We have given a brief explanation of each and every question on our Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units. We suggest the students understand the concepts and apply them in the real world.

go-math-grade-6-answer-key-chapter-12-data-displays-and-measures-of-center

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Contains Data collections, Dot plots, frequency tables, Histograms, etc. Which helps students solve assignments and also for preparing in exams. Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key was explained by the professionals in a unique and simple way so that students can easily understand the solution. Students, Teachers, and Parents can easily understand the solutions and help to explain the concept to other people easily.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center This chapter also provides a Review test that helps students practice more on the concepts. Each question was explained with a step-by-step procedure which helped the students to understand easily and not face any difficulty in learning. Check the below links and learn quickly.

Lesson 1: Recognize Statistical Questions

Lesson 2: Describe Data Collection

Lesson 3: Dot Plots and Frequency Tables

Lesson 4: Histograms

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 5: Investigate • Mean as Fair Share and Balance Point

Lesson 6: Measures of Center

Lesson 7: Effects of Outliers

Lesson 8: Problem-Solving • Data Displays

Chapter 12 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 651

Identify the statistical question. Explain your reasoning.

Question 1.
A. What was the low temperature in Chicago each day in March?
B. What was the low temperature in Chicago on March 7?

Answer: A is the statistical question.

Explanation: As in A temperature was asked for each day and in B temperature was asked for only one day.

Question 2.
A. How long did it take you to get to school this morning?
B. How long did it take you to get to school each morning this week?

Answer: B is the statistical question.

Explanation: In B it was asked for each morning in a week and in A It was asked for only for this morning.

Write a statistical question you could ask in the situation.

Question 3.
A student recorded the number of pets in the households of 50 sixth-graders.

Answer: How many households have one or more pets?

On Your Own

Identify the statistical question. Explain your reasoning.

Question 4.
A. How many gold medals has Finland won at each of the last 10 Winter Olympics?
B. How many gold medals did Finland win at the 2008 Winter Olympics?

Answer: A is the statistical question.

Explanation: A asks about the no.of medals won at 10 different times and in B asks about no.of medals won at 1 time.

Write a statistical question you could ask in the situation.

Question 5.
A wildlife biologist measured the length of time that 17 grizzly bears hibernated.

Answer: What was the least amount of time grizzly bears hibernated?

Lesson 12.1 Answer Key 6th Grade Question 6.
A doctor recorded the birth weights of 48 babies.

Answer: What was the highest birth weight recorded?

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 652

Use the table for 7 and 8.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 1

Question 7.
Give a statistical question that you could ask about the data recorded in the table.

Answer: Which Roller coaster reaches the maximum height?

Question 8.
What statistical question could “92 mi/hr” be the answer to?

Answer: What is the maximum speed of Roller Coasters?

Go Math Chapter 12 Grade 6 Answer Key Question 9.
Explain A video game company will make a new game. The manager must choose between a roleplaying game and an action game. He asks his sales staff which of the last 10 released games sold the most copies. Explain why this is a statistical question.

Answer: As the manager asks his sales staff about the last 10 released games and most sold-out copies, so it is a statistical question.

Question 10.
Think of a topic. Record a set of data for the topic. Write a statistical question that you could ask about your data.

Answer: John spend 10 hours to watch TV in each week.

Explanation: What was the time spent by the John to watch TV in each week?

Question 11.
For numbers 11a–11d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the question is a statistical question.
11a. How many minutes did it take Ethan to complete his homework last night?
11b. How many minutes did it take Madison to complete her homework each night this week?
11c. How many more minutes did Andrew spend on homework on Tuesday than on Thursday?
11d. What was the longest amount of time Abigail spent on homework this week?
11a. ____________
11b. ____________
11c. ____________
11d. ____________

Answer:
11a. No.

Explanation: The question asked only about last night’s homework, so it is not a statistical question.

11b. Yes

Explanation: As the question was asked for each night in a week, so it is a statistical question.

11c. No

Explanation: The question is about the differences in the duration of homework at a time, so it is not a statistical question.

11d. Yes

Explanation: As the question is on the longest amount of time on homework, so it is a statistical question.

Recognize Statistical Questions – Page No. 653

Identify the statistical question. Explain your reasoning.

Question 1.
A. How many touchdowns did the quarterback throw during the last game of the season?
B. How many touchdowns did the quarterback throw each game of the season?

Answer: B is the statistical question.

Explanation: In A asks for no.of touchdowns in the last game and in B asks for no.of touchdowns in each game.

Question 2.
A. What was the score in the first frame of a bowling game?
B. What are the scores in 10 frames of a bowling game?

Answer: B is the statistical question.

Explanation: In A, asks for only for the first frame, and in B asks for 10 frames and score in each frame.

Question 3.
A. How many hours of television did you watch each day this week?
B. How many hours of television did you watch on Saturday?

Answer: A is the statistical question.

Explanation: In A, the question was asked for no.of hour’s television for each day in a week. And in B the question was asked for only for Saturday.

Write a statistical question you could ask in the situation.

Question 4.
A teacher recorded the test scores of her students.

Answer: What was the highest test score recorded?

Question 5.
A car salesman knows how many of each model of a car was sold in a month.

Answer: What was the least sold model of the car?

Problem Solving

Question 6.
The city tracked the amount of waste that was recycled from 2000 to 2007. Write a statistical question about the situation.

Answer: What was the amount of waste that was recycled for each year from 2000 to 2007?

Chapter 12 Statistical Displays Answer Key Question 7.
The daily low temperature is recorded for a week. Write a statistical question about the situation.

Answer: What was the daily low temperature recorded each day this week?

Question 8.
Write three statistical questions that you could use to gather data about your family. Explain why the questions are statistical.

Answer:
Which family member was the oldest?
Which family member was tallest?
Which family member has the highest income?

Lesson Check – Page No. 654

Question 1.
Elise says that the question “Do you have any siblings?” is a statistical question. Mark says that “How many siblings do you have?” is a statistical question. Who is correct?

Answer: How many siblings do you have? is a statistical question. So Mark is correct.

Question 2.
Kate says that “What was the lowest amount of precipitation in one month last year?” is a statistical question. Mike says that “What is the speed limit?” is a statistical question. Who is correct?

Answer: What was the lowest amount of precipitation in one month last year?. Is a statistical question. So Kate is correct.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A regular decagon has side lengths of 4 centimeters long. If the decagon is divided into 10 congruent triangles, each has an approximate height of 6.2 centimeters. What is the approximate area of the decagon?
_______ cm2

Answer: 124 cm2

Explanation: Area= ½ b×h
= ½ 46.2
= 26.2
= 12.4 cm2
So the area of the decagon is 1012.4= 124 cm2

Question 4.
Mikki uses the net shown to make a solid figure.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 2
What solid figure does Mikki make?

Answer: Triangular pyramid.

Explanation: Mikki makes a Triangular pyramid.

Question 5.
A prism is filled with 30 cubes with \(\frac{1}{2}\)-unit side lengths. What is the volume of the prism in cubic units?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units.

Answer: 3.75 cubic units.

Explanation: As it takes 8 cubes with a side length of ½ to form a unit cube, so the volume of the cube is 308= 3.75 cubic units.

Question 6.
A tank in the shape of a rectangular prism has a length of 22 inches, a width of 12 inches, and a height of 15 inches. If the tank is filled halfway with water, how much water is in the tank?
_______ in.3

Answer: 1980 in3

Explanation:
The volume of a rectangular prism= LWH
=  22×12×15
= 3960 in3
As the tank was filled halfway with water, so 3960÷2= 1980 in3

Share and Show – Page No. 657

Describe the data set by listing the attribute measured, the unit of measure, the likely means of measurement, and the number of observations.

Question 1.
Greg’s 100-meter race results.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 3

Answer:
The attribute is the Duration of run data.
The unit of measure is Seconds.
The likely means of measurement was taken on a Stopwatch.
No.of observations is 7.

Question 2.
The Andrews family’s water use.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 4

Answer:
The attribute is the amount of water used daily.
The unit of measure is Gallons.
The likely means of measurement was taken on a Water meter.
No.of observations is 14.

On Your Own

Question 3.
Practice: Copy and Solve Collect data on one of the topics listed below. You may wish to work with other students. Make a chart of your results. Then describe the data set.

  • Weights of cereal boxes, soup cans, or other items
  • Number of family members
  • Lengths of time to multiply two 2-digit numbers
  • Numbers of pets in families
  • Lengths of forearm (elbow to fingertip)
  • Number of pages in books

Answer:
The attribute is the Number of pages in books.
The unit of measure is Numbers.
The likely means of measurement were counting.
No.of observations are 6.

Question 4.
Describe the data set by writing the attribute measured, the unit of measure, the likely means of measurement, and the number of observations in the correct location on the chart.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 5
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 6

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Summarize – Page No. 658

When you summarize a reading passage, you restate the most important information in a shortened form. This allows you to understand more easily what you have read. Read the following passage:

A biologist is studying green anacondas. The green anaconda is the largest snake in the world. Finding the length of any snake is difficult because the snake can curl up or stretch out while being measured. Finding the length of a green anaconda is doubly difficult because of the animal’s great size and strength.

The standard method for measuring a green anaconda is to calm the snake, lay a piece of string along its entire length, and then measure the length of the string. The table at the right gives data collected by the biologist using the string method.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 7

Question 5.
Analyze Summarize the passage in your own words

Answer: The world’s largest snake in the world is the green anaconda. Finding the length of these green anacondas is very difficult because of the animal’s great size and strength. So there is a standard method for measuring. Firstly calm the snake, then lay a piece of string along its entire length, and then measure the length of the string.

Question 6.
Use your summary to name the attribute the biologist was measuring. Describe how the biologist measured this attribute.

Answer:
The attribute the biologist was measuring green anacondas. And the biologist measured by laying a piece of string along its entire length, and then measuring the length of the string.

Question 7.
Give any other information that is important for describing the data set.

Answer:
The unit of measure is Centimeters
No.of observations are 19

Question 8.
Write the greatest green anaconda length that the biologist measured in feet. Round your answer to the nearest foot. (Hint: 1 foot is equal to about 30 centimeters.)

Answer: 507.5 cm, 17 feet

Explanation: The greatest green anaconda length that the biologist measured was 507.5 cm. As 1 foot= 30 cm, so 507.5÷30= 16.9 feet round off to 17 feet.

Describe Data Collection – Page No. 659

Describe the data set by listing the attribute measured, the unit of measure, the likely means of measurement, and the number of observations.

Question 1.
Daily temperature
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 8

Answer:
The attribute is Daily Temperature.
The unit of measure is Fahrenheit.
The likely means of measurement is Thermometer
No.of observations is 25.

Go Math 6th Grade Homework Answer Key Pdf Question 2.
Plant heights
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 9

Answer:
The attribute is the Height of the plants
The unit of measure in inches.
The likely means of measurement is the Ruler.
No.of observations is 10.

Question 3.
Cereal in boxes
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 10

Answer:
The attribute is the Amount of Cereal in Boxes
The unit of measure is Cup.
The likely means of measurement is measuring cup
No.of observations are 16.

Question 4.
Dog weights
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 11

Answer:
The attribute is Dog weight.
The unit of measure is Pounds.
The likely means of measurement is scale.
No.of observations is 8.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
The table below gives the amount of time Preston spends on homework. Name the likely means of measurement.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 12

Answer:
The likely means of measurement is the Clock.

Question 6.
The table below shows the speed of cars on a highway. Name the unit of measure.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 13

Answer: The unit of measure is miles per hour.

Question 7.
Gather data about the heights of your family members or friends. Then describe how you collected the data set.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Lesson Check – Page No. 660

Question 1.
What is the attribute of the data set shown in the table?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 14

Answer: The attribute is the Mass of produce.

Question 2.
What is the number of observations of the data set shown below?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 15

Answer:
No.of observation: 6

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the area of the figure shown below?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 16
_______ cm2

Answer: 23 cm2

Explanation:
Area of the rectangle= Length×width
= 7×4.5
= 31.5 cm2
Area of trapezoid= 1/2 ×(b1+b2)×h
= 1/2 ×(7+4.5)×4
= 11.5×2
= 23 cm2

Question 4.
Each base of a triangular prism has an area of 43 square centimeters. Each lateral face has an area of 25 square centimeters. What is the surface area of the prism?
_______ cm2

Answer: 161 cm2

Explanation:
The surface area of the prism is 2×43+3×25
= 86+ 75
= 161 cm2

Question 5.
How much sand can this container hold?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 17
_______ in.3

Answer: 225 in.3

Explanation:
Volume= Length×width×Height
= 5×10×4 1/2
= 5 × 10 × 5/2
= 5×5×9
= 225 in.3

Question 6.
Jay says “How much does Rover weigh today?” is a statistical question. Kim says “How long are the puppies’ tails in the pet store?” is a statistical question. Who is NOT correct?

Answer: “How much does Rover weigh today?” is not correct as it is not a statistical question.

Share and Show – Page No. 663

For 1−4, use the data at right.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 18

Question 1.
Complete the dot plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 19

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
What was the most common distance Lionel biked? How do you know?

Answer: The most common distance Lionel biked is 6 km.

Question 3.
Make a frequency table. Use the intervals 1−3 km, 4−6 km, 7−9 km, and 10−12 km.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 4.
Make a relative frequency table. Use the same intervals as in Exercise 3.

Answer:
As there are 25 data values, so
1-3 km 8÷25= 0.32= 32% relative frequency.
4-6 km 9÷25= 0.36= 36% relative frequency.
7-9 km 4÷25= 0.16= 16% relative frequency.
10-12 km 4÷25= 0.16= 16% relative frequency.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve For 5−9, use the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 20

Question 5.
Make a dot plot of the data.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 6.
Make a frequency table of the data with three intervals.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Chapter 12 Represent and Interpret Data Answer Key Question 7.
Make a relative frequency table of the data with three intervals.

Answer:
As there are 25 data values, so
3-7    3÷25= 0.12= 12% relative frequency.
8-12  7÷25= 0.28= 28% relative frequency.
13-17 15÷25= 0.6= 60% relative frequency.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 8.
Describe how you decided on the intervals for the frequency table.

Answer: As we found 3 intervals of equal size that cover the full range of data values.

Question 9.
Could someone use the information in the frequency table to make a dot plot? Explain.

Answer: No. Because the data is grouped in intervals, but a dot plot requires individual data values.

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 664

Question 10.
The manager of a fitness center asked members to rate the fitness center. The results of the survey are shown in the frequency table. What percent of members in the survey rated the center as excellent or good?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 21
a. What do you need to find?

Answer: We need to find what percent of members in the survey rated the center as excellent or good.

Question 10.
b. How can you use relative frequency to help you solve the problem?

Answer: We can solve by adding the relative frequencies of excellent and good responses.

Question 10.
c. Show the steps you use to solve the problem.

Answer: 30%, 25%.

Explanation:
The total number of responses are 18+15+21+6= 60. So the percent for excellent and good responses are
18÷60= 0.3= 30%
15÷60= 0.25= 25%

Question 10.
d. Complete the sentences.

Answer:
The percent of members who were rated excellent is 30%
The percent of members who were rated good is 25%
So total members rated excellent and good are 30%+25%= 55%

Question 11.
Use the table above. What is the difference in percent of the members in the survey that rated the fitness center as poor versus excellent?
_________ %

Answer: 20%.

Explanation: The percents for poor responses are 6÷60= 0.1= 10%, so the difference in the percent of the members in the survey that rated the fitness center as poor versus excellent is 30%-10%= 20%.

Question 12.
Julie kept a record of the number of minutes she spent reading for 20 days. Complete the frequency table by finding the frequency and the relative frequency (%).
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 22

Answer:
As there are 20 data values, so
30 mins 8÷20= 0.4= 40% relative frequency.
45 mins 4÷20= 0.2= 20% relative frequency.
60 mins 3÷20= 0.15= 15% relative frequency.

Dot Plots and Frequency Tables – Page No. 665

For 1–4, use the chart.

Question 1.
The chart shows the number of pages of a novel that Julia reads each day. Complete the dot plot using the data in the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 23
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 24

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
What number of pages does Julia read most often? Explain.

Answer: Julia reads most often 15 pages because we can see in the dot plot as 15 was the highest.

Question 3.
Make a frequency table in the space below. Use the intervals 10–13, 14–17, and 18–21.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 4.
Make a relative frequency table in the space below.

Answer:
As there are 20 data values, so
10-13  7÷20= 0.35= 35% relative frequency.
14-17  9÷20= 0.45= 45% relative frequency.
18-21  4÷20= 0.2=  20% relative frequency.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Problem Solving

Question 5.
The frequency table shows the ages of the actors in a youth theater group. What percent of the actors are 10 to 12 years old?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 25
_______ %

Answer: 55%

Explanation:
As there are 8+22+10= 40 data values, so the percent of the actors are 10 to 12 years old is
22÷40= 0.55= 55%.

Question 6.
Explain how dot plots and frequency tables are alike and how they are different.

Answer: As the dot plot is similar to the frequency table and the frequencies are represented with dots instead of using numbers each dot represents a data point.

Lesson Check – Page No. 666

Question 1.
The dot plot shows the number of hours Mai babysat each week. How many hours is Mai most likely to babysit?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 26
_______ hours

Answer: Mai is most likely to babysit for 9 hours.

Explanation: As we can see dot plot with the highest dots is 9 hours. So Mai is most likely to babysit for 9 hours.

Lesson 12 Practice Problems Answer Key Grade 6 Question 2.
The frequency table shows the ratings that a movie received from online reviewers. What percent of the reviewers gave the movie a 4-star rating?

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center
_______ %

Answer: 30%.

Explanation: The percent of reviewers who gave the movie a 4-star rating are 6/20
= 0.30
= 30%

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The dimensions of a rectangular playground are 50 times the dimensions of a scale drawing of the playground. The area of the scale drawing is 6 square feet. What is the area of the actual playground?
_______ square feet

Answer: 15,000 square feet.

Explanation: The area of the actual playground is
= 6×50×50
= 15,000 square feet.

Question 4.
A square pyramid has a base side length of 8 feet. The height of each lateral face is 12 feet. What is the surface area of the pyramid?
_______ ft2

Answer: 256 ft2

Explanation:
The area of the base is 8×8= 64 ft2
The area of one face is 1/2 × 8 × 12
= 4×12
= 48 ft2
So the surface area of the pyramid is 64+ 4×48
= 64+192
= 256 ft2

Question 5.
A gift box is in the shape of a rectangular prism. The box has a length of 24 centimeters, a width of 10 centimeters, and a height of 13 centimeters. What is the volume of the box?
_______ cm3

Answer: 3,120 cm3

Explanation: Volume of the box= Length×width×height
= 24×10×13
= 3,120 cm3

Question 6.
For a science experiment, Juanita records the height of a plant every day in centimeters. What is the attribute measured in her experiment?

Answer: The attribute measured in her experiment was height.

Share and Show – Page No. 669

For 1–4, use the data at right.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 27

Question 1.
Complete the frequency table for the age data in the table at right.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 28

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
Complete the histogram for the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 29

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 3.
Use your histogram to find the number of people at the health club who are 30 or older.
_______ people

Answer: 7 people.

Explanation: The people from 30-39 are 5 and from 40-49 are 2 people.

Question 4.
Use your histogram to determine the percentage of the people at the health club who are 20–29 years old.
_______ %

Answer: 40%.

Explanation: The data value is 2+6+5+2= 15, so the percent of the people at the health club who are 20–29 years old are
6÷15= 0.4= 40%.

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve For 5–7, use the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 30

Question 5.
Make a histogram of the data using the intervals 10–19, 20–29, and 30–39.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 6.
Make a histogram of the data using the intervals 10–14, 15–19, 20–24, 25–29, 30–34, and 35–39.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 7.
Compare Explain how using different intervals changed the appearance of your histogram.

Answer: In the histogram, smaller intervals shows that most of the data are clustered between 15 and 24. And larger intervals show that the data is evenly spread out.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 670

The histogram shows the hourly salaries, to the nearest dollar, of the employees at a small company. Use the histogram to solve 8–11.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 31

Question 8.
How many employees make less than $20 per hour?
_______ employees

Answer: 7 employees.

Explanation: 7 employees make less than $20 per hour.

Question 9.
How many employees work at the company? Explain how you know.
_______ employees

Answer: 47 employees.

Explanation: As 2+5+10+12+9+6+3= 47 employees work at the company.

Question 10.
Pose a Problem Write and solve a new problem that uses the histogram.

Answer: How many employees make more than $40 per hour?

Explanation: 3 employees.

Question 11.
Analyze Describe the overall shape of the histogram. What does this tell you about the salaries at the company?

Answer: The histogram shows that the employees are high at the interval of $25-$29 and it tells us that there is the same number of employees with salaries less than $25 as there are with salaries greater than $29.

Question 12.
The frequency table shows the TV ratings for the show American Singer. Complete the histogram for the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 32
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 33

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Histograms – Page No. 671

For 1–4 use the data at right.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 34

Question 1.
Complete the histogram for the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 35

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
What do the numbers on the y-axis represent?

Answer: The numbers on the y-axis represent the number of students.

Question 3.
How many students scored from 60 to 69?
_______ students

Answer: 3 students scored 60 to 69

Question 4.
Use your histogram to find the number of students who got a score of 80 or greater. Explain.
_______ students

Answer: 12 students.

Explanation: Students who scored 80-89 are 8 students and students who scored 90-99 are 4 students. So total students are
8+4= 12 students.

Problem Solving

For 5–6, use the histogram.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 36

Question 5.
For which two age groups are there the same number of customers?

Answer: The same number of customers is 10-19 and 50-59.

Question 6.
How many customers are in the restaurant? How do you know?
_______ customers

Answer: 63 customers

Explanation: Total number of customers are 6+9+13+11+15+9= 63 customers. By adding all frequencies we can get a number of customers.

Question 7.
Write a letter to another student that explains how to make a histogram and what type of data a histogram displays.

Answer: A histogram represents a bar graph with a vertical axis and a horizontal axis. The histogram displays the vertical axis with frequencies and the horizontal axis with a certain amount of intervals. We must place the intervals from lower to higher, and the height of each bar should be equal to the frequency of its corresponding intervals.

Lesson Check – Page No. 672

Question 1.
The histogram shows the amount, to the nearest dollar, that customers spent at a museum gift shop. How many customers spent less than $20?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 37
_______ customers

Answer: 14 customers.

Explanation: The number of customers who spent less than $20 is 8+6=14 customers.

Question 2.
Use the histogram in Problem 1. How many customers bought something at the gift shop?
_______ customers

Answer: 27 customers.

Explanation: The number of customers who bought something at the gift shop is 8+6+7+4+2= 27 customers.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Marguerite drew a rectangle with vertices A(−2, −1), B(−2, −4), and C(1, −4). What are the coordinates of the fourth vertex?

Answer: As Marguerite draw a rectangle, so the fourth vertex is D(1,-1)

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 4.
A rectangular swimming pool can hold 1,408 cubic feet of water. The pool is 22 feet long and has a depth of 4 feet. What is the width of the pool?
_______ feet

Answer: 16 feet

Explanation: Volume= LWH
1408= 22×W×4
W= 1408÷88
= 16 feet

Question 5.
DeShawn is using this frequency table to make a relative frequency table. What percent should he write in the Relative Frequency column for 5 to 9 push-ups?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 38
_______ %

Answer: 35%

Explanation: Data Values are 3+7+8+2= 20

As there are 3+7+8+2= 20 data values, so
5-9  7÷20= 0.35= 35% relative frequency.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 673

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 39

Question 1.
A _____ is a kind of bar graph that shows the frequency of data grouped into intervals.

Answer: A histogram is a kind of bar graph that shows the frequency of data grouped into intervals.

Question 2.
A question that asks about a set of data that varies is called a _____.

Answer: A question that asks about a set of data that varies is called a statistical question.

Concepts and Skills

Question 3.
A sports reporter records the number of touchdowns scored each week during the football season. What statistical question could the reporter ask about the data?

Answer: What was the greatest number of touchdowns scored in one week?

Question 4.
Flora records her pet hamster’s weight once every week for one year. How many observations does she make?
_______ observations

Answer: 52 observations.

Explanation: As there are 52 weeks in a year, so Flora makes 52 observations.

Question 5.
The number of runs scored by a baseball team in 20 games is given below. Draw a dot plot of the data and use it to find the most common number of runs scored in a game.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 40

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Page No. 674

Question 6.
Write a statistical question you could ask about a set of data that shows the times visitors arrived at an amusement park.

Answer: How many visitors arrive at an amusement park each hour?

Question 7.
A school principal is trying to decide how long the breaks should be between periods. He plans to time how long it takes several students to get from one classroom to another. Name a tool he could use to collect the data.

Answer: He could use to collect the data by stopwatch.

Question 8.
The U.S. Mint uses very strict standards when making coins. On a tour of the mint, Casey asks, “How much copper is in each penny?” Lenny asks, “What is the value of a nickel?” Who asked a statistical question?

Answer: Casey asked a statistical question.

Question 9.
Chen checks the temperature at dawn and at dusk every day for a week for a science project. How many observations does he make?
_______ observations

Answer: 14 observations.

Explanation: As there are 7 days in a week, he makes 7×2= 14 observations.

Question 10.
The table shows the lengths of the songs played by a radio station during a 90-minute period. Alicia is making a histogram of the data. What frequency should she show for the interval 160–169 seconds?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 41

Answer: 5.

Explanation: As there are 5 values in between 160-169, so Alicia makes a frequency of 5 for the interval 160-169 seconds.

Share and Show – Page No. 677

Use counters to find the mean of the data set.

Question 1.
On the first day of a school fundraiser, five students sell 1, 1, 2, 2, and 4 gift boxes of candy.
The mean of the data set is _______.

Answer: 2.

Explanation: The mean of the data set is
= \(\frac{1+1+2+2+4}{5}
=\frac{10}{5}\)
= 2.

Make a dot plot for the data set and use it to check whether the given value is a balance point for the data set.

Question 2.
Rosanna’s friends have 0, 1, 1, 2, 2, and 12 pets at home. Rosanna says the mean of the data is 3. Is Rosanna correct?

Answer:

Explanation: Yes, Rosanna is correct. As the mean is
= \(\frac{0+1+1+2+2+12}{6}
=\frac{18}{6}\)
= 3
So Rosanna is correct.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Problem Solving + Applications

Question 3.
Four people go to lunch, and the costs of their orders are $6, $9, $10, and $11. They want to split the bill evenly. Find each person’s fair share. Explain your work.
Each person’s fair share is $ _______ .

Answer: $9.

Explanation: Each person’s fair share is
= \(\frac{ $6+$9+$10+$11}{4}
=\frac{$36}{4}\)
= $9.

Page No. 678

Use the table for 4–6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 42

Question 4.
A grocer is preparing fruit baskets to sell as holiday presents. If the grocer rearranges the apples in baskets A, B, and C so that each has the same number, how many apples will be in each basket? Use counters to find the fair share.
_______ apples

Answer: 3 apples.

Explanation: Mean for the apples are
= \(\frac{4+1+4}{3}
=\frac{9}{3}\)
= 3
So there will be 3 apples in each basket.

Question 5.
Make Arguments Can the pears be rearranged so that there is an equal whole number of pears in each basket? Explain why or why not.

Answer: No pears cannot rearrange, as three stacks of counters height are 2,1,5 so that there is an equal number in each stack, So we cannot rearrange.

Question 6.
Use counters to find the mean of the number of pears originally in baskets B and C. Draw a dot plot of the data set. Use your plot to explain why the mean you found is a balance point.

Answer: Mean= 3

Explanation: Mean= \(\frac{1+5}{2}
=\frac{6}{2}\)
= 3
As data point 1 is 2 times less than the mean and data point 5 is 2 times greater than the mean, so the points are the same distance from the mean and the mean is the balance point.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 7.
Four friends go to breakfast and the costs of their breakfasts are $5, $8, $9, and $10. Select True or False for each statement.
7a. The mean of the cost of the breakfasts can be found by adding each of the costs and dividing that total by 4.
7b. The mean cost of the four breakfasts is $10.
7c. The difference between the greatest cost and the mean is $2.
7d. The difference between the least cost and the mean is $2.

Answer:
7a. True

Explanation: As mean = (sum of the terms)/ (No.of terms)

7b. False

Explanation: The mean cost of the four breakfast is \(\frac{$5+$8+$9+$10}{4}
=\frac{$32}{4}\)
= $8.

7c. True

Explanation: The difference between the greatest cost and the mean is $10-$8= $2.

7d. False

Explanation: The difference between the least cost and the mean is $8-$5= $3

Mean as Fair Share and Balance Point – Page No. 679

Use counters to find the mean of the data set.

Question 1.
Six students count the number of buttons on their shirts. The students have 0, 4, 5, 2, 3, and 4 buttons.
The mean of the data set is _______ .

Answer: 3

Explanation: The mean of the data set is \(\frac{0+4+5+2+3+4}{6}
=\frac{18}{6}\)
= 3

Question 2.
Four students completed 1, 2, 2, and 3 chin-ups.
The mean of the data set is _______ .

Answer: 2

Explanation: The mean of the data set is \(\frac{1+2+2+3}{4}
=\frac{8}{4}\)
= 2.

Make a dot plot for the data set and use it to check whether the given value is a balance point for the data set.

Question 3.
Sandy’s friends ate 0, 2, 3, 4, 6, 6, and 7 pretzels. Sandy says the mean of the data is 4. Is Sandy correct?

Answer: Yes, Sandy is correct.

Explanation: The mean of the data set is \(\frac{0+2+3+4+6+6+7}{7}
=\frac{28}{7}\)
= 4.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Problem Solving

Question 4.
Three baskets contain 8, 8, and 11 soaps. Can the soaps be rearranged so that there is an equal whole number of soaps in each basket? Explain why or why not.

Answer: Yes, the soaps can be rearranged.

Explanation: As the mean is 9, the soaps can be rearranged so that there is an equal whole number of soaps in each basket. And we can fit 9 in each group.

Question 5.
Five pages contain 6, 6, 9, 10, and 11 stickers. Can the stickers be rearranged so that there is an equal whole number of stickers on each page? Explain why or why not.

Answer: No

Explanation: No, we cannot rearrange the stickers. As there is a 5 stack counter which is unable to fit in for 6, 6, 9, 10, and 11 stickers

Question 6.
Describe how to use counters to find the mean of a set of data. Give a data set and list the steps to find the mean.

Answer: We will start with an unequal stack then we will move a counter from the tallest stack to the shortest stack and we will repest it until the stacks have the same height.

Lesson Check – Page No. 680

Question 1.
What is the mean of 9, 12, and 15 stamps?
The mean is _______ stamps.

Answer: 12 stamps.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{9+12+15}{3}
=\frac{36}{3}\)
= 12.

Question 2.
Four friends spent $9, $11, $11, and $17 on dinner. If they split the bill equally, how much does each person owe?
$ _______

Answer: $12.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{$9+$11+$11+$17}{4}
=\frac{$48}{4}\)
= $12.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What figure does the net below represent?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 43

Answer: As the net has 6 equal square surfaces, it represents a cube.

Question 4.
Sarah paints the box below. She paints the whole box except for the front face. What area of the box does she paint?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 44
_______ cm2

Answer: 586 cm2

Explanation: The area of the box is
= 2×20×7 + 2 ×9×7 + 9×20
= 280+126+180
= 586 cm2

Question 5.
Chloe collected data and then displayed her results in the table to the right. What is the unit of measure of the data?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 45

Answer: The unit of measure is Fahrenheit.

Share and Show – Page No. 683

Question 1.
Terrence records the number of e-mails he receives per day. During one week, he receives 7, 3, 10, 5, 5, 6, and 6 e-mails. What are the mean, median, and mode of the data?

Answer:
Mean: 6
Median: 6
Mode: 5,6.

Explanation:
The mean is \(\frac{7+3+10+5+5+6+6}{7}
=\frac{42}{7}\)
= 6
First, we must set the data from smallest to greatest
3,5,5,6,6,7,10
so, the median is 6.
As 5 and 6 appears twice the mode is 5,6

Question 2.
Julie goes to several grocery stores and researches the price of a 12 oz bottle of juice. Find the mean, median, and mode of the prices shown.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 46

Answer:
The mean is $1.21
The Median is $2.08
The mode is $0.99

Explanation:
The mean is \(\frac{$0.95+$1.09+$0.99+$1.25+$0.99+$1.99}{6}
=\frac{$7.26}{6}\)
= $1.21.
First, we must set the data from smallest to greatest
$0.95,$0.99,$0.99,$1.09,$1.25,$1.99 as the count is even number we will add both middle numbers and will divide with 2
so, the median is $0.99+$1.09= $2.08÷2
= $1.04.
As $0.99 appears twice the mode is $0.99.

On Your Own

Question 3.
T.J. is training for the 200-meter dash event for his school’s track team. Find the mean, median, and mode of the times shown in the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 47

Answer:
The mean is $1.21
The Median is $2.08
The mode is $0.99

Explanation:
The mean is \(\frac{22.3+22.4+23.3+24.5+22.5}{5}
=\frac{115}{5}\)
= 23
First, we must set the data from smallest to greatest
22.3,22.4,22.5,23.3,24.5
so, the median is 22.5
As no value appear twice there is no mode.

Question 4.
Make Connections Algebra The values of a data set can be represented by the expressions x, 2x, 4x, and 5x. Write the data set for x = 3 and find the mean.
The mean is _______

Answer: The mean is 9.

Explanation: As x=3, the expression is 3,2(3),4(3),5(3)
3,6,12,15
So mean= \(\frac{3+6+12+15}{4}
=\frac{36}{4}\)
= 9.

Question 5.
In the last six months, Sonia’s family used 456, 398, 655, 508, 1,186, and 625 minutes on their cell phone plan. In an effort to spend less time on the phone each month, Sonia’s family wants to try and keep the mean cell phone usage at 600 minutes or less. Over the last 6 months, by how many minutes did the mean number of minutes exceed their goal?
They exceeded their goal by _______ minutes.

Answer: 38 minutes.

Explanation: First we must find the mean
= \(\frac{456+398+655+508+1186+625}{6}=\frac{3828}{6\)
= 638
so, they exceeded their goal by 638-600= 38 minutes.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 684

Sense or Nonsense?

Question 6.
Jeremy scored 85, 90, 72, 88, and 92 on five math tests, for a mean of 85.4. On the sixth test he scored a 95. He calculates his mean score for all 6 tests as shown below, but Deronda says he is incorrect. Whose answer makes sense? Whose answer is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.

Jeremy’s Work:
The mean of my first 5 test scores was 85.4, so to find the mean of all 6 test scores, I just need to find the mean of 85.4 and 95.
Mean = \(\frac{85.4+95}{2}=\frac{180.4}{2}\) = 90.2.
So, my mean score for all 6 tests is 90.2.

Deronda’s Work:
To find the mean of all 6 test scores, you need to add up all 6 scores and divide by 6.
Mean = \(\frac{85+90+72+88+92+95}{6}=\frac{522}{6}\) = 87.
So, Jeremy’s mean score for all 6 tests is 87.

Answer: Jeremy’s answer is nonsense, Deronda’s answer makes sense.

Explanation: Jeremy should add all 6 test scores and then divide the sum by 6. And Deronda used the mean formula in the right way.

Question 7.
Alex took a standardized test 4 times. His test scores were 16, 28, 24, and 32.
The mean of the test scores is _____.
The median of the test scores is _____.
The mode of the test scores is _____.

Answer:
The mean of the test scores is 25.
The median of the test scores is 26.
The mode of the test scores is there is no mode.

Explanation:
The mean of the test scores is \(\frac{16+28+24+32}{4}
= \frac{100}{4}\)
= 25.
The median of the test scores is 16,24,28,32
= \(\frac{24+28}{2}
= \frac{52}{2}\)
= 26.
As there are no repeated values, so there is no mode.

Measures of Center – Page No. 685

Use the table for 1–4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 48

Question 1.
What is the mean of the data?
The mean is _______ points.

Answer: 9.4 points.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{10+8+11+12+6}{5}
=\frac{47}{5}\)
= 9.4

Question 2.
What is the median of the data?
The median is _______ points.

Answer: 10 points.

Explanation: The median is 6,8,10,11,12
10.

Question 3.
What is the mode(s) of the data?

Answer: No mode.

Explanation: As there are no repeated values, so there is no mode.

Question 4.
Suppose Blaine played a sixth game and scored 10 points during the game. Find the new mean, median, and mode.

Answer:
Mean 9.5.
Median 10.
Mode 10.

Explanation:
The mean is \(\frac{10+8+11+12+6+10}{6}
= \frac{57}{6}\)
= 9.5.
The median is 6,8,10,10,11,12
= \(\frac{10+10}{2}
= \frac{20}{2}\)
= 10.
As 10 is repeated, so the mode is 10.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
An auto manufacturer wants their line of cars to have a median gas mileage of 25 miles per gallon or higher. The gas mileage for their five models are 23, 25, 26, 29, and 19. Do their cars meet their goal? Explain.

Answer: 25.

Explanation:
The median is 19,23,25,26,29
25.
So the car meets its goal.

Question 6.
A sporting goods store is featuring several new bicycles, priced at $300, $250, $325, $780, and $350. They advertise that the average price of their bicycles is under $400. Is their ad correct? Explain.

Answer: Their ad is incorrect.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{$300+$250+$325+$780+$350}{5}
= \frac{$2005}{5}\)
= $401
Their ad is incorrect. As the average price is more than $400.

Question 7.
Explain how to find the mean of a set of data.

Answer: By dividing the sum of data by the number of data we can find the mean.

Lesson Check – Page No. 686

Question 1.
The prices for a video game at 5 different stores are $39.99, $44.99, $29.99, $35.99, and $31.99. What is the mode(s) of the data?

Answer: As there are no repeated values, so there is no mode.

Question 2.
Manuel is keeping track of how long he practices the saxophone each day. The table gives his practice times for the past five days. What is the mean of his practice times?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 49

Answer: 39.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{25+45+30+65+30}{5}
= \frac{195}{5}\)
= 39.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the surface area of the triangular prism shown below?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 50
_______ cm2

Answer: 1008 cm2

Explanation: The Surface area triangular prism= 25×9+25×12+25×15+2×12×9×12
= 225+300+375+108
= 1008 cm2

Question 4.
Kate records the number of miles that she bikes each day. She displayed the number of daily miles in the dot plot below. Each dot represents the number of miles she biked in one day. How many days did she bike 4–7 miles?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 51

Answer: 7 days

Explanation: By counting dots from 4-7 we will get to know how many days did she bike. So it is for 7 days.

Question 5.
Six people eat breakfast together at a restaurant. The costs of their orders are $4, $5, $9, $8, $6, and $10. If they want to split the check evenly, how much should each person pay?

Answer: $7.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{$4+$5+$9+$8+$6+$10}{6}
= \frac{42}{6}\)
= $7.
So each should pay $7.

Share and Show – Page No. 689

Question 1.
Find the outlier by drawing a dot plot of the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 52
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 53

Answer: The outlier is 15.

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
The prices of the X-40 Laser Printer at five different stores are $99, $68, $98, $105, and $90. The mean price is $92, and the median price is $98. Identify the outlier and describe how the mean and median are affected by it.

Answer: The outlier is $68.

Explanation: Outliers are the data values that won’t fit the pattern. In this, $68 is an outlier.
The mean price without outlier is \(\frac{$99+$98+$105+$90}{4}
= \frac{392}{4}\)
= $98.
The median is $90,$98,$99,$105
= \(\frac{$98+$99}{2}
= \frac{$197}{2}\)
= $98.5

Question 3.
Identify the outlier in the data set of melon weights. Then describe the effect the outlier has on the mean and median.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 54

Answer: The outlier is 14.

Explanation:
The mean with outlier is \(\frac{47+45+48+45+49+47+14+45+51+46+47}{11}
= \frac{$484}{11}\)
= 44 oz.
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{47+45+48+45+49+47+45+51+46+47}{10}
= \frac{$470}{10}\)
= 47 oz.
The outlier decreases the mean from 47 to 44 oz.
The median is 14,45,45,45,46,47,47,47,48,49,51.
= 47
There is no change in the median with the outlier.

Question 4.
Use Reasoning In a set of Joanne’s test scores, there is an outlier. On the day of one of those tests, Joanne had the flu. Do you think the outlier is greater or less than the rest of her scores? Explain

Answer: The outlier is less than the rest of her score because if Joanne had the flu her test score from the day is probably lower thn her score.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 690

Use the table for 5–7.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 55

Question 5.
Which player’s number of stolen bases is an outlier?

Answer: Rickey Henderson.

Explanation: The player is Rickey Henderson number 1,406 is an outlier.

Question 6.
What effect does the outlier have on the median of the data set?

Answer: The outlier increases from 905.5 to 914.

Explanation: The median with an outlier is 914 and the median without outlier is \(\frac{897+914}{2}
= \frac{1811}{2}\)
=  905.5
The outlier increases from 905.5 to 914.

Question 7.
Miguel wrote that the mean of the data set is 992.6. Is this the mean with or without the outlier? Explain how you can tell without doing a calculation.

Answer: This is the mean is with outlier as the mean 992.6 is greater than the data values except for the outlier.

Question 8.
Does an outlier have any effect on the mode of a data set? Explain

Answer: The outlier will not affect the mode of a data set because an outlier must be greater or lesser than the data value, so it cannot be the same as any other data value.

Go Math Grade 6 Lesson 12.8 Answer Key Question 9.
The prices of mesh athletic shorts at five different stores are $9, $16, $18, $20, and $22. The mean price is $17 and the median price is $18. Identify the outlier and describe how the mean and median are affected by it.

Answer: The outlier is $9. The outlier decreases both the mean and the median.

Explanation: The mean without outlier is \(\frac{$16+$18+$20+$22}{4}
= \frac{$76}{4}\)
= $19.5.
The median without outlier is $16,$18,$20,$22
= \(\frac{$18+$20}{2}
= \frac{$38}{2}\)
= $19.
The outlier decreases both the mean and the median.

Effects of Outliers – Page No. 691

Question 1.
Identify the outlier in the data set of students in each class. Then describe the effect the outlier has on the mean and median.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 56

Answer: The outlier is 12. The outlier decreases both mean and median.

Explanation:
The mean with outlier is \(\frac{30+22+26+21+24+28+23+26+28+12}{10}
= \frac{240}{10}\)
= 24.
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{30+22+26+21+24+28+23+26+28}{9}
= \frac{228}{9}\)
= 25.3.
The outlier decreases mean from 24 to 25.3.
The median with outlier is 12,21,22,23,24,26,26,28,28,30.
= \(\frac{24+26}{2}
= \frac{50}{2}\)
= 25
The median without outlier is 21,22,23,24,26,26,28,28,30.
= 26
The outlier decreases both mean and median.

Question 2.
Identify the outlier in the data set of pledge amounts. Then describe the effect the outlier has on the mean and median.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 57

Answer: The outlier is $100. The outlier increases mean from $22 to $31.75 and no effect on median.

Explanation:
The mean with outlier is \(\frac{$100+$10+$15+$20+$17+$20+$32+$40}{8}
= \frac{$254}{8}\)
= $31.75.
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{$10+$15+$20+$17+$20+$32+$40}{7}
= \frac{$154}{7}\)
= 22.
The outlier increases mean from $22 to $31.75.
The median with outlier is $10,$15,$17,$20,$20,$32,$40,$100.
= \(\frac{$20+$20}{2}
= \frac{$40}{2}\)
= $20
The median without outlier is $10,$15,$17,$20,$20,$32,$40.
= $20.
The outlier has no effect on median.

Problem Solving

Question 3.
Duke’s science quiz scores are 99, 91, 60, 94, and 95. Describe the effect of the outlier on the mean and median.

Answer: The outlier is 60. The outlier decreases the mean from 94.75 to 87.8 and decreases the median from 94.5 to 94.

Explanation:
The mean with outlier is \(\frac{99+91+60+94+95}{5}
= \frac{439}{5}\)
= 87.8.
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{99+91+94+95}{4}
= \frac{379}{4}\)
= 94.75.
The outlier decreases mean from 94.75 to 87.8.
The median with outlier is 60,91,94,95,99.
= 94.
The median without outlier is 91,94,95,99.
= \(\frac{94+95}{2}
= \frac{189}{2}\)
= 94.5
The outlier decreases the median from 94.5 to 94.

Question 4.
The number of people who attended an art conference for five days was 42, 27, 35, 39, and 96. Describe the effect of the outlier on the mean and median.

Answer: The outlier is 96. The outlier increases the mean from 35.75 to 47.8 and increases the median from 37 to 39.

Explanation:
The mean with outlier is \(\frac{42+27+35+39+96}{5}
= \frac{239}{5}\)
=47.8 .
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{42+27+35+39}{4}
= \frac{143}{4}\)
= 35.75.
The outlier increases mean from 35.75 to 47.8.
The median with the outlier is 27,35,39,42,96.
= 39.
The median without outlier is 27,35,39,42.
= \(\frac{35+39}{2}
= \frac{74}{2}\)
= 37.
The outlier increases the median from 37 to 39.

Question 5.
Find or create a set of data that has an outlier. Find the mean and median with and without the outlier. Describe the effect of the outlier on the measures of center.

Answer:

Lesson Check – Page No. 692

Question 1.
What is the outlier for the data set?
19, 19, 27, 21, 77, 18, 23, 29

Answer: The outlier is 77.

Explanation: As 77 is not fit in the data set, so 77 is an outlier.

Question 2.
The number of counties in several states is 64, 15, 42, 55, 41, 60, and 52. How does the outlier change the median?

Answer: The outlier is 15. The outlier decreases the median from 52 to 53.5.

Explanation:
The median with the outlier is 15,41,42,52,55,60,64.
= 52.
The median without outlier is 41,42,52,55,60,64.
= \(\frac{52+55}{2}
= \frac{107}{2}\)
= 53.5
The outlier decreases the median from 52 to 53.5.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Hector covers each face of the pyramid below with construction paper. The area of the base of the pyramid is 28 square inches. What area will he cover with paper?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 58
_______ in.2

Answer: 196 in.2

Explanation:
Area= 1/2 bh
= 1/2 × 8×14
= 4×14
= 56 in.2
The surface area is 28+3×56
= 28+168
= 196 in.2

Question 4.
Mr. Stevenson measured the heights of several students and recorded his findings in the chart below. How many observations did he complete?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 59

Answer: No.of observations are 14.

Question 5.
Kendra is making a histogram for the data in the chart. She uses the intervals 0–4, 5–9, 10–14, and 15–19. What should be the height of the longest bar in her histogram?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 60

Answer: So the height of the longest bar is 5.

Explanation:
The frequency of intervals from 0-4 is 2.
The frequency of intervals from 5-9 is 5.
The frequency of intervals from 10-14 is 4.
The frequency of intervals from 15-19 is 4.
So the height of the longest bar is 5.

Question 6.
Sharon has 6 photo files on her computer. The numbers below are the sizes of the files in kilobytes. What is the median number of kilobytes for the files?
69.7, 38.5, 106.3, 109.8, 75.6, 89.4
The median is _______ kilobytes.

Answer: 82.5 Kilobytes.

Explanation: The median is 38.5,69.7,75.6,89.4,106.3,109.8
= \(\frac{75.6+89.4}{2}
= \frac{165}{2}\)
= 82.5 Kilobytes.

Share and Show – Page No. 695

Question 1.
The table shows the number of goals scored by the Florida Panthers National Hockey League team in the last 20 games of the 2009 season. What was the most common number of goals the team scored?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 61
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 62

Answer: The most common number of goals the team scored is 2.

Explanation: As 2 has appeared 6 times.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
Draw a histogram of the hockey data. Use it to find the percent of the games in which the Panthers scored more than 3 goals.

Answer:

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 3.
Use Appropriate Tools If you needed to find the mean of a data set, which data display—dot plot or histogram—would you choose? Explain your reasoning.

Answer: To find the mean data set the best tool is a dot plot because in a dot plot we can add all the data values to find the mean but in a histogram does not show individual values.

On Your Own – Page No. 696

Question 4.
Corey collected data on the ages of the parents of his classmates. Make a data display and use it to find the percent of parents at least 30 years old but under 50 years old.
42, 36, 35, 49, 52, 43, 41, 32, 45, 39, 50, 38, 27, 29, 37, 39

Answer: 75% of parents at least 30 years old but under 50 years old.

Explanation: Total parents are 16 and 12 parents who are at least 30 years old but under 50 years. So percent is 12/16= 0.75
= 75% of parents at least 30 years old but under 50 years old.

Question 5.
What is the mode of the data in Exercise 4?

Answer: 39

Explanation: As 39 appears two times, so the mode is 39.

Question 6.
Explain An online retail store sold 500 electronic devices in one week. Half of the devices were laptop computers and 20% were desktop computers. The remaining devices sold were tablets. How many tablets were sold? Explain how you found your answer.

Answer: 150 tablets.

Explanation:
Number of devices sold are
= 100%-50%-20%
= 100%-70%
= 30% of devices
So, number of tablets sold are 30/100 ×500
= 150 tablets.

Question 7.
A recipe for punch calls for apple juice and cranberry juice. The ratio of apple juice to cranberry juice is 3:2. Tyrone wants to make at least 20 cups of punch, but no more than 30 cups of punch. Describe two different ways he can use apple juice and cranberry juice to make the punch.

Answer: Tyrone can use 60:40 and 90:60.

Explanation: For 20 cups Tyrone can use 60:40 and for 30 cups he can use 90:60

Question 8.
The data set shows the total points scored by the middle school basketball team in the last 14 games. What is the most common number of points scored in a game? Explain how to find the answer using a dot plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 63

Answer: The most common number of points scored in a game is 39

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Problem Solving Data Displays – Page No. 697

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
Josie collected data on the number of siblings her classmates have. Make a data display and determine the percent of Josie’s classmates that have more than 2 siblings.
5, 1, 2, 1, 2, 4, 3, 2, 2, 6
_______ %

Answer: 40%.

Explanation: Total number of classmates are 10 members and 4 of them have more than 2 siblings, so the percent of Josie’s classmates is 4÷10= 0.4= 40%.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
The following data show the number of field goals a kicker attempted each game. Make a data display and tell which number of field goals is the mode.
4, 6, 2, 1, 3, 1, 2, 1, 5, 2, 2, 3

Answer: The mode of data is 2.

Explanation: As 2 is repeated 4 times, so mode is 2.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 3.
The math exam scores for a class are shown below. Make a data display. What percent of the scores are 90 and greater?
91, 68, 83, 75, 81, 99, 97, 80, 85, 70, 89, 92, 77, 95, 100, 64, 88, 96, 76, 88

Answer: 35% of the scores are 90 and greater.

Explanation: Total data display is 20 scores and 7 of them are greater than 90. So the percent of scores is 7÷20= 0.35
= 35%.

Question 4.
The heights of students in a class are shown below in inches. Make a data display. What percent of the students are taller than 62 inches?
63, 57, 60, 64, 59, 62, 65, 58, 63, 65, 58, 61, 63, 64

Answer: 50% of the students are taller than 62 inches.

Explanation: Total data display is 14 scores and 7 of them are taller than 62 inches. So the percent of scores is 7÷14= 0.5
= 50%.

Question 5.
Write and solve a problem for which you would use a dot plot or histogram to answer questions about given data.

Answer:

Lesson Check – Page No. 698

Question 1.
The number of student absences is shown below. What is the mode of the absences?
2, 1, 3, 2, 1, 1, 3, 2, 2, 10, 4, 5, 1, 5, 1

Answer: 1

Explanation: The mode is the data value with the most dots, so the mode of absence is 1.

Question 2.
Kelly is making a histogram of the number of pets her classmates own. On the histogram, the intervals of the data are 0–1, 2–3, 4–5, 6–7. What is the range of the data?

Answer: 7

Explanation: The range of data is 7.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The area of the base of the rectangular prism shown below is 45 square millimeters. The height is 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) millimeters. What is the volume of the prism?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 64
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) mm3

Answer: 247 1/2 mm3

Explanation:
As l×w= 45 mm2
Area of the base is l×w
V= l×w×h
=  45×h
= 45 × 5 1/2
= 45 × 11/2
= 495/2
= 247 1/2 mm3

Question 4.
The frequency table shows the number of runs scored by the Cougars in 20 of their baseball games. In what percent of the games did they score 5 or fewer runs?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 65
_______ %

Answer: 85%.

Explanation: The Cougars scores 5 or fewer runs in 17 of their 20 games. So the percent of the games did they score 5 or fewer runs is 17/20= 0.85 = 85%.

Question 5.
There are 5 plates of bagels. The numbers of bagels on the plates are 8, 10, 9, 10, and 8. Shane rearranges the bagels so that each plate has the same amount. How many bagels are now on each plate?

Answer: 9

Explanation: There are 9 bagels on each plate.

Question 6.
By how much does the median of the data set 12, 9, 9, 11, 14, 28 change if the outlier is removed?

Answer: The outlier is 28.

Explanation:
The median without outlier is 9,9,11,12,14
= 11
The median with outlier is 9,9,11,12,14,28
= (11+12)/2
= 11.5.
The median was decreased when the outlier is removed.

Chapter 12 Review/Test – Page No. 699

Question 1.
The data set shows the total number of sandwiches sold each day for 28 days. What is the most common number of sandwiches sold in a day?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 66
______ sandwiches

Answer: 13 sandwiches.

Explanation: The most common number of sandwiches sold are 13.

Question 2.
Michael’s teacher asks, “How many items were sold on the first day of the fund raiser?” Explain why this is not a statistical question.

Answer: As there is no variability in the number of items sold on the first day of the fundraiser, so it is not a statistical question.

Question 3.
Describe the data set by writing the attribute measured, the unit of measure, the likely means of measurement, and the number of observations in the correct location on the chart.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 67
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 68

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Page No. 700

Question 4.
The numbers of points scored by a football team in 7 different games are 26, 38, 33, 20, 27, 3, and 28. For numbers 4a–4c, select True or False to indicate whether the statement is correct.
4a. The outlier in the data set is 3
4b. The difference between the outlier and the median is 24.
4c. The outlier in this set of data affects the mean by increasing it.

4a.
Answer:  True.

Explanation: The outlier is 3.

4b.
Answer: True.

Explanation: The median is 3,20,26,27,28,33,38
= 27
and outlier is 3, so difference between median and outlier is 27-3= 24.

4c.
Answer: False

Explanation: The mean with outlier is \(\frac{26+38+33+20+27+3+28}{7}
= \frac{175}{7}\)
= 25
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{26+38+33+20+27+28}{6}
= \frac{172}{6}\)
= 28.6
The mean increases without the outlier.

Question 5.
Mr. Jones gave a quiz to his math class. The students’ scores are listed in the table. Make a dot plot of the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 69

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 6.
Melanie scored 10, 10, 11, and 13 points in her last 4 basketball games.
The mean of the test scores is _____.
The median of the test scores is _____.
The mode of the test scores is _____.

Answer:
The mean of the test scores is 11.
The median of the test scores is 10.5
The mode of the test scores is 10.

Explanation:
The mean of the test scores is \(\frac{10+10+11+13}{4}
= \frac{44}{4}\)
= 11.
The median of the test scores is 10,10,11,13
= \(\frac{10+11}{2}
= \frac{21}{2}\)
= 10.5
The mode of the test scores is 10. As 10 is repeated twice.

Page No. 701

Question 7.
The Martin family goes out for frozen yogurt to celebrate the last day of school. The costs of their frozen yogurts are $1, $1, $2, and $4. Select True or False for each statement.
7a. The mean cost for the frozen yogurts can be found by adding each cost and dividing that total by 4.
7b. The mean cost of the four frozen yogurts is $2.
7c. The difference between the greatest cost and the mean is $1.
7d. The difference between the least cost and the mean is $1.

7a.
Answer: True.

Explanation: To find the mean we will add each cost and divide that total by 4.

7b.
Answer: True.

Explnation: The mean is \(\frac{$1+$1+$2+$4}{4}
= \frac{$8}{4}\)
= $2.

Answer:
7c. False.

Explanation: The difference between the greatest cost and the mean is $4-$2= $2.

Answer:
7d. True.

Explanation: The difference between the least cost and the mean is $2-$1= $1.

Question 8.
The histogram shows the amount of time students spent on homework for the week. For numbers 8a–8d, choose True or False to indicate whether the statement is correct.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 70
8a. The number of students that spent between 30 minutes and 59 minutes on homework is 2.
8b. The greatest number of students spent between 90 minutes and 119 minutes on homework.
8c. Five of the students spent less than 60 minutes on homework for the week.
8d. Six of the students spent 60 minutes or more on homework for the week.

8a.
Answer: True.

8b.
Answer: True.

8c.
Answer: False

Explanation: Three of the students spent less than 60 minutes.

8d.
Answer: True.

Page No. 702

Question 9.
The dot plot shows how many games of chess 8 different members of the chess club played in one month. If Jackson is a new member of the chess club, how many games of chess is he likely to play in one month? Explain how the dot plot helped you find the answer.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 71

Answer: Jackson played 5 games of chess in one month.

Explanation: As the tallest stack in this dot plot is 5 games.

Question 10.
Larry is training for a bicycle race. He records how far he rides each day. Find the mode of the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 72

Answer: 15

Explanation: As 15 repeated 3 times, so mode of the data is 15.

Question 11.
The amounts of money Connor earned each week from mowing lawns for 5 weeks are $12, $61, $71, $52, and $64. The mean amount earned is $52 and the median amount earned is $61. Identify the outlier and describe how the mean and median are affected by it.

Answer: The outliernis $12. The outlier decreases both mean and median.

Explanation: The mean without outlier is \(\frac{$61+$71+$52+$64}{4}
= \frac{248}{4}\)
= 62.
The median without outlier is $52,$61,$64,$71.
= \(\frac{$61+$64}{2}
= \frac{125}{2}\)
= 62.5
The outlier decreases both mean and median.

Question 12.
The frequency table shows the height, in inches, of 12 basketball players. What fraction of the players are 70 inches or taller?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 73
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\).

Explanation: The total number of players who are 70 inches or taller are 6+3= 9, so fraction is \(\frac{9}{12}\)
= \(\frac{3}{4}\).

Page No. 703

Question 13.
A teacher surveys her students to find out how much time the students spent eating lunch on Monday.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 74
She uses _____ as the unit of measure.
She uses ______ as the unit of measure.

Answer: She uses minutes as the unit of measure.

Question 14.
For numbers 14a–14d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the question is a statistical question.
14a. What are the heights of the trees in the park?
14b. How old are the trees in the park?
14c. How tall is the cypress tree on the north side of the lake this morning?
14d. What are the diameters of the trees in the park?

14a.
Answer: Yes.

14b.
Answer: Yes.

14c.
Answer: No.

14d. Yes.

Question 15.
Five friends have 8, 6, 5, 2, and 4 baseball cards to divide equally among themselves.
Each friend will get _____ cards.
Each friend will get ______ cards.

Answer: 5 cards.

Explanation: Each friend will get \(\frac{8+6+5+2+4}{5}
= \frac{25}{5}\)
= 5

Question 16.
The data set shows the ages of the members of the cheerleading squad. What is the most common age of the members of the squad? Explain how to find the answer using a dot plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 75

Answer: 11 is the most common age of the members of the squad.

Explanation:

Page No. 704

Question 17.
The band director kept a record of the number of concert tickets sold by 20 band members. Complete the frequency table by finding the frequency and the relative frequency.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 76
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 77

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 18.
Gilbert is training for a marathon by running each week. The table shows the distances, in miles, that he ran each week during the first 7 weeks.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 78
Part A
Gilbert set a goal that the mean number of miles he runs in 7 weeks is at least 14 miles. Did Gilbert reach his goal? Use words and numbers to support your answer.

Answer: No, Gilbert did not reach his goal as 13 is less than 14.

Explanation: The mean number of miles he runs in 7 weeks \(\frac{8+10+9+10+15+18+21}{7}
= \frac{91}{7}\)
= 13

Question 18.
Part B
Suppose Gilbert had run 18 miles during week 5 and 22 miles during week 6. Would he have reached his goal? Use words and numbers to support your answer

Answer: As the mean is 14, Gilbert reached his goal.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{8+10+9+10+22+18+21}{7}
= \frac{98}{7}\)
= 14.

go-math-grade-4-answer-key-chapter-10-two-dimensional-figures-homework-practice-fl

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures

Students who are willing to practice more number of questions can Download Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures pdf. Here we provide the solutions for each and every question with pictures in an easy manner. With the help of Go Math Grade 4 Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Answer Key, you can complete your homework in time.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures

The topics of Two-Dimensional Figures consist of Lines, Rays and Angles, Classify Triangles, Parallel Lines and Perpendicular Lines, Classify Quadrilaterals, Line Symmetry, and so on. All you have to do is to click on the below links and kickstart your preparation.

Lesson: 1 – Lines, Rays, and Angles

Lesson: 2 – Classify Triangles

Lesson: 3 – Parallel Lines and Perpendicular Lines

Lesson: 4 – Classify Quadrilaterals

Lesson: 5 – Line Symmetry

Lesson: 6 – Find and Draw Lines of Symmetry

Lesson: 7 – Problem Solving Shape Patterns

Chapter 10 – Extra Practice

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 189

Lines, Rays, and Angles

Draw and label an example of the figure.

Question 1.
obtuse ∠ABC
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 1
Think: An obtuse angle is greater than a right angle. The middle letter, B, names the vertex of the angle.
________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 553

Explanation:
An obtuse angle is greater than a right angle. The middle letter, B, names the vertex of the angle.

Question 2.
\(\overrightarrow{G H}\)

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 553

Explanation:
GH is a ray that has one endpoint and continues without an end in one direction.

Question 3.
acute ∠JKL
________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 553

Explanation:
Angle JKL is an acute angle that is less than a right angle.

Question 4.
\(\overline{B C}\)

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 4 553

Explanation:
BC is a line that continues without an end in both directions.

Use the figure for 5–8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 2

Question 5.
Name a line segment.

Answer:
line segment EF

Explanation:
EF line is a straight path of points that continues without an end in both directions.

Question 6.
Name a right angle.
∠ _____

Answer:
∠EJF

Explanation:
EJF is a right angle that forms a square corner.

Question 7.
Name an obtuse angle.
obtuse ∠ _____

Answer:
∠CEJ

Explanation:
CEJ is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle.

Problem Solving

Use the figure at the right for 9–11.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 3

Question 9.
Classify ∠AFD
________

Answer:
Obtuse Angle

Explanation:
AFD is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle.

Question 10.
Classify ∠CFE.
________

Answer:
Right Angle

Explanation:
∠CFE is a right angle that forms a square corner.

Question 11.
Name two acute angles.
acute ∠ _____ acute ∠ _____

Answer:
∠AFB and ∠DFE

Explanation:
∠AFB and ∠DFE are two acute angles with less than a right angle.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 190

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The hands of a clock show the time 12:25.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 4
Which best describes the angle between the hands of the clock?
Options:
a. acute
b. right
c. obtuse
d. straight

Answer:
c. obtuse

Explanation:
The hands of the time 12:25 are forming greater than a right angle. So, the answer is the Obtuse angle.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Which of the following name two different figures?
Options:
a. \(\overline{A B} \text { and } \overline{B A}\)
b. \(\overleftrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { BA } \)
c. \(\overrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overrightarrow { BA } \)
d. ∠ABC and ∠CBA

Answer: \(\overrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overrightarrow { BA } \)

Explanation:
In \(\overrightarrow { AB } \) A is an end point and B continues without end in one direction.
In \(\overrightarrow { BA } \) B is an end point and A continues without an end in one direction.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jan’s pencil is 8.5 cm long. Ted’s pencil is longer. Which could be the length of Ted’s pencil?
Options:
a. 0.09 cm
b. 0.8 cm
c. 8.4 cm
d. 9.0 cm

Answer:
d. 9.0 cm

Explanation:
9 ones is greater than 8 ones. So, 9.0 cm > 8.5 cm
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Kayla buys a shirt for $8.19. She pays with a $10 bill. How much change should she receive?
Options:
a. $1.81
b. $1.89
c. $2.19
d. $2.81

Answer:
a. $1.81

Explanation:
Kayla buys a shirt for $8.19. She pays with a $10 bill. To find the change she received, $10 – $8.19 = 1.81
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
Sasha donated \(\frac{9}{100}\) of her class’s entire can collection for the food drive. Which decimal is equivalent to \(\frac{9}{100}\) ?
Options:
a. 9
b. 0.99
c. 0.9
d. 0.09

Answer:
d. 0.09

Explanation:
\(\frac{9}{100}\) is 9 hundredths. So, the decimal is 0.09.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
Jose jumped 8 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet. This was 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet farther than Lila jumped. How far did Lila jump?
Options:
a. 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
b. 5 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
c. 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
d. 11

Answer: 5 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Jose jumped 8 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet. This was 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet farther than Lila jumped.
8 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet – 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 25/3 – 8/3
= 7/3
= 5 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 191

Classify Triangles

Classify each triangle. Write acute, right, or obtuse.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 5
Think: Angles A and C are both acute.
Angle B is obtuse.

Answer:
Obtuse triangle;
Angle A and Angle C are both acute.
Angle B is obtuse.

Explanation:
From triangle, ABC, Angle A, and Angle C are both acute with less than a right angle. Angle B is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 6
________

Answer:
Right Triangle; Triangle DEF;
∠D and ∠F are acute angles.
∠E is Right angle

Explanation:
∠D and ∠F are acute angles with less than a right angle. ∠E is the Right angle that forms a square corner. A triangle that has one right angle is called a right triangle.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 7
________

Answer:
Acute triangle;
Angle G, Angle J, and Angle H are acute angles.

Explanation:
From triangle GJH, Angle G, Angle J, and Angle H are acute angles with less than a right angle. A triangle with three acute angles called an acute triangle. So, the given triangle is an acute triangle.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 8
________

Answer:
Obtuse triangle;
Angle L and Angle N are both acute.
Angle M is obtuse.

Explanation:
From triangle LMN, Angle L and Angle N are both acute with less than a right angle. Angle M is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle. A triangle with an obtuse angle is called an obtuse triangle.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Use figure ABCD below. Draw a line segment from point B to point D. Name and classify the triangles formed.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 9
Two _______ triangles
△ _______
△ _______

Answer:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 559

Two Acute triangles.
△ ABD
△ BCD

Explanation:
If we draw a line segment from point B to point D, then there are two traingles formed with less than right angles. They are △ ABD and △ BCD.

Question 6.
Use figure ABCD below. Draw a line segment from point A to point C. Name and classify the triangles formed.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 10
Two _______ triangles
△ _______
△ _______

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 559

Two Acute triangles.
△ ABC
△ ADC

Explanation:
If we draw a line segment from point A to point C, then there are two triangles formed with less than right angles. They are △ ABC and △ ADC.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 192

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Stephen drew this triangle. How many obtuse angles does the triangle have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 11
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 3

Answer: a. 0

Explanation:
The given image has three acute angles. So, there are 0 obtuse angles.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 2.
Joan was asked to draw a right triangle. How many right angles are in a right triangle?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 3

Answer:
b. 1

Explanation:
A right triangle has only one right angle.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Oliver drew the figure below to show light traveling from the sun to Earth. Name the figure he drew.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 12
Options:
a. segment SE
b. ray SE
c. line SE
d. ray ES

Answer:
b. ray SE

Explanation:
SE is a ray that has one endpoint and continues without an end in one direction.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 4.
Armon added \(\frac{1}{10}\) and \(\frac{8}{100}\). Which is the correct sum?
Options:
a. \(\frac{18}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{9}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{9}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{18}{100}\)

Answer: d. \(\frac{18}{100}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{10}{100}\) + \(\frac{8}{100}\) = \(\frac{18}{100}\)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
Sam counted out loud by 6s. Jorge counted out loud by 8s. What are the first three numbers both students said?
Options:
a. 8, 16, 24
b. 14, 28, 42
c. 24, 48, 72
d. 48, 96, 144

Answer:
c. 24, 48, 72

Explanation:
Sam counted out loud by 6s = 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72.
Jorge counted out loud by 8s = 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 72, 80.
Both students said the first three numbers are 24, 48, 72.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
A basketball team averaged 105 points per game. How many points did the team score in 6 games?
Options:
a. 605 points
b. 630 points
c. 900 points
d. 6,030 points

Answer:
b. 630 points

Explanation:
A basketball team averaged 105 points per game.
They score in 6 games = 6 x 105 = 630 points.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 193

Parallel Lines and Perpendicular Lines

Use the figure for 1–3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 13

Question 1.
Name a pair of lines that appear to be perpendicular.
Think: Perpendicular lines form right angles.
\(\overleftrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { EF } \) appear to form right angles.
\(\overleftrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { EF } \)

Answer:
\(\overleftrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { EF } \)

Explanation:
Perpendicular lines form right angles.
\(\overleftrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { EF } \) appear to form right angles.
\(\overleftrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { EF } \)

Question 2.
Name a pair of lines that appear to be parallel.
____ and ____

Answer:
\(\overleftrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { CD } \)

Explanation:
Parallel lines never interest each other. \(\overleftrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { CD } \) are parallel lines.

Question 3.
Name another pair of lines that appear to be perpendicular.
____ and ____

Answer:
\(\overleftrightarrow { CD } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { EF } \)

Explanation:
Perpendicular lines form right angles.
\(\overleftrightarrow { CD } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { EF } \) appear to form right angles.
\(\overleftrightarrow { CD } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { EF } \)

Draw and label the figure described.

Question 4.
\(\overleftrightarrow { MN } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { PQ } \) intersecting at point R

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 565

Explanation:
MN and PQ are two lines and interesting at point R.

Question 5.
\(\overleftrightarrow { WX } \) || \(\overleftrightarrow { YZ } \)

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 565

Explanation:
WX and YZ are parallel lines and they never intersect with each other.

Question 6.
\(\overleftrightarrow { FH } \) ⊥ \(\overleftrightarrow { JK } \)

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 565

Explanation:
FH and JK are two lines and intersecting each other to form four right angles.

Problem Solving

Use the street map for 7–8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 14

Question 7.
Name two streets that intersect but do not appear to be perpendicular.
Type below:
_______

Answer:
Maple and Oak or Oak and Birch

Explanation:
Maple and Oak or Oak and Birch; They are intersecting with each other and not perpendicular.

Question 8.
Name two streets that appear to be parallel to each other.
Type below:
_______

Answer:
Maple and Birch

Explanation:
Maple and Birch are streets and not intersect with each other. They appear to be parallel to each other.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 194

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which capital letter appears to have perpendicular line segments?
Options:
a. N
b. O
c. T
d. V

Answer:
c. T

Explanation:
T has two lines and interesting to form four right angles.

Question 2.
In the figure, which pair of line segments appear to be parallel?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 15
Options:
a. \(\overline{F G} \text { and } \overline{G H}\)
b. \(\overline{F J} \text { and } \overline{G H}\)
c. \(\overline{F G} \text { and } \overline{J H}\)
d. \(\overline{J H} \text { and } \overline{F J}\)

Answer:
c. \(\overline{F G} \text { and } \overline{J H}\)

Explanation:
\(\overline{F G} \text { and } \overline{J H}\) are parallel lines that never intersect

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Nolan drew a right triangle. How many acute angles did he draw?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 3

Answer:
c. 2

Explanation:
A triangle with one right angle will have two acute angles.

Question 4.
Mike drank more than half the juice in his glass. What fraction of the juice could Mike have drunk?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer:
d. \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
Mike drank more than half the juice in his glass. He drunk \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the juice.

Question 5.
A school principal ordered 1,000 pencils. He gave an equal number to each of 7 teachers until he had given out as many as possible. How many pencils were left?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 142

Answer:
c. 6

Explanation:
A school principal ordered 1,000 pencils. He gave an equal number to each of the 7 teachers until he had given out as many as possible. He shared 142 pencils for each of the 7 teachers. So, 142 × 7 = 994. The remaining pencils are 6.

Question 6.
A carton of juice contains 64 ounces. Ms. Wilson bought 6 cartons of juice. How many ounces of juice did she buy?
Options:
a. 364 ounces
b. 370 ounces
c. 384 ounces
d. 402 ounces

Answer:
c. 384 ounces

Explanation:
A carton of juice contains 64 ounces. Ms. Wilson bought 6 cartons of juice. 64 X 6 = 384 ounces juice she can buy.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 195

Classify Quadrilaterals

Classify each figure as many ways as possible. Write quadrilateral, trapezoid, parallelogram, rhombus, rectangle, or square.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 16
Type below:
________
Answer:
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and rhombus.

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
4 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and rhombus.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 17
Type below:
________

Answer:
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, Rectangle

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
2 pairs of sides of equal length
4 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, Rectangle

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 18
Type below:
________

Answer:

Explanation:
1 pair of parallel sides
2 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Trapezoid

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 19
Type below:
________

Answer:
Quadrilateral

Explanation:
0 pair of parallel sides
0 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 20
Type below:
________

Answer:
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and rhombus

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
4 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and rhombus

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 21
Type below:
________

Answer:

Explanation:
1 pair of parallel sides
0 sides of equal length
2 right angles
Quadrilateral, Trapezoid

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 22
Type below:
________

Answer:

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
2 pairs of sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Alan drew a polygon with four sides and four angles. All four sides are equal. None of the angles are right angles. What figure did Alan draw?
________

Answer:
Quadrilateral or rhombus

Explanation:
Alan drew a polygon with four sides and four angles. All four sides are equal. None of the angles are right angles. Alan drew Quadrilateral or rhombus

Question 9.
Teresa drew a quadrilateral with 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 right angles. What quadrilateral could she have drawn?
________

Answer:
square or rectangle

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 right angles. she could draw a square or rectangle.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 196

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Joey is asked to name a quadrilateral that is also a rhombus. What should be his answer?
Options:
a. square
b. rectangle
c. parallelogram
d. trapezoid

Answer:
a. square

Explanation:
The quadrilateral square is also called a rhombus. Both square and rhombus have 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 sides of equal length.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 2.
Which quadrilateral has exactly one pair of parallel sides?
Options:
a. square
b. rhombus
c. parallelogram
d. trapezoid

Answer:
d. trapezoid

Explanation:
A trapezoid has exactly one pair of parallel sides.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Terrence has 24 eggs to divide into equal groups. What are all the possible numbers of eggs that Terence could put in each group?
Options:
a. 1, 2, 3, 4
b. 2, 4, 6, 8, 12
c. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24
d. 24, 48, 72, 96

Answer:
c. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24

Explanation:
Terrence has 24 eggs to divide into equal groups. Terence could put in each group in 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24 ways.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
In a line of students, Jenna is number 8. The teacher says that a rule for a number pattern is add 4. The first student in line says the first term, 7. What number
should Jenna say?
Options:
a. 31
b. 35
c. 39
d. 43

Answer:
b. 35

Explanation:
In a line of students, Jenna is number 8. The teacher says that a rule for a number pattern is to add 4. The first student in line says the first term, 7.
7 + 4 = 11
11 + 4 = 15
15 + 4 = 19
19 + 4 = 23
23 + 4 = 27
27 + 4 = 31
31 + 4 = 35.
Jenna says 35.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Lou eats \(\frac{6}{8}\) of a pizza. What fraction of the pizza is left over?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
b. 1/4
Explanation:
Lou eats 6/8 of a pizza. So, 6 parts of the pizza are finished and the remaining 2 parts of the pizza have remained. So, the left over pizza is 2/8 = 1/4.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Which capital letter appears to have parallel lines?
Options:
a. D
b. L
c. N
d. T

Answer:
c. N

Explanation:
N has two parallel lines and never intersect each other.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 197

Line Symmetry

Tell if the dashed line appears to be a line of symmetry. Write yes or no.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 23
yes

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 24
____

Answer:
No

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not of the same size and shape.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 25
____

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 26
____

Answer:
No

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not of the same size and shape.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 27
____

Answer:
No

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not of the same size and shape.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 28
____

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 29
____

Answer:
No

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not of the same size and shape.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 30
____

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Complete the design by reflecting over the line of symmetry.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 31

Answer:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 4 578

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 32

Answer:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 6 578

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Kara uses the pattern below to make paper dolls. The dashed line represents a line of symmetry. A complete doll includes the reflection of the pattern over the line of symmetry. Complete the design to show what one of Kara’s paper dolls looks like.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 33

Answer:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 7 578

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 198

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which best describes the line of symmetry in the letter D?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 34
Options:
a. horizontal
b. vertical
c. diagonal
d. half turn

Answer:
a. horizontal

Explanation:
The horizontal line of symmetry in the letter D can exactly separate two parts equally.

Question 2.
Which shape has a correctly drawn line of symmetry?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 35
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 36
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 37
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 38

Answer:
b.Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 86

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The class has 360 unit cubes in a bag. Johnnie divides the unit cubes equally among 8 groups. How many unit cubes will each group get?
Options:
a. 40
b. 44
c. 45
d. 48

Answer:
c. 45

Explanation:
The class has 360 unit cubes in a bag. Johnnie divides the unit cubes equally among 8 groups. 360/8= 45.

Question 4.
There are 5,280 feet in one mile. How many feet are there in 6 miles?
Options:
a. 30,680
b. 31,260
c. 31,608
d. 31,680

Answer:
d. 31,680

Explanation:
There are 5,280 feet in one mile. So, for 6 miles = 6 x 5, 280 = 31,680.

Question 5.
Sue has 4 pieces of wood. The lengths of her pieces of wood are \(\frac{1}{3}\) foot, \(\frac{2}{5}\) foot, \(\frac{3}{10}\) foot, and \(\frac{1}{4}\) foot. Which piece of wood is the shortest?
Options:
a. the \(\frac{1}{3}\) foot piece
b. the \(\frac{2}{5}\) foot piece
c. the \(\frac{3}{10}\) foot piece
d. the \(\frac{1}{4}\) foot piece

Answer:
d. the 1/4 foot piece

Explanation:
The lengths of 1/4 foot piece is less compared to other lengths.

Question 6.
Alice has \(\frac{1}{5}\) as many miniature cars as Sylvester has. Sylvester has 35 miniature cars. How many miniature cars does Alice have?
Options:
a. 7
b. 9
c. 40
d. 175

Answer:
a. 7

Explanation:
Alice has 1/5 as many miniature cars as Sylvester has. Sylvester has 35 miniature cars. Alice has 1/5 × 35 = 7 miniature cars.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 199

Find and Draw Lines of Symmetry

Tell whether the shape appears to have zero lines, 1 line, or more than 1 line of symmetry. Write zero, 1, or more than 1.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 39
1

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:
There is more than 1 line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 40
________

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:
There is more than 1 line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 41
________

Answer:
Zero

Explanation:
There are 0 lines of symmetries.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 42
________

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 585
There is more than 1 line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Does the design have line symmetry? Write yes or no.
If your answer is yes, draw all lines of symmetry.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 43
____

Answer:
Yes
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 585

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 44
____

Answer:
Yes

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 5 585

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 45
____

Answer:
No

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 46
____

Answer:
Yes
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 6 585

Draw a shape for the statement. Draw the line or lines of symmetry.

Question 9.
zero lines of symmetry
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 47

Answer:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 7 585

Question 10.
1 line of symmetry
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 48

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 9 585

Question 11.
2 lines of symmetry
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 49

Answer:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 10 585

Problem Solving

Use the chart for 12–13.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 50

Question 12.
Which number or numbers appear to have only 1 line of symmetry?
____

Answer:
3

Explanation:
The number 3 has only 1 line of symmetry.

Question 13.
Which number or numbers appear to have 2 lines of symmetry?
____

Answer:
0 and 8

Explanation:
The numbers 0 and 8 appear to have 2 lines of symmetry.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 200

Lesson Check

Question 1.
How many lines of symmetry does this shape appear to have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 51
Options:
a. 0
b. 2
c. 6
d. 12

Answer:
c. 6

Explanation:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 586
The given shape has 6 lines of symmetry.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Which of the following shapes appears to have exactly 1 line of symmetry?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 52
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 53
c.Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 54
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 55

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 586

The trapezoid has exactly 1 line of symmetry.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Richard practiced each of 3 piano solos for \(\frac{5}{12}\) hour. How long did he practice in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3}\) hours
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) hours
d. 1 \(\frac{5}{12}\) hours

Answer:
b. 1 1/4 hours

Explanation:
Richard practiced each of 3 piano solos for 5/12 hour. 5/12 hour = 1 1/4 hours hours.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 4.
Which of the following decimals is equivalent to three and ten hundredths?
Options:
a. 0.30
b. 0.31
c. 3.01
d. 3.1

Answer:
d. 3.1

Explanation:
three and ten hundredths = 310 hundredths = 3.1
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
Lynne used \(\frac{3}{8}\) cup of flour and \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of sugar in a recipe. Which number below is a common denominator for \(\frac{3}{8}\) and \(\frac{1}{3}\)?
Options:
a. 8
b. 12
c. 16
d. 24

Answer:
d. 24

Explanation:
Lynne used 3/8 cup of flour and 1/3 cup of sugar in a recipe. To find the common denominator for 3/8 and 1/3, multiply 8 X3 and 3 X 8 = 24.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
Kevin draws a figure that has four sides. All sides have the same length. His figure has no right angles. What figure does Kevin draw?
Options:
a. square
b. trapezoid
c. rhombus
d. rectangle

Answer:
c. rhombus

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 201

Problem Solving Shape Patterns

Solve each Problem.

Question 1.
Marta is using this pattern to decorate a picture frame. Describe the pattern. Draw what might be the next three figures in the pattern.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 56
Possible answer: the pattern repeats: one trangle followed by two squares.

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 127

The pattern repeats one triangle followed by two squares.

Question 2.
Describe the pattern. Draw what might be the next three figures in the pattern. How many circles are in the sixth figure in the pattern?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 57
____ circles

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 591

Add one more column with 1 more circle than in the previous column; 21.

Question 3.
Larry stencils this pattern to make a border at the top of his bedroom walls. Describe the pattern. Draw what might be the missing figure in the pattern.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 58

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 591

2 triangles placed side to side followed by 2 sets of 2 triangles placed vertex to vertex

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 202

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What might be the next three figures in this pattern?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 59
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 60
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 61
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 62
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 63

Answer:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 131

Explanation:
the pattern has odd numbers of up arrows then even number of down arrows. So, the next three figures areGo Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 131

Question 2.
Which might be the missing figure in the following pattern?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 64
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 65
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 66
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 67
d.Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 68

Answer:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 136

Explanation:
From the pattern, the missing image will have a vertical rectangle with the circle and X mark in it.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Chad has two pieces of wood. One piece is \(\frac{7}{12}\) foot long. The second piece is \(\frac{5}{12}\) foot longer than the first piece. How long is the second piece?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{12}\) foot
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) foot
c. \(\frac{12}{18}\) foot
d. 1 foot

Answer:
d. 1 foot

Explanation:
7/12 + 5/12 = 12/12 = 1 foot.

Question 4.
Olivia finished a race in 40.64 seconds. Patty finished the race in 40.39 seconds. Miguel finished the race in 41.44 seconds. Chad finished the race in 40.46 seconds. Who finished the race in the least time?
Options:
a. Olivia
b. Patty
c. Miguel
d. Chad

Answer:
b. Patty

Explanation:
Patty finished the race in 40.39 seconds that is the least time compared to others.

Question 5.
Justin bought 6 ribbons for an art project. Each ribbon is \(\frac{1}{4}\) yard long. How many yards of ribbon did Justin buy?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) yards
d. 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) yards

Answer:
c. 1 1/2 yards

Explanation:
Justin bought 6 ribbons for an art project. Each ribbon is 1/4 yard long. So, 6 X 1/4 = 3/2 = 1 1/2 yards.

Question 6.
Kyle and Andrea were asked to make a list of prime numbers.
Kyle: 1, 3, 7, 19, 23
Andrea: 2, 3, 5, 7, 11
Whose list is correct?
Options:
a. Only Kyle’s list
b. Only Andrea’s list
c. Both lists are correct.
d. Neither list is correct.

Answer:
b. Only Andrea’s list

Explanation:
1 is not a prime number. So, the answer is Only Andrea’s list is correct.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 203

Lesson 10.1

Draw and label an example of the figure.

Question 1.
acute ∠MNP
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Question 2.
\(\overline{Q R}\)
Type below:
_________

Question 3.
\(\overrightarrow { TS } \)
Type below:
_________

Lesson 10.2

Classify each triangle. Write acute, right, or obtuse.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 69
_____

Answer: Acute

Explanation:
The above triangle is less than 90º, thus the above figure is an acute angle triangle.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 70
_____

Answer: Obtuse

Explanation:
The above triangle is greater than 90º, thus the above figure is an obtuse angle triangle.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 71
_____

Answer: Right

Explanation:
The above figure has 90º, thus the above figure is an right angle triangle.

Lesson 10.3

Use the street map for 1–2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 72

Question 7.
Name two streets that appear to be parallel.
_________

Answer: Oak and elm

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we say that Oak and Elm are two non-intersecting lines. Thus the two streets that appear to be parallel are Oak and Elm.

Question 8.
Name two streets that appear to be perpendicular.
Type below:
_________

Answer: Park and Oak or Park and Elm

Explanation:
Park and Oak, Park and Elm are intersecting lines, thus the two streets that appear to be perpendicular are Park and Oak or Park and Elm.

Lesson 10.4

Classify each figure as many ways as possible. Write quadrilateral, trapezoid, parallelogram, rhombus, rectangle, or square.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 73
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, Rectangle

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
2 pairs of sides of equal length
4 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, Rectangle

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 74
Type below:
_________

Answer: Quadrilateral, Trapezoid

Explanation:
1 pair of parallel sides
2 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Trapezoid

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 204

Lesson 10.5

Tell if the dashed line appears to be a line of symmetry.
Write yes or no.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 75
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 76
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 77
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Lesson 10.6

Does the design have line symmetry? Write yes or no.

If your answer is yes, draw all lines of symmetry.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 78
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not with the same size and shape. The above figure is not symmetrical.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 79
_____

Answer: Yes

The above figure is symmetrical.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 80
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation: The above figure is symmetrical.

Lesson 10.7

Question 7.
Sonia made a pattern. The first nine shapes are shown below. Describe the pattern. Draw what might be the next three shapes in Sonia’s pattern.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 81
Type below:
_________

Answer: The pattern repeats circle, square, circle.

Question 8.
Leo makes a pattern with triangles. Draw what might be the next figure in the pattern. How can you describe the pattern?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 82
Type below:
_________

Answer: The pattern grows by one triangle each time.

Conclusion:

Refer Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures to score the highest marks in the exam. Our aim to provide quick learning with clear-cut explanations for all the students of Grade 4. In addition to this students can also follow Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures to get an idea of the model of questions. All the very best!!!

go-math-grade-4-answer-key-chapter-7-add-and-subtract-fractions-homework-practice-fl

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions

Hello Students!!! Are you searching for the Answer Keys of Go Math Grade 4? If yes then you are in the right place. The students of 4th Grade can get the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions pdf here. Download Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions pdf for free and kickstart your practice.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions

Before starting the preparation we suggest the students check out the topics of Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions. The solutions are prepared by math experts. So you need not worry about the solutions. We have provided a brief explanation for all the questions.

Lesson: 1 – Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole

Lesson: 2 – Write Fractions as Sums

Lesson: 3 – Add Fractions Using Models

Lesson: 4 – Subtract Fractions Using Models

Lesson: 5 – Add and Subtract Fractions

Lesson: 6 – Rename Fractions and Mixed Numbers

Lesson: 7 – Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers

Lesson: 8 – Record Subtraction with

Lesson: 9 – Fractions and Properties of Addition

Lesson: 10 – Read each problem and solve.

Lesson 7.1

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 133

Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole

Use the model to write an equation.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 1

Explanation:
By seeing the above 3 figures we can say that the fraction of the shaded part of the first circle is 3/8, the fraction of the second figure is 2/8
By adding the 2 fractions we get the fraction of the third circle.
3/8 + 2/8 = 5/8

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 2
Type below:
_________

Answer: 4/5 – 3/5 = 1/5

Explanation:
The fraction of the shaded part for the above rectangle is 4/5
The fraction of the box is 3/5
The equation for the above figure is 4/5 – 3/5 = 1/5

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 3
Type below:
_________

Answer: 1/4 + 2/4 = 3/4

Explanation:
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of first figure is 1/4
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of second figure is 1/4
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of third figure is 3/4
So, The equation for the above figure is 1/4 + 2/4 = 3/4

Use the model to solve the equation.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 4
\(\frac{2}{6}+\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 } +\frac { 3 }{ 6 } =\frac { 5 }{ 6 } \)

Explanation:
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of first figure is 2/6
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of second figure is 3/6
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of third figure is 5/6
So, The equation for the above figure is \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 } +\frac { 3 }{ 6 } =\frac { 5 }{ 6 } \)

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 5
\(\frac{3}{5}-\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } -\frac { 2 }{ 5 } =\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)

Explanation:
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of figure is 3/5
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of closed box is 2/5
So, The equation for the above figure is \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } -\frac { 2 }{ 5 } =\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Jake ate \(\frac{4}{8}\) of a pizza. Millie ate \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the same pizza. How much of the pizza was eaten by Jake and Millie?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7/8 of pizza

Explanation:
Given that,
Jake ate \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } \) of a pizza.
Millie ate \(\frac { 3}{ 8 } \) of the same pizza.
To find how much of the pizza was eaten by Jake and Millie
We have to add both the fractions
\(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } \) + \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) = \(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \)
Thus the fraction of the pizza eaten by Jake and Millie is \(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \)

Question 7.
Kate ate \(\frac{1}{4}\) of her orange. Ben ate \(\frac{2}{4}\) of his banana. Did Kate and Ben eat \(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{2}{4}=\frac{3}{4}\) of their fruit?
Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer: No, one whole refers to orange and the other whole to a banana.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 134

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A whole pie is cut into 8 equal slices. Three of the slices are served. How much of the pie is left?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 5 }{ 8} \)

Explanation:
Given,
A whole pie is cut into 8 equal slices. Three of the slices are served.
The fraction of 8 slices is 8/8.
Out of which 3/8 are served.
8/8 – 3/8 = 5/8
Therefore \(\frac { 5 }{ 8} \) of the pie is left.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
An orange is divided into 6 equal wedges. Jody eats 1 wedge. Then she eats 3 more wedges. How much of the orange did Jody eat?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 4}{ 6 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
An orange is divided into 6 equal wedges.
Jody eats 1 wedge.
Then she eats 3 more wedges.
The fraction of orange that Jody eat is \(\frac { 4}{ 6 } \).
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which list of distances is in order from least to greatest?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8} mile, \frac{3}{16} mile, \frac{3}{4} mile\)
b. \(\frac{3}{4} mile, \frac{1}{8} mile, \frac{3}{16} mile\)
c. \(\frac{1}{8} mile, \frac{3}{4} mile, \frac{3}{16} mile\)
d. \(\frac{3}{16} mile, \frac{1}{8} mile, \frac{3}{4} mile\)

Answer: \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 16 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) Mile

Explantion:
Compare the three fractions 1/8, 3/4 and 3/16
Make the common denominators.
1/8 × 2/2 = 2/16
3/4 × 4/4 = 12/16
The fractions are 2/16, 12/16 and 3/16
The numerator with the highest number will be the greatest.
The fractions from least to greatest is \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 16 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) Mile.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Jeremy walked \(\frac{6}{8}\) of the way to school and ran the rest of the way. What fraction, in simplest form, shows the part of the way that Jeremy walked?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
Jeremy walked 6/8 of the way to school and ran the rest of the way.
The simplest form of 6/8 is 3/8.
The simplest form of part of the way that Jeremy walked is 3/8.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
An elevator starts on the 100th floor of a building. It descends 4 floors every 10 seconds. At what floor will the elevator be 60 seconds after it starts?
Options:
a. 60th floor
b. 66th floor
c. 72nd floor
d. 76th floor

Answer: 76th floor

Explanation:
Given,
An elevator starts on the 100th floor of a building.
It descends 4 floors every 10 seconds.
4 floors – 10 seconds
? – 60 seconds
60 × 4/10 = 240/10 = 24 floors
100 – 24 = 76th floor
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
For a school play, the teacher asked the class to set up chairs in 20 rows with 25 chairs in each row. After setting up all the chairs, they were 5 chairs short. How many chairs did the class set up?
Options:
a. 400
b. 450
c. 495
d. 500

Answer: 495

Explanation:
Given,
For a school play, the teacher asked the class to set up chairs in 20 rows with 25 chairs in each row.
After setting up all the chairs, they were 5 chairs short.
20 × 25 = 500
500 – 5 = 495
Therefore the class set up 495 chairs.
Thus the correct answer is c.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 135

Write Fractions as Sums

Write the fraction as a sum of unit fractions.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 6

Answer: 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 4/5 is 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5.

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{8}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 3/8 is 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8

Question 3.
\(\frac{6}{12}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 6/12 is 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12

Question 4.
\(\frac{4}{4}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 4/4 is 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4

Write the fraction as a sum of fractions three different ways.

Question 5.
\(\frac{7}{10}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 7/10 is 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10

Question 6.
\(\frac{6}{6}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 6/6 is 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Miguel’s teacher asks him to color \(\frac{4}{8}\) of his grid. He must use 3 colors: red, blue, and green. There must be more green sections than red sections. How can Miguel color the sections of his grid to follow all the rules?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/8 red, 1/8 blue, and 2/8 green

Explanation:
If there are 8 tiles, coloring \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 }\) means coloring 4 tiles. Using those three colors, we could use each 1 time with 1 leftover. Since we must have more green, we would use it twice; this would give us 2 green, 1 red and 1 blue.
Since the grid is not necessarily 8 squares, we must account for this by saying 2/8 green, 1/8 red, and 1/8 blue

Question 8.
Petra is asked to color \(\frac{6}{6}\) of her grid. She must use 3 colors: blue, red, and pink. There must be more blue sections than red sections or pink sections. What are the different ways Petra can color the sections of her grid and follow all the rules?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 3/6 blue, 2/6 red, 1/6 pink

Explanation:
1. 3 blues, 2 red, 1 pink.
2. 3 blues, 2 pink, 1 red.
3. 4 blues, 1 red, 1 pink
The different ways in which Petra can color the sections of her grid and follow the rules are;
1. 3 blues, 2 red, 1 pink.
2. 3 blues, 2 pink, 1 red.
3. 4 blues, 1 red, 1 pink
All these three ways follows the rules that; there must be three colors an also Blue sections are more than red sections or pink sections.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 136

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Jorge wants to write \(\frac{4}{5}\) as a sum of unit fractions. Which of the following should he write?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{5}+\frac{1}{5}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{5}+\frac{2}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{5}+\frac{2}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{5}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
Jorge wants to write \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } \) as a sum of unit fractions.
The sum of the unit fraction for \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } \) is \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
Which expression is equivalent to \(\frac{7}{8}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{8}+\frac{2}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{3}{8}+\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{4}{8}+\frac{2}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{8}+\frac{2}{8}+\frac{2}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } +\frac { 2 }{ 8 }+\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \)

Explanation:
The fraction equivalent to \(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \) is \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } +\frac { 2 }{ 8 }+\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \).
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
An apple is cut into 6 equal slices. Nancy eats 2 of the slices. What fraction of the apple is left?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 4 }{ 6 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
An apple is cut into 6 equal slices. Nancy eats 2 of the slices.
6 – 2 = 4
\(\frac { 6 }{ 6 } \) – \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 } \) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 6 } \)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Which of the following numbers is a prime number?
Options:
a. 1
b. 11
c. 21
d. 51

Answer: 11

Explanation:
A prime number is a natural number greater than 1 that is not a product of two smaller natural numbers.
11 is a multiple of 1 and itself.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
A teacher has a bag of 100 unit cubes. She gives an equal number of cubes to each of the 7 groups in her class. She gives each group as many cubes as she
can. How many unit cubes are left over?
Options:
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 6

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Given,
A teacher has a bag of 100 unit cubes. She gives an equal number of cubes to each of the 7 groups in her class.
She gives each group as many cubes as she can.
100 divided by 7 is 14 r 2, so there are 2 leftover.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Jessie sorted the coins in her bank. She made 7 stacks of 6 dimes and 8 stacks of 5 nickels. She then found 1 dime and 1 nickel. How many dimes and nickels does Jessie have in all?
Options:
a. 84
b. 82
c. 80
d. 28

Answer: 84

Explanation:
Given,
Jessie sorted the coins in her bank. She made 7 stacks of 6 dimes and 8 stacks of 5 nickels.
She then found 1 dime and 1 nickel.
43 dimes and 41 nickles
43 + 41 = 84
Jessie has 84 dimes and nickels in all.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 137

Add Fractions Using Models

Find the sum. Use fraction strips to help.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 7

Answer: 3/6

Question 2.
\(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9/10
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Img_6

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/3
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter Add & Subtract Fractions Img_7

Question 4.
\(\frac{2}{4}+\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/4
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Img_8

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{12}+\frac{4}{12}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6/12
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_9

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/6
Go Math Grade 4 Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_10

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{12}+\frac{9}{12}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 12/12

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_11

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7/8

Go Math 4th Grade Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_12

Question 9.
\(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4/4
Go Math 4th Grade Answer Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_13

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/5

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter Img_14

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Lola walks \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile to her friend’s house. Then she walks \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile to the store. How far does she walk in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) mile

Answer: \(\frac { 9 }{ 10 } \) mile

Explanation:
Given,
Lola walks \(\frac { 4 }{ 10} \) mile to her friend’s house.
Then she walks \(\frac { 5 }{ 10 } \) mile to the store.
\(\frac { 4 }{ 10} \) + \(\frac { 5 }{ 10 } \) = \(\frac { 9 }{ 10 } \)
Therefore she walked \(\frac { 9 }{ 10 } \) mile in all.

Question 12.
Evan eats \(\frac{1}{8}\) of a pan of lasagna and his brother eats \(\frac{2}{8}\) of it. What fraction of the pan of lasagna do they eat in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) of the pan

Explanation:
Given,
Evan eats \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) of a pan of lasagna and his brother eats \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \) of it.
\(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) + \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \)
= \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \)

Question 13.
Jacqueline buys \(\frac{2}{4}\) yard of green ribbon and \(\frac{1}{4}\) yard of pink ribbon. How many yards of ribbon does she buy in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) yard

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) yard

Explanation:
Given,
Jacqueline buys \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) yard of green ribbon and \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \) yard of pink ribbon.
\(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) + \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)
= \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)
Thus Jacqueline bought \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) yards of ribbon in all.

Question 14.
Shu mixes \(\frac{2}{3}\) pound of peanuts with \(\frac{1}{3}\) pound of almonds. How many pounds of nuts does Shu mix in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) pound

Answer: 3/3 pound

Explanation:
Given,
Shu mixes \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \) pound of peanuts with \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \) pound of almonds.
\(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \) + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)
= \(\frac { 3 }{ 3 } \)
Therefore Shu mix \(\frac { 3 }{ 3 } \) pounds of nuts in all.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 138

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Mary Jane has \(\frac{3}{8}\) of a medium pizza left. Hector has \(\frac{2}{8}\) of another medium pizza left. How much pizza do they have altogether?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
Mary Jane has \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) of a medium pizza left.
Hector has \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \) of another medium pizza left.
To find how much pizza do they have altogether we have to add both the fractions.
\(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) + \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } \)
Therefore Mary Jane and Hector has \(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } \) pizza altogether.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Jeannie ate \(\frac{1}{4}\) of an apple. Kelly ate \(\frac{2}{4}\) of the apple. How much did they eat in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
Jeannie ate \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \) of an apple.
Kelly ate \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) of the apple.
\(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \) + \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Karen is making 14 different kinds of greeting cards. She is making 12 of each kind. How many greeting cards is she making?
Options:
a. 120
b. 132
c. 156
d. 168

Answer: 168

Explanation:
Given,
Karen is making 14 different kinds of greeting cards.
She is making 12 of each kind.
To find how many greeting cards she is making we have to multiply 14 and 12.
14 × 12 = 168.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Jefferson works part time and earns $1,520 in four weeks. How much does he earn each week?
Options:
a. $305
b. $350
c. $380
d. $385

Answer: $380

Explanation:
Jefferson works part-time and earns $1,520 in four weeks.
1520 – 4 weeks
? – 1 week
1520/4 = $380
Thus the correct answer is option c

Question 5.
By installing efficient water fixtures, the average American can reduce water use to about 45 gallons of water per day. Using such water fixtures, about how many gallons of water would the average American use in December?
Options:
a. about 1,200 gallons
b. about 1,500 gallons
c. about 1,600 gallons
d. about 2,000 gallons

Answer: about 1,500 gallons

Explanation:
Given,
By installing efficient water fixtures, the average American can reduce water use to about 45 gallons of water per day.
1 day – 45 gallons
31 days – ?
45 × 31 = 1395 gallons
The number near to 1395 is 1500 gallons.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Collin is making a bulletin board and note center. He is using square cork tiles and square dry-erase tiles. One of every 3 squares will be a cork square. If he uses 12 squares for the center, how many will be cork squares?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Given that,
Collin is making a bulletin board and note center.
He is using square cork tiles and square dry-erase tiles.
One of every 3 squares will be a cork square.
12/3 = 4
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 139

Subtract Fractions Using Models

Subtract. Use fraction strips to help.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 8

Answer: 3/5

Explanation:
Given the fraction, 4/5 and 1/5
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
4/5 – 1/5 = 3/5

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/4

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 3}{ 4 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 1}{ 4 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 3}{ 4 } – \frac { 1}{ 4 } = \frac { 2 }{ 4 } \)

Question 3.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4/6

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 5 }{ 6 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 1 }{ 6 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 5}{ 6 } – \frac { 1}{ 6 } = \frac { 4 }{ 6 } \)

Question 4.
\(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6/8

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 1 }{ 8 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 7}{ 8 } – \frac { 1}{ 8 } = \frac { 6 }{ 8 } \)

Question 5.
1 – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1/3

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 2 }{ 3 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 1}{ 3 } – \frac { 2}{ 3 } = \frac { 1}{ 3 } \)

Question 6.
\(\frac{8}{10}-\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6/10

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 8 }{ 10 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 2 }{ 10 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 8}{ 10 } – \frac { 2}{ 10 } = \frac { 6 }{ 10 } \)

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/4

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 1 }{ 4 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 3}{ 4 } – \frac { 1}{ 4 } = \frac { 2 }{ 4 } \)

Question 8.
\(\frac{7}{6}-\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/6

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 7 }{ 6 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 5 }{ 6 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 7}{ 6 } – \frac {5}{ 6 } = \frac { 2 }{ 6 } \)

Problem Solving

Use the table for 9 and 10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 9

Question 9.
Ena is making trail mix. She buys the items shown in the table. How many more pounds of pretzels than raisins does she buy?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5/8 pound

Explanation:
Given that,
Ena is making trail mix.
pretzels = 7/8
Raisins = 2/8
To find the number of more pounds of pretzels than raisins she buy
we have to subtract both the fractions.
7/8 – 2/8 = 5/8

Question 10.
How many more pounds of granola than banana chips does she buy?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/8 pound

Explanation:
Granola = 5/8
Banana Chips = 3/8
To find How many more pounds of granola than banana chips does she buy we have to subtract both the fractions.
5/8 – 3/8 = 2/8 pounds

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 140

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Lee reads for \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour in the morning and \(\frac{2}{4}\) hour in the afternoon. How much longer does Lee read in the morning than in the afternoon?
Options:
a. 5 hours
b. \(\frac{5}{4}\) hours
c. \(\frac{4}{4}\) hour
d. \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour

Answer: \(\frac { 1}{ 4} \)

Explanation:
Given,
Lee reads for \(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) hour in the morning and \(\frac {2}{ 4} \) hour in the afternoon.
\(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) – \(\frac {2}{ 4} \) = \(\frac { 1}{ 4} \)
Lee read \(\frac { 1}{ 4} \) hour in the morning than in the afternoon.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
Which equation does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 10
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{6}-\frac{2}{6}=\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{6}-\frac{1}{6}=\frac{1}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{3}{6}=\frac{2}{6}\)
d. 1 – \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 5}{ 6} – \frac { 3}{ 6} = \frac { 2}{ 6} \)

Explanation:
From the above figure we can say that \(\frac { 5}{ 6} – \frac { 3}{ 6} = \frac { 2}{ 6} \)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A city received 2 inches of rain each day for 3 days. The meteorologist said that if the rain had been snow, each inch of rain would have been 10 inches of snow. How much snow would that city have received in the 3 days?
Options:
a. 20 inches
b. 30 inches
c. 50 inches
d. 60 inches

Answer: 60 inches

Explanation:
Given,
A city received 2 inches of rain each day for 3 days.
2 × 3 inches = 6 inches
The meteorologist said that if the rain had been snow, each inch of rain would have been 10 inches of snow.
6 × 10 inches = 60 inches
Therefore the city has received 60 inches of snow in 3 days.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
At a party there were four large submarine sandwiches, all the same size. During the party, \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the chicken sandwich, \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the tuna sandwich, \(\frac{7}{12}\) of the roast beef sandwich, and \(\frac{5}{6}\) of the veggie sandwich were eaten. Which sandwich had the least amount left?
Options:
a. chicken
b. tuna
c. roast beef
d. veggie

Answer: veggie

Explanation:
Given,
At a party there were four large submarine sandwiches, all the same size. During the party, \(\frac { 2}{ 3} \) of the chicken sandwich, \(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) of the tuna sandwich, \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \) of the roast beef sandwich, and \(\frac { 5}{ 6} \) of the veggie sandwich were eaten.
Compare the fractions \(\frac { 2}{ 3} \), \(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) , \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \) and \(\frac { 5}{ 6} \).
Among all the fractions veggie has the least fraction.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
Deena uses \(\frac{3}{8}\) cup milk and \(\frac{2}{8}\) cup oil in a recipe. How much liquid does she use in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup
b. \(\frac{5}{8}\) cup
c. \(\frac{6}{8}\) cup
d. 5 cups

Answer: \(\frac {5}{ 8} \) cup

Explanation:
Given,
Deena uses \(\frac { 3}{ 8} \) cup milk and \(\frac { 2}{ 8} \) cup oil in a recipe.
\(\frac { 3}{ 8} \) + \(\frac { 2}{ 8} \) = \(\frac {5}{ 8} \) cup
Therefore she used \(\frac {5}{ 8} \) cup of milk in all.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
In the car lot, \(\frac{4}{12}\) of the cars are white and \(\frac{3}{12}\) of the cars are blue. What fraction of the cars in the lot are either white or blue?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{12}\)
b. \(\frac{7}{24}\)
c. \(\frac{7}{12}\)
d. 7

Answer: \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \)

Explanation:
Given,
In the car lot, \(\frac { 4}{ 12} \) of the cars are white and \(\frac { 3}{ 12} \) of the cars are blue.
\(\frac { 4}{ 12} \) + \(\frac { 3}{ 12} \) = \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 141

Add and Subtract Fractions

Find the sum or difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 11

Answer: 12/12

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{4}{12}\) + \(\frac{8}{12}\)
= \(\frac{12}{12}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{6}-\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/6

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{3}{6}\) – \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{5}-\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1/5

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) – \(\frac{3}{5}\)
= \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{6}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9/10

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{6}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Question 5.
1 – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5/8

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
1 – \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= \(\frac{8}{8}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/4

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{9}{12}-\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4/12

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{9}{12}-\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{4}{12}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/6

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{2}{3}+\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/3 = 1

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{2}{3}+\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{3}\) = 1

Problem Solving

Use the table for 10 and 11. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 12

Question 10.
Guy finds how far his house is from several locations and makes the table shown. How much farther away from Guy’s house is the library than the cafe?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile

Explanation:
The distance from Guy’s house to the library is \(\frac{9}{10}\) mile
The distance from Guy’s house to the cafe is \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile
To find how much farther away from Guy’s house is the library than the cafe subtract both the fractions.
\(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile

Question 11.
If Guy walks from his house to school and back, how far does he walk?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 10/10 mile

Explanation:
The distance from Guy’s house to school = \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile
From school to house \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{10}{10}\) mile

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 142

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Mr. Angulo buys \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound of red grapes and \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound of green grapes. How many pounds of grapes did Mr. Angulo buy in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\) pound
b. \(\frac{2}{8}\) pound
c. 1 pound
d. 2 pounds

Answer: 1 pound

Explanation:
Given that,
Mr. Angulo buys \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound of red grapes and \(\frac{3}{8}\)pound of green grapes.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= \(\frac{8}{8}\)
= 1
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Which equation does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 13
Options:
a. \(\frac{7}{8}+\frac{2}{8}=\frac{9}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{5}{8}-\frac{2}{8}=\frac{3}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{8}{8}-\frac{5}{8}=\frac{3}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{2}{8}=\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that, the equation of the model is
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There are 6 muffins in a package. How many packages will be needed to feed 48 people if each person has 2 muffins?
Options:
a. 4
b. 8
c. 16
d. 24

Answer: 16

Explanation:
There are 6 muffins in a package.
Number of people = 48
48/6 = 8
Also given that each person gets 2 muffins.
8 × 2 = 16
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Camp Oaks gets 32 boxes of orange juice and 56 boxes of apple juice. Each shelf in the cupboard can hold 8 boxes of juice. What is the least number of shelves
needed for all the juice boxes?
Options:
a. 4
b. 7
c. 11
d. 88

Answer: 11

Explanation:
Given,
Camp Oaks gets 32 boxes of orange juice and 56 boxes of apple juice.
Each shelf in the cupboard can hold 8 boxes of juice.
First, add the boxes of orange juice and apple juice.
32 + 56 = 88 boxes of juice
Now divide 88 by 8
88/8 = 11
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 5.
A machine makes 18 parts each hour. If the machine operates 24 hours a day, how many parts can it make in one day
Options:
a. 302
b. 332
c. 362
d. 432

Answer: 432

Explanation:
Given,
A machine makes 18 parts each hour.
Multiply the number of parts with the number of hours.
18 × 24 = 432 parts in a day.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
Which equation does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 14
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{4}{6}=\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{5}-\frac{1}{5}=\frac{3}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{5}-\frac{4}{5}=\frac{1}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{6}-\frac{4}{6}=\frac{2}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
By observing the figure we can say that the equation is \(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{6}\).
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 143

Rename Fractions and Mixed Numbers

Write the mixed number as a fraction.

Question 1.
2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 15

 

Question 2.
4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{13}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{13}{3}\)

Question 3.
1 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{7}{5}\)

Question 4.
3 \(\frac{3}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{9}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{9}{2}\)

Question 5.
4 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{33}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{33}{8}\)

Question 6.
1 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{17}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{17}{10}\)

Question 7.
5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{11}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{11}{2}\)

Question 8.
2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{19}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Write the fraction as a mixed number.

Question 9.
\(\frac{31}{6}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{20}{10}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2

Explanation:
\(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{10}{10}\) = 1 + 1 = 2

Question 11.
\(\frac{15}{8}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{7}{8}\)
1 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{13}{6}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= 1 + 1 + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{23}{10}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\)
1 + 1 + \(\frac{3}{10}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 14.
\(\frac{19}{5}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\)
1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 3 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 15.
\(\frac{11}{3}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 1 + 1 + 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 16.
\(\frac{9}{2}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 17.
A recipe calls for 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups of raisins, but Julie only has a \(\frac{1}{4}\) -cup measuring cup. How many \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups does Julie need to measure out 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups of raisins?
She needs ______ \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups

Answer: 10 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups

Explanation:
Given,
A recipe calls for 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups of raisins, but Julie only has a \(\frac{1}{4}\) -cup measuring cup.
\(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 10 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups

Question 18.
If Julie needs 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal, how many 14 cups of oatmeal will she use?
She will use ______ \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal

Answer: 13 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 13 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Therefore Julie needs 13 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 144

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which of the following is equivalent to \(\frac{16}{3}\)?
Options:
a. 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
b. 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
c. 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
d. 5 \(\frac{6}{3}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{16}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Stacey filled her \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup measuring cup seven times to have enough flour for a cake recipe. How much flour does the cake recipe call for?
Options:
a. 3 cups
b. 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
c. 4 cups
d. 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Explanation:
Given,
Stacey filled her \(\frac{1}{2}\)cup measuring cup seven times to have enough flour for a cake recipe.
\(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Becki put some stamps into her stamp collection book. She put 14 stamps on each page. If she completely filled 16 pages, how many stamps did she put in the book?
Options:
a. 224
b. 240
c. 272
d. 275

Answer: 224

Explanation:
Becki put some stamps into her stamp collection book.
She put 14 stamps on each page.
If she completely filled 16 pages
Multiply 14 with 16 pages.
14 × 16 = 224 pages
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 4.
Brian is driving 324 miles to visit some friends. He wants to get there in 6 hours. How many miles does he need to drive each hour?
Options:
a. 48 miles
b. 50 miles
c. 52 miles
d. 54 miles

Answer: 54 miles

Explanation:
Brian is driving 324 miles to visit some friends. He wants to get there in 6 hours.
Divide the number of miles by hours.
324/6 = 54 miles
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
During a bike challenge, riders have to collect various colored ribbons. Each \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile they collect a red ribbon, each \(\frac{1}{8}\) mile they collect a green ribbon, and each \(\frac{1}{4}\) mile they collect a blue ribbon. Which colors of ribbons will be collected at the \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile marker?
Options:
a. red and green
b. red and blue
c. green and blue
d. red, green, and blue

Answer: green and blue

Explanation:
Given,
During a bike challenge, riders have to collect various colored ribbons.
Each \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile they collect a red ribbon, each \(\frac{1}{8}\) mile they collect a green ribbon, and each \(\frac{1}{4}\) mile they collect a blue ribbon.
Green and Blue colors of ribbons will be collected at the \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile marker.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
Stephanie had \(\frac{7}{8}\) pound of bird seed. She used \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound to fill a bird feeder. How much bird seed does Stephanie have left?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound
b. \(\frac{4}{8}\) pound
c. 1 pound
d. \(\frac{10}{8}\) pound

Answer: \(\frac{4}{8}\) pound

Explanation:
Given,
Stephanie had \(\frac{7}{8}\) pound of bird seed.
She used \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound to fill a bird feeder.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\) pound
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 145

Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers

Find the sum. Write the sum as a mixed number, so the fractional part is less than 1.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 16

Question 2.
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
+ 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7

4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
+2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
6 \(\frac{2}{2}\) = 6 + 1 = 7

Question 3.
2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
+ 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
+3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
5 \(\frac{4}{3}\)
= 5 + 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 4.
6 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
+ 7 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 14 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
6 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
+7 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
13 \(\frac{8}{5}\)
13 + 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
= 14 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 5.
9 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
+ 2 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
9 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
+2 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
11 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 6.
8 \(\frac{4}{12}\)
+ 3 \(\frac{6}{12}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11 \(\frac{10}{12}\)

Explanation:
8 \(\frac{4}{12}\)
+3 \(\frac{6}{12}\)
11 \(\frac{10}{12}\)

Question 7.
4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
+ 1 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6

Explanation:
4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
+1 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
5 \(\frac{8}{8}\)
= 5 + 1 = 6

Question 8.
9 \(\frac{5}{10}\)
+ 6 \(\frac{3}{10}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 15 \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Explanation:
9 \(\frac{5}{10}\)
+6 \(\frac{3}{10}\)
15 \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Find the difference.

Question 9.
6 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
– 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Explanation:
6 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
-4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
2 \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Question 10.
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
– 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
-3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 11.
6 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
– 3 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
6 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
-3 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 12.
7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
– 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
-2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
5 \(\frac{2}{4}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Problem Solving

Question 13.
James wants to send two gifts by mail. One package weighs 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds. The other package weighs 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds. What is the total weight of the packages?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
+ 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 14.
Tierra bought 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yards blue ribbon and 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) yards yellow ribbon for a craft project. How much more blue ribbon than yellow ribbon did Tierra buy?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given,
4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
-2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) 
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 146

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Brad has two lengths of copper pipe to fit together. One has a length of 2 \(\frac{5}{12}\) feet and the other has a length of 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\) feet. How many feet of pipe does he have in all?
Options:
a. 5 feet
b. 5 \(\frac{6}{12}\) feet
c. 5 \(\frac{10}{12}\)
d. 6 feet

Answer: 5 feet

Explanation:
Given,
Brad has two lengths of copper pipe to fit together. One has a length of 2 \(\frac{5}{12}\) feet and the other has a length of 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\) feet.
Add both the lengths
2 \(\frac{5}{12}\) + 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\)
= 5 \(\frac{12}{12}\) = 5 feet
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 2.
A pattern calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)yards of material and 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)yards of lining. How much total fabric is needed?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) yards
b. 3 yards
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards
d. 3 \(\frac{2}{4}\) yards

Answer: 3 \(\frac{2}{4}\) yards

Explanation:
Given,
A pattern calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards of material and 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards of lining.
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 3 + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 3 \(\frac{2}{4}\) yards
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Shanice has 23 baseball trading cards of star players. She agrees to sell them for $16 each. How much will she get for the cards?
Options:
a. $258
b. $358
c. $368
d. $468

Answer: $368

Explanation:
Given,
Shanice has 23 baseball trading cards of star players. She agrees to sell them for $16 each.
To find how much will she get for the cards
23 × 16 = 368
Therefore she will get $368 for the cards.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Nanci is volunteering at the animal shelter. She wants to spend an equal amount of time playing with each dog. She has 145 minutes to play with all 7 dogs. About how much time can she spend with each dog?
Options:
a. about 10 minutes
b. about 20 minutes
c. about 25 minutes
d. about 26 minutes

Answer: about 20 minutes

Explanation:
Given,
Nanci is volunteering at the animal shelter. She wants to spend an equal amount of time playing with each dog. She has 145 minutes to play with all 7 dogs.
145/7 = 20.7
Therefore she can spend about 20 minutes with each dog.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Frieda has 12 red apples and 15 green apples. She is going to share the apples equally among 8 people and keep any extra apples for herself. How many apples
will Frieda keep for herself?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Given,
Frieda has 12 red apples and 15 green apples.
She is going to share the apples equally among 8 people and keep any extra apples for herself.
12 + 15 = 27
27/8
27 – 24 = 3
Thus Frieda keep for herself 3 apples.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 6.
The Lynch family bought a house for $75,300. A few years later, they sold the house for $80,250. How much greater was the selling price than the purchase price?
Options:
a. $4,950
b. $5,050
c. $5,150
d. $5,950

Answer: $4,950

Explanation:
Given,
The Lynch family bought a house for $75,300.
A few years later, they sold the house for $80,250.
$80,250 – $75,300 = $4,950
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 147

Record Subtraction with

Find the difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 17

Question 2.
6
– 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
6 – 3 = 3
Next subtract the fractions,
3 – \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 3.
5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
– 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
5 – 2 = 3
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{4}\) – \(\frac{3}{4}\) = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
3 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 4.
9 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
– 8 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 8 = 1
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\)
= – \(\frac{4}{8}\)
= – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 1 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 5.
12 \(\frac{3}{10}\)
– 7 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
12 – 7 = 5
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{10}\) – \(\frac{7}{10}\) = – \(\frac{4}{10}\)
5 – \(\frac{4}{10}\)
5 – \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 4 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 6.
8 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
– 3 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
8 – 3 = 5
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{6}\) – \(\frac{5}{6}\) = – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
5 – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 7.
7 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
– 4 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
7 – 4 = 3
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{5}\) – \(\frac{4}{5}\) = – \(\frac{1}{5}\)
3 – \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 8.
10 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
– 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
10 – 8 = 2
\(\frac{1}{2}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 0

Question 9.
7 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
– 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
7 – 2 = 5
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{6}\) – \(\frac{5}{6}\) = – \(\frac{4}{6}\)
5 – \(\frac{4}{6}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 10.
9 \(\frac{3}{12}\)
– 4 \(\frac{7}{12}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 4 = 5
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{12}\) – \(\frac{7}{12}\) = – \(\frac{4}{12}\) = – \(\frac{1}{3}\)
5 – \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 11.
9 \(\frac{1}{10}\)
– 8 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 8 = 1
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{10}\) – \(\frac{7}{10}\) = – \(\frac{6}{10}\)
1 – \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 12.
9 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
– \(\frac{2}{3}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 8 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
9 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
– \(\frac{2}{3}\)
8 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 13.
3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
– 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
– 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 14.
4 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
– 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
4 – 1 = 3
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\) = – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
3 – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 15.
5 \(\frac{1}{12}\)
– 3 \(\frac{8}{12}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
5 – 3 = 2
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{12}\) – \(\frac{8}{12}\) = – \(\frac{7}{12}\)
2 – \(\frac{7}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Question 16.
7
– 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
7
– 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
5 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Alicia buys a 5-pound bag of rocks for a fish tank. She uses 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds for a small fish bowl. How much is left?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Alicia buys a 5-pound bag of rocks for a fish tank. She uses 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds for a small fish bowl.
First subtract the whole numbers
5 – 1 = 4
4 – 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
= 3 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 18.
Xavier made 25 pounds of roasted almonds for a fair. He has 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds left at the end of the fair. How many pounds of roasted almonds did he sell at the fair?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 21 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Xavier made 25 pounds of roasted almonds for a fair.
He has 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds left at the end of the fair.
First subtract the whole numbers
25 – 3 = 22
22 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 21 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 148

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Reggie is making a double-layer cake. The recipe for the first layer calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups sugar. The recipe for the second layer calls for 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups sugar. Reggie has 5 cups of sugar. How much will he have left after making both recipes?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups
b. 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups
d. 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups

Answer: 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups

Explanation:
Given,
Reggie is making a double-layer cake. The recipe for the first layer calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups sugar.
The recipe for the second layer calls for 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups sugar.
Reggie has 5 cups of sugar.
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
5 – 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
Kate has 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yards of fabric and needs 2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) yards to make a skirt. How much extra fabric will she have left after making the skirt?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{4}{8}\) yards
b. 2 \(\frac{2}{8}\) yards
c. 1 \(\frac{4}{8}\) yards
d. 1 \(\frac{2}{8}\) yards

Answer: 1 \(\frac{4}{8}\) yards

Explanation:
Given,
Kate has 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yards of fabric and needs 2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) yards to make a skirt.
First, subtract the whole numbers
4 – 2 = 2
Next, subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\) = – \(\frac{4}{8}\)
2 – \(\frac{4}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{4}{8}\) yards
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Paulo has 128 glass beads to use to decorate picture frames. He wants to use the same number of beads on each frame. If he decorates 8 picture frames, how many beads will he put on each frame?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 14
d. 16

Answer: 16

Explanation:
Given,
Paulo has 128 glass beads to use to decorate picture frames. He wants to use the same number of beads on each frame
128/8 = 16
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Madison is making party favors. She wants to make enough favors so each guest gets the same number of favors. She knows there will be 6 or 8 guests at the party. What is the least number of party favors Madison should make?
Options:
a. 18
b. 24
c. 30
d. 32

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Given,
Madison is making party favors. She wants to make enough favors so each guest gets the same number of favors.
She knows there will be 6 or 8 guests at the party.
To find the least number of party favors, we have to consider the number of guests.
In this case, there are two possibilities—6 or 8.
For 6: 6, 12, 18, 24 (Add 6 to each number)
For 8: 8, 16, 24 (Add 8 to each number)
Now in both series, the least number (that is in common) is 24. Hence, Madison should make at least 24 party favors.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
A shuttle bus makes 4 round-trips between two shopping centers each day. The bus holds 24 people. If the bus is full on each one-way trip, how many passengers are carried by the bus each day?
Options:
a. 96
b. 162
c. 182
d. 192

Answer: 96

Explanation:
Given,
A shuttle bus makes 4 round-trips between two shopping centers each day. The bus holds 24 people.
4 × 24 = 96
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 6.
To make a fruit salad, Marvin mixes 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of diced peaches with 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of diced pears. How many cups of peaches and pears are in the fruit salad?
Options:
a. 4 cups
b. 3 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups
d. 3 cups

Answer: 4 cups

Explanation:
Given,
To make a fruit salad, Marvin mixes 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of diced peaches with 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of diced pears.
1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 4 cups
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 149

Fractions and Properties of Addition

Use the properties and mental math to find the sum.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 18

Question 2.
\(10 \frac{1}{8}+\left(3 \frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{7}{8}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 16 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(10 \frac{1}{8}+\left(3 \frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{7}{8}\right)\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
3 + 2 = 5
10 \(\frac{1}{8}\) + 5 + \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{7}{8}\)
10 \(\frac{1}{8}\) + 5 + \(\frac{12}{8}\)
10 + 5 = 15
15 + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{12}{8}\)
15 + \(\frac{13}{8}\)
16 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
\(10 \frac{1}{8}+\left(3 \frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{7}{8}\right)\) = 16 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 3.
\(8 \frac{1}{5}+\left(3 \frac{2}{5}+5 \frac{4}{5}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 17 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(8 \frac{1}{5}+\left(3 \frac{2}{5}+5 \frac{4}{5}\right)\)
8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) + 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) + 5 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
3 + 5 = 8
8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) + 8 + \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\)
8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) + 8 + \(\frac{6}{5}\)
8 + 8 = 16
16 + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{6}{5}\)
16 + \(\frac{7}{5}\)
17 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
\(8 \frac{1}{5}+\left(3 \frac{2}{5}+5 \frac{4}{5}\right)\) = 17 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 4.
\(6 \frac{3}{4}+\left(4 \frac{2}{4}+5 \frac{1}{4}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 16 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(6 \frac{3}{4}+\left(4 \frac{2}{4}+5 \frac{1}{4}\right)\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
6 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 4 \(\frac{2}{4}\) + 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
4 + 5 = 9
6 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 9 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
6 + 9 = 15
15 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
16 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(6 \frac{3}{4}+\left(4 \frac{2}{4}+5 \frac{1}{4}\right)\) = 16 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 5.
\(\left(6 \frac{3}{6}+10 \frac{4}{6}\right)+9 \frac{2}{6}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 26 \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\left(6 \frac{3}{6}+10 \frac{4}{6}\right)+9 \frac{2}{6}\)
6 \(\frac{3}{6}\) + 10 \(\frac{4}{6}\) + 9 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
6 + 10 = 16
16 + \(\frac{3}{6}\) + \(\frac{4}{6}\) + 9 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
16 + \(\frac{7}{6}\) + 9 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
16 + 9 = 25
25 + \(\frac{7}{6}\) + \(\frac{2}{6}\)
25 + \(\frac{9}{6}\)
= 26 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
\(\left(6 \frac{3}{6}+10 \frac{4}{6}\right)+9 \frac{2}{6}\) = 26 \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Question 6.
\(\left(6 \frac{2}{5}+1 \frac{4}{5}\right)+3 \frac{1}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\left(6 \frac{2}{5}+1 \frac{4}{5}\right)+3 \frac{1}{5}\)
6 \(\frac{2}{5}\) + 1 \(\frac{4}{5}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
6 + 1 = 7
7 \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
7 + \(\frac{6}{5}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
7 + 3 = 10
10 + \(\frac{6}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)
10 + \(\frac{7}{5}\) = 11 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
Therefore \(\left(6 \frac{2}{5}+1 \frac{4}{5}\right)+3 \frac{1}{5}\) = 11 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 7.
\(7 \frac{7}{8}+\left(3 \frac{1}{8}+1 \frac{1}{8}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 12 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(7 \frac{7}{8}+\left(3 \frac{1}{8}+1 \frac{1}{8}\right)\)
7 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{8}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
3 + 1 = 4
7 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 4 + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)
7 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 4 +\(\frac{2}{8}\)
7 + 4 = 11
11 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{8}\)
11 + \(\frac{9}{8}\) = 12 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Thus \(7 \frac{7}{8}+\left(3 \frac{1}{8}+1 \frac{1}{8}\right)\) = 12 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 8.
\(14 \frac{1}{10}+\left(20 \frac{2}{10}+15 \frac{7}{10}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 50

Explanation:
\(14 \frac{1}{10}+\left(20 \frac{2}{10}+15 \frac{7}{10}\right)\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
14 \(\frac{1}{10}\) + 20 \(\frac{2}{10}\) + 15 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
20 + 15 = 35
14 \(\frac{1}{10}\) + 35 + \(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{7}{10}\)
14 \(\frac{1}{10}\) + 35 \(\frac{9}{10}\)
49 \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{9}{10}\)
49 + 1 = 50
Thus \(14 \frac{1}{10}+\left(20 \frac{2}{10}+15 \frac{7}{10}\right)\) = 50

Question 9.
\(\left(13 \frac{2}{12}+8 \frac{7}{12}\right)+9 \frac{5}{12}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 31 \(\frac{2}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(\left(13 \frac{2}{12}+8 \frac{7}{12}\right)+9 \frac{5}{12}\)
13 \(\frac{2}{12}\) + 8 \(\frac{7}{12}\) + 9 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
13 + 8 = 21
21 + \(\frac{2}{12}\) + \(\frac{7}{12}\) + 9 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
21 + \(\frac{9}{12}\) + 9 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
30 + \(\frac{9}{12}\) + \(\frac{5}{12}\) = 31 \(\frac{2}{12}\)
Thus \(\left(13 \frac{2}{12}+8 \frac{7}{12}\right)+9 \frac{5}{12}\) = 31 \(\frac{2}{12}\)

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Nate’s classroom has three tables of different lengths. One has a length of 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet, another has a length of 4 feet, and a third has a length of 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet. What is the length of all three tables when pushed end to end?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11

Explanation:
Given,
Nate’s classroom has three tables of different lengths. One has a length of 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet, another has a length of 4 feet, and a third has a length of 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet.
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 4 + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
4 + 4 + 2 = 10
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1
10 + 1 = 11
Therefore the length of all three tables when pushed end to end is 11 feet.

Question 11.
Mr. Warren uses 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) bags of mulch for his garden and another 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) bags for his front yard. He also uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) bag around a fountain. How many total bags of mulch does Mr. Warren use?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Mr. Warren uses 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) bags of mulch for his garden and another 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) bags for his front yard.
He also uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) bag around a fountain.
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
2 + 4 = 6
6 + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
= 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 150

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A carpenter cut a board into three pieces. One piece was 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet long. The second piece was 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet long. The third piece was 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet long. How long was the board?
Options:
a. 6 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet
b. 7 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet
c. 7 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet
d. 8 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet

Answer: c. 7 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet

Explanation:
Given,
A carpenter cut a board into three pieces. One piece was 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet long. The second piece was 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet long.
The third piece was 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet long.
Add three pieces.
2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= 5 + \(\frac{6}{6}\)
= 5 + 1 = 6
6 + 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
= 7 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Harry works at an apple orchard. He picked 45 \(\frac{7}{8}\) pounds of apples on Monday. He picked 42 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds of apples on Wednesday. He picked 54 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds of apples on Friday. How many pounds of apples did Harry pick those three days?
Options:
a. 132 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds
b. 141 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds
c. 142 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds
d. 142 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds

Answer: 142 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds

Explanation:
Given,
Harry works at an apple orchard. He picked 45 \(\frac{7}{8}\) pounds of apples on Monday.
He picked 42 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds of apples on Wednesday.
He picked 54 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds of apples on Friday.
45 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 42 \(\frac{3}{8}\) + 54 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Add the whole numbers first
45 + 42 + 54 = 141
141 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)
141 + 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= 142 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There were 6 oranges in the refrigerator. Joey and his friends ate 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges. How many oranges were left?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) oranges
b. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) oranges
d. 9 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges

Answer: 9 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges

Explanation:
Given,
There were 6 oranges in the refrigerator.
Joey and his friends ate 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges.
6 + 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 9 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Darlene was asked to identify which of the following numbers is prime. Which number should she choose?
Options:
a. 2
b. 12
c. 21
d. 39

Answer: 2

Explanation:
A prime number is an integer, or whole number, that has only two factors 1 and itself.
In the above options, all are composite numbers except 2.
Therefore 2 is a prime number.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
A teacher has 100 chairs to arrange for an assembly. Which of the following is NOT a way the teacher could arrange the chairs?
Options:
a. 10 rows of 10 chairs
b. 8 rows of 15 chairs
c. 5 rows of 20 chairs
d. 4 rows of 25 chairs

Answer: 8 rows of 15 chairs

Explanation:
A teacher has 100 chairs to arrange for an assembly.
15 × 8 = 120
So, 8 rows of 15 chairs are not the way to arrange the chairs.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Nic bought 28 folding chairs for $16 each. How much money did Nic spend on chairs?
Options:
a. $196
b. $348
c. $448
d. $600

Answer: c. $448

Explanation:
Given,
Nic bought 28 folding chairs for $16 each.
28 × 16 = 448
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 151

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
Each child in the Smith family was given an orange cut into 8 equal sections. Each child ate \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the orange. After combining the leftover sections, Mrs. Smith noted that there were exactly 3 full oranges left. How many children are in the Smith family?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 19

Question 2.
Val walks 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles each day. Bill runs 10 miles once every 4 days. In 4 days, who covers the greater distance?
_________

Answer: Val

Explanation:
Given,
Val walks 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles each day. Bill runs 10 miles once every 4 days.
2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) × 4
Convert from mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{13}{5}\) × 4 = 10.4
10.4 > 10
Thus Val covers the greater distance.

Question 3.
Chad buys peanuts in 2-pound bags. He repackages them into bags that hold \(\frac{5}{6}\) pound of peanuts. How many 2-pound bags of peanuts should Chad buy so that he can fill the \(\frac{5}{6}\) -pound bags without having any peanuts left over?
_________ 2-pound bags

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Given,
Chad buys peanuts in 2-pound bags. He repackages them into bags that hold \(\frac{5}{6}\) pound of peanuts.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Thus 5 2-pound bags of peanuts are left.

Question 4.
A carpenter has several boards of equal length. He cuts \(\frac{3}{5}\) of each board. After cutting the boards, the carpenter notices that he has enough pieces left over to make up the same length as 4 of the original boards. How many boards did the carpenter start with?
_________

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Given,
A carpenter has several boards of equal length. He cuts \(\frac{3}{5}\) of each board. After cutting the boards, the carpenter notices that he has enough pieces left over to make up the same length as 4 of the original boards.
4 of the original boards have a summed length of 20 units. 5 x 4 = 20.
Since 2/5 is left from each board, you simply add them until the 2’s add to 20.
So, 2 x 10 = 20. Hence, there are 10 2/5 boards.
That’s just 4 of the boards that the 2/5 make up, but that should also mean that there are 10 3/5 boards as well.
30/5 + 20/5 = 50/5 = 10

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 152

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Karyn cuts a length of ribbon into 4 equal pieces, each 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet long. How long was the ribbon?
Options:
a. 4 feet
b. 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet
c. 5 feet
d. 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet

Answer: 5 feet

Explanation:
Given,
Karyn cuts a length of ribbon into 4 equal pieces, each 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet long.
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) × 4
Convert from the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{5}{4}\)
\(\frac{5}{4}\) × 4 = 5 feet
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Several friends each had \(\frac{2}{5}\) of a bag of peanuts left over from the baseball game. They realized that they could have bought 2 fewer bags of peanuts between them. How many friends went to the game?
Options:
a. 6
b. 5
c. 4
d. 2

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Given,
Several friends each had \(\frac{2}{5}\) of a bag of peanuts left over from the baseball game.
They realized that they could have bought 2 fewer bags of peanuts between them
2 ÷ \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 5
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A frog made three jumps. The first was 12 \(\frac{5}{6}\) inches. The second jump was 8 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches. The third jump was 15 \(\frac{1}{6}\) inches. What was the total distance the frog jumped?
Options:
a. 35 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches
b. 36 \(\frac{1}{6}\) inches
c. 36 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches
d. 38 \(\frac{1}{6}\) inches

Answer: 36 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches

Explanation:
Given,
A frog made three jumps. The first was 12 \(\frac{5}{6}\) inches. The second jump was 8 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches. The third jump was 15 \(\frac{1}{6}\) inches.
First add the whole numbers
12 + 8 + 15 = 35
Next add the fractions,
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
35 + \(\frac{3}{6}\) = 36 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
LaDanian wants to write the fraction \(\frac{4}{6}\) as a sum of unit fractions. Which expression should he write?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{6}+\frac{2}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{2}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
Given,
LaDanian wants to write the fraction \(\frac{4}{6}\) as a sum of unit fractions.
The unit fraction for \(\frac{4}{6}\) is \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\)
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
Greta made a design with squares. She colored 8 out of the 12 squares blue. What fraction of the squares did she color blue?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}latex]

Answer: [latex]\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Greta made a design with squares. She colored 8 out of the 12 squares blue.
\(\frac{8}{12}\)
= \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
The teacher gave this pattern to the class: the first term is 5 and the rule is add 4, subtract 1. Each student says one number. The first student says 5. Victor is tenth in line. What number should Victor say?
Options:
a. 17
b. 19
c. 20
d. 21

Answer:
given
a=5
d=4-1=3
to find t10
tn=a + (n-1) d
t10=5 + (10-1) 3
t10=5 + 27
t10 = 32
victor is tenth in line,therefore he should say the number 32

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 153

Lesson 7.1

Use the model to write an equation.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 20
Type below:
_________

Answer: 1/6 + 3/6 = 4/6

Explanation:
From the figure, we can see that the shaded fraction of the first circle is 1/6.
The shaded fraction of the second circle is 3/6
The shaded fraction of the third circle is 4/6.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 21
Type below:
_________

Answer: 5/8

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can say that the fraction of the shaded part is 5/8.

Use the model to solve the equation.

Question 3.
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{5}{10}\) =
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 22
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Explanation:
The shaded part of the first figure is 3/10
The shaded part of the second figure is 5/10
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{7}{12}-\frac{6}{12}\) =
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 23
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
The shaded part of the above figure is 7/12. Out of which 6/12 are subtracted.
\(\frac{7}{12}-\frac{6}{12}\) = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Lesson 7.2

Write the fraction as a sum of unit fractions.

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) =
Type below:
_________

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{2}{3}\) is \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{3}{10}\) =
Type below:
_________

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{3}{10}\) is \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{4}{6}\) =
Type below:
_________

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{4}{6}\) is \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{5}{12}\) =
Type below:
_________

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{5}{12}\) is \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Lessons 7.3–7.5

Find the sum or difference. Use fraction strips to help.

Question 9.
\(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{2}{8}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{8}\)
HMH Go Math grade 4 Key Chapter 7 add & subtract fractions img_1

Question 10.
\(\frac{4}{5}+\frac{1}{5}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1
HMH Go Math Grade 4 key ch-7 add & subtract fractions img_2

Question 11.
\(\frac{6}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key ch-7 img-3

Question 12.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{4}{6}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{6}\)
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Key ch-7 add and subtract fractions img-5

Question 13.
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{4}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Go Math grade 4 solution key ch-7 img_6

Question 14.
1 – \(\frac{7}{12}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{12}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 7 add & subtract fractions img_7

Question 15.
\(\frac{7}{10}-\frac{3}{10}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{10}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Key ch-7 add & subtract fractions img_4

Question 16.
\(\frac{2}{6}+\frac{4}{6}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1
Go Math 4th Grade key chapter 7 img_7

Question 17.
\(\frac{5}{8}-\frac{4}{8}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{8}\)
HMH Go Math 4th Grade add & subtract fractions img_8

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 154

Lesson 7.6

Write each mixed number as a fraction and each fraction as a mixed number.

Question 1.
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{14}{3}\)

Explanation:
First multiply 4 and 3
4 × 3 = 12
And then add 2 to 12
12 + 2 = 14
Thus the fraction of the mixed fraction is \(\frac{14}{3}\).

Question 2.
6 \(\frac{1}{4}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{25}{4}\)

Explanation:
First multiply 6 and 4
6 × 4 = 24
And then add 1 to 24
24 + 1 = 25
Thus the fraction of the mixed fraction is \(\frac{25}{4}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{11}{3}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
3 × 3 = 9
9 + 2 = 11
\(\frac{11}{3}\) = 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{16}{15}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{15}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
15 × 1 = 15
15 + 1 = 16
\(\frac{16}{15}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{15}\)

Lessons 7.7–7.8

Find the sum or difference.

Question 5.
\(3 \frac{1}{4}+2 \frac{3}{4}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Given,
\(3 \frac{1}{4}+2 \frac{3}{4}\)
First add the whole numbers
3 + 2 = 5
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 1
5 + 1 = 6
\(3 \frac{1}{4}+2 \frac{3}{4}\) = 6

Question 6.
\(1 \frac{5}{12}+2 \frac{1}{12}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{6}{12}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(1 \frac{5}{12}+2 \frac{1}{12}\)
First add the whole numbers
1 + 2 = 3
3 \(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) = 3 \(\frac{6}{12}\)

Question 7.

\(9 \frac{5}{6}-7 \frac{1}{6}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(9 \frac{5}{6}-7 \frac{1}{6}\)
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 7 = 2
5/6 – 1/6 = \(\frac{4}{6}\)
2 + \(\frac{4}{6}\) = 2 \(\frac{4}{6}\)
Thus \(9 \frac{5}{6}-7 \frac{1}{6}\) = 2 \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Question 8.

\(9 \frac{3}{10}-1 \frac{7}{10}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(9 \frac{3}{10}-1 \frac{7}{10}\)
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 1 = 8
3/10 – 7/10 = – 4/10
8 – 4/10 = 7 \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Lesson 7.9

Use the properties and mental math to find the sum.

Question 9.
\(\left(1 \frac{1}{4}+4\right)+2 \frac{3}{4}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Given,
\(\left(1 \frac{1}{4}+4\right)+2 \frac{3}{4}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 4 + 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Add the whole numbers
1 + 4 = 5
5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
5 + 2 = 7
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 1
7 + 1 = 8

Question 10.
\(\frac{3}{5}+\left(90 \frac{2}{5}+10\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 101

Explanation:
Given,
\(\frac{3}{5}+\left(90 \frac{2}{5}+10\right)\)
Add the whole numbers
90 + 10 = 100
3/5 + 2/5 = 5/5 = 1
100 + 1 = 101

Question 11.
\(3 \frac{2}{6}+\left(2 \frac{1}{6}+\frac{4}{6}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(3 \frac{2}{6}+\left(2 \frac{1}{6}+\frac{4}{6}\right)\)
1/6 + 4/6 = 5/6
3 \(\frac{2}{6}\) + 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) = 6 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 12.
\(\left(\frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{3}{8}\right)+1 \frac{3}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(\left(\frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{3}{8}\right)+1 \frac{3}{8}\)
5/8 + 3/8 = 8/8 = 1
2 + 1 = 3
3 + 1 3/8 = 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Lesson 7.10

Question 13.
Adrian jogs \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile each morning. How many days will it take him to jog 3 miles?
____ days

Answer: 4 days

Explanation:
Given,
Adrian jogs \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile each morning.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)/3 = 4
Thus it will take 4 days for him to jog 3 miles.

Question 14.
Trail mix is sold in 1-pound bags. Mary will buy some trail mix and re-package it so that each of the 15 members of her hiking club gets one \(\frac{2}{5}\) -pound bag. How many 1-pound bags of trail mix should Mary buy to have enough trail mix without leftovers?
____ 1-pound bags

Answer: 6 1-pound bags

Explanation:
Given,
Trail mix is sold in 1-pound bags. Mary will buy some trail mix and re-package it so that each of the 15 members of her hiking club gets one \(\frac{2}{5}\) -pound bag.
15 × \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 6
Therefore Mary should buy 6 1-pound bags to have enough trail mix without leftovers.

Conclusion:
I wish the information shared in Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions pdf is helpful for all the students and teachers. Test yourself by solving the problems in HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions. Stay tuned to get the pdfs of all the chapters of Grade 4 Go Math Answer Key. All the Best!!!

Scroll to Top
Scroll to Top